TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Vou. XI.—Parr 1. LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY: SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN. HANOVER-SQUARE ; AND BY MESSRS, LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER, PATERNOSTER-ROW. January, 1880. Price 16s. Taylor and Franeis, Printers.] [Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. To Fellows. To the Public. i Be ee a. ors. ds VOLUME I. (1833-1835, containing 59 Plates) . . . Price 3) 18) 6)... 418 ™.0 Panne lee (LSSS) OVO OO 3 2. (1834) SOP PYG ream eo meen tain ate acy? TO bes! Lea D as (DRAGS ah cmt etal | ake e eRe meNT ANS, eon GEG 114 0 VOLUME II. (1836-1841, penmetnite 71\Plates),. .) ., Price 40 10 5 6 6 PAR DLS (L SSO) care te Micke Sinko mite y hae nr ian, ie : pe oO 112 0 » 2 (1838) RABE LORD) TM cries oa Re eR ee OLD AD. 5 yey, Ne Oe RO APAT@AD) Le tke 2. Li hap alse Ne RR tly wy $0! PAE We et? OR a » 5. (1841) VOLUME III. (1842-1849, containing 63 Plates) . . Price 3 8 6 . . . 411 0 Part 1. (1842) Pp Dt SAS) Me Rinsho) ky nie Maney tenet hc MO wean Mandy tai OO 226, » 8. (1844) . co MOST: 019 6 » 4. (1846) POG ISAS ene ta ot Mem. cok ie) AL 010 6 MSE TSAD PSO vals cso heck hae Me or MO ATO 010 6 VOLUME IV. (1851-1862, containing 78 Plates). . . Price 6 2 6 8 2 6 TWh bie ((1ito la) Ramee wee eet URE vary ree y ch atulelp 5 OE 0 012 0 EMD. URG2) Cae eo a aE mee es Oda. DS | een) » 8. (1853) MCSA pihcry hitch ss haem, ett Sar Onl Bune 1 4 0 »» D. (1858) . 8 20-48 40 24°70 » 6. (1859). eeOher sb 1 4 0 » 7, sec. 1. (1861) Rarer aera Bh So. Oslo eo 1S ad 0 eae Ctr. (LOGS ate Oe eeu aenas een! curclcgbs eed a ener pp O'-18))0 yar fepea! 0) VOLUME V. (1862-1866, containing 67 Plates). . . Price 5 3 6 619 0 Parr 1. (1862). : os 0.28200 1 40 » 2. (1863) . 0 SaaS 15 0 » 8. (1864). 37 ed See 110 0 » 4. (1865) . 59 itt RG 110 0 » 5. (1866). Sy Sora 110 0 VOLUME VI. (1866-1869, aaa 91 Plates) . . Price 11] 5 O Lb 3ORO Parr l. (1866). . . . : Se aoe da 0} 116 0 » 2. (1867). Spee piecL tag’ AO) 116 0 » 98. (1867). aah md eNO 116 0 » 4 (1867). pera ae Ad) 116 0 » 5. (1868). ime Wis Poi" G, 116 0 » 6. (1868) . on La 116 0 wind > (Eeb8) & > ee 2 8 0 » 8. (1869). x 17-0 116 0 Oontinued on page 3 of Wrapper.) TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. VOLUME XI. LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY : SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER-SQUARE; AND BY MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW. 1885. PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. CONTENTS. I. On the External Characters of two Species of British Dolphins (Delphinus delphis, Linn., and Delphinus tursio, Fubr.). By Wituiam Henry Fiower, LL.D., el algae ACC) hate eae ot ie ec iam: 2. ot VN int)! a eit paged Il. Description of a Portion of Mandible and Teeth of a large eatinct Kangaroo (Pal- orchestes crassus, Ow.) from ancient fluviatile Drift, Queensland. By Prot. Os iiINER Oi aw HO Sem eS ECs so SAS Oo al at Ha SS Ge ee a il II. On the Brain and other parts of the Hippopotamus (H. amphibius). By A. H. Gureop; VA, FOR:S., Prosector to the Society 2.0. s 2 2 a w ss IV. Further Observations on the Manatee. By James Moris, M.D., LLD., F.G.S., mane secrciary Linnean Society. 2 9. 5 2 ee EE Oe TD V. On the Intestinal Spiral Valve in the Genus Raia. By T. Jurrrey Parker, B.Sc., Assoc. R.S.M., Lecturer on Biology in Bedford College, London, and Demon- strator in the Royal School of Mines. (Communicated by Prof. T. H. Huxtey, Fe aN ERS. EES PE eh EP PES COT TL Gee MA ene, et a VI. On the Genera and Species of the Lepidopterous Subfamily ae inhabiting the Indian Region. By ¥. Moorn, P.Z.S. de... . . pe a Same eS VIL. On the Structure of the Skull in the Chameleons. a W. K. Parser, F. E.S., VIII. On the Male Generative Organs of the Sumatran Rhinoceros (Ceratorhinus sumatrensis). By W. A. Fores, B.A. F.L.S., Scholar of St. John’s College, Cambridge, Prosector to the Society . . 2. 2. 2 6 es ee ew ow 2 LOM IX. On the Anatomy of the Female Organs of the Proboscidea. By M. Watsoyx, M.D., Professor of Anatomy, Owens College, Manchester . . . . . » . «Lil X. Descriptions of some new and rare Ce a (Part II.) By Professor Owen, Ci FRG Bes hls 5 | Nin eae aris eerie ate So br) tame TE: lv CONTENTS. XI. On the Structure and Development of the Skull in the Urodeles. By W.K. PARKER EGS: ;. 2 ee oye ae eee (0s omer tr apace ALA! XII. Observations on some rare Reptiles and a Batrachian now or lately living in the Society's Menagerie. By Dr. Aubert Gtntuer, PRS, V.P.ZS. . . . 215 XIII. Description of a Specimen of Schedophilus medusophagus, a Fish new to the British Fauna. By Dr. Aubert Gtwruer, F.RS., V.P.ZS. 2... . 223 XIV. Notes on the External Characters and Anatomy of the Californian Sea-lion (Otaria gillespii). By W. A. Forses, B.A., Fellow of St. John’s College, Cam- Gridue, SETOSCCLOT TOWNE WOCUY ss 2. uk) 3, we ts eS Se ee XV. On Dinornis (Part XXIII.): containing a Description of the Skeleton of Dinornis parvus, Owen. By Professor Owen, C.B., F.RS., P.ZS., Ge... . . . 233 XVI. On Dinornis (Part XXIV.): containing a Description of the Head and Feet, with their dried Intequments, of an Individual of the species Dinornis didinus, Owen. By Enoch Ohm Oise, Job ehs AOA ORR oo a 6 6 ooo 6 6 Bai XVIL. On the Structure and Development _ the Skull in the Crocodilia. By W. K. Panwwr, PRS, ZS. 6 ss 2 35 cals places ell ie, alsa oa XVII. On the Muscular and Endoskeletal Systems of Limulus and Scorpio; with some Notes on the Anatomy and Generic Characters of Scorpions. By . Ray Lanxester, V.A., LL.D, FR.S,, Jodrell Pr ie of eee assisted by W. B. S. Bennam and Miss E. J. BECK Sigh Se Oerd oll XIX. A Monograph of the Odontolabini, a subdivision of the Coleopterous Family Incanide. By Franz Levruner, Ph.D., Member of the Imperial Royal Zoological and Botanical Society of Viena . . . . . . . . . . 885 Hist of the Paperscontained in Vol, XT. . => Sy yee. we eee eoo BinGe MOL Species! WCC. to le yee) 20 <2) eS her eR ces TRANSACTIONS OF Pa hA7OOrOGcrcAL SOCLETY: I. On the External Characters of two Species of British Dolphins (Delphinus delphis, Linn., and Delphinus tursio, Fabr.). By WituiaM Henry Fiower, LL.D., F.RS., P.ZS., &. Received May 6th, read May 6th, 1879. [Puate I.] IT is somewhat remarkable that no really adequate figure of so well known an animal as the Common Dolphin (Delphinus delphis, Linn.) is to be found in any zoological publication. The best with which I am acquainted is one given by Reinhardt (“ Notits om en paa Ostkysten af Jylland fanget Delphinus delphis,” in ‘ Naturh. Fore- nings Vidensk. Meddelelser,’ Nos. 10, 11, 1866), from an animal 5 feet 4 inches long, taken near Grenaa, on the Jutland shore of the Cattegat in November 1865. This figure, however, is not coloured, and wants the details of the markings seen in the specimen to be described presently. Perhaps the next best figure, and, indeed, in some respects superior, is that given in the illustrated edition of Cuvier’s ‘Régne Animal,’ which is stated to be “ d’aprés une peinture originale de Maréchal faisant partie des vélins du Museum.” The figures in the volume on Cetacea in the ‘Naturalists’ Library,’ by Dr. Hamilton, and in Bell’s ‘ British Quadrupeds,’ are apparently founded on this, though in the latter the tail is differently formed, the gradations of colour are badly given, and the whole creature has too thick and clumsy an appearance. Klein’s figure (Hist. Piscium Naturalis, ii. 1741) professes to be original, from an animal 9 feet 2 inches (Rhenish) in length, in which case it could not have been D. delphis, but was more probably D, tursio, as surmised by Cuvier. It is reproduced by Bonnaterre (Cétologie, 1789) and by u voL. x1—earti. No. 1.—January, 1880. B 2 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE EXTERNAL CHARACTERS Lacépéde (Hist. Nat. des Cétacés, 1804), with the addition of the conventional fountain from the blow-hole, in both cases without acknowledgment. The earlier figures, all more or less inexact in outline, rude in execution, and wanting in colour, are those of Belon (1551), Rondelet (1554), and Aldrovandus (1613). The two former, especially that of Rondelet, have been repeated with modifications by the various compilers of the last two centuries. Belon’s account of the external characters and anatomy of the Common Dolphin, the Porpoise, and of a third species (of which I shall speak presently), is a very remarkable work for the time at which it was written 1. On the 13th of March last Mr. F. Buckland kindly informed me that he had just received from Mr. Matthias Dunn, of Mevagissey, a Dolphin which had been caught in the mackerel-nets about twenty miles south of the Deadman Headland, Cornwall. It proved to be a young female Delphinus delphis. The elegance of the form, and the beauty and variety of the colouring, were such that I thought it desirable to obtain a correct coloured drawing of the animal while fresh, which, reduced to the scale of one sixth the natural size, is reproduced in fig. 1, Plate I. Instead of being simply black- above and white below, as usually described, the sides were shaded, mottled, and streaked with various tints of yellow and grey, the distribution of which can be better understood by a reference to the figure than by any description. The under surface was of the purest possible white. Perfect symmetry was shown in the colouring and markings on the two sides of the body. The length of the animal in a straight line from the tip of the beak to the notch in the middle of the tail was 5 feet 1} inch. The other principal dimensions were as _ follows :— inches. End of beak to anterior end of dorsal fin. . . . RO yO. tok ot GIRS) as insertion of anterior end of pectoral fin ee ei geal astint es cma Oein@iith sig So cf Gy Geom SG coo | UO Angle of mouth to anterior angle ofeye.. . ...-.-. =... .. «JY Length of eye-aperture . . ee Mees cs tris ‘once cn OES) Posterior angle of eye to Stare aaieary TACAtUS! f° TES NS ges ES LEE OR EO Goyal BE A oa bot a os 8 oo 0 6 4 Height of dorsal fin. . . . PME oo (Gl Dee ol ae Length of anterior margin of panera fin Meron? Coo os aE te eb en, LO oS posterior D a Pee oN) or oe 1 Bp hc) are EY) eV eCwe 6 sf 5 OF 6 a ooo 5 Si alles o o eR = 185, which corresponds nearly with that usually 1 «7 /Histoire naturelle des étranges Poissons marins, avec la vraie peinture et description du Daulphin,’ &e. Paris, 1551. OF TWO SPECIES OF BRITISH DOLPHINS. 3 observed in the species, some individual variation being always met with, even in the different sides of the mouth. ‘There are fifteen pairs of ribs, the last being unattached to its corresponding vertebra, and 21 lumbar and 31 caudal vertebrae, making altogether, with the cervical and thoracic, a total of 74 vertebre. ‘The skeleton has been pre- pared for the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons. The stomach contained the partially digested remains of numerous fish, apparently mackerel. This species is the true Dolphin of the ancients, being the most abundant and characteristic species in the Mediterranean. Its exact geographical distribution has not yet been defined with precision, owing to the difficulty of distinguishing it from allied species, a difficulty which it is hoped the present illustration may in some measure help to overcome. It is not uncommon in the Atlantic, being well known on the west coast of France; and it frequently visits the English Channel, pursuing the shoals of pilchards and mackerel. In the Museum of the College of Surgeons is the skeleton of a fine adult animal, which, when alive, must have been about 7 feet long, taken near the beginning of the present century at Worthing. Northwards of this locality it appears to become rare. Van Beneden does not include it among the Cetacea frequenting the Belgian coast, as he was not able to find any example of its capture in the North Sea. Specimens, however, are occasionally met with on the coasts of Norway and Denmark, as mentioned by Lilljeborg and Reinhardt; and it is included in many of the lists of the Cetacea of the Greenland seas ; but it is doubtful whether some of the species of the allied genus Lagenorhynchus may not have been mistaken for it. Judging from the figure and description in Scammon’s ‘ Marine Mammals of the North-western Coast of North America’ (1874), Delphinus bairdii, Dall, is a closely allied, perhaps identical species inhabiting the North Pacific; but further observations, especially osteological comparisons, are required before the latter surmise can be con- sidered proved. ‘The second species, of which I wish to offer an original and, I believe, faithful drawing to the Society, is Delphinus tursio of Fabricius’. The best known figure of this animal is that given by John Hunter in his classical “ Observations on the Structure and Ciconomy of Whales,” published in the ‘Philosophical Transactions,’ vol. lxxvii. (1787). This is taken from a young animal caught, with its mother, near - Berkeley, in Gloucestershire, and sent to Hunter by the celebrated Edward Jenner. It is described in the memoir as “a species of Bottle-nosed Whale, the Delphinus delphis of Linneus.” It was, however, identified by Cuvier with D. tursio of Fabricius, and so described by Prof. Owen in his editorial notes to Hunter’s collected works (1837). 1 The identification of the present well-known species with the D. tursio of Fabricius has been questioned. The description in the ‘Fauna Greenlandica’ (1780, p. 49) is certainly vague and unsatisfactory; but the name is now so generally accepted that it would cause much confusion to attempt to change it, even if it could be proved to have been wrongly imposed. BQ 4 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE EXTERNAL CHARACTERS This figure is reproduced on a reduced scale in Bell’s ‘ British Quadrupeds.’ Bonna- terre’s figure of the Nesarnak (D. tursio), in his ‘ Cétologie,’ 1789, pl. xi. fig. 1, appears to be a modified copy of the same, though without acknowledgment. The three transverse pale lines crossing the dark part of the body below the dorsal fin, which form a marked feature in this figure, have not been observed in other specimens ; they somewhat resemble the pale vertical lines which cross the sides of the two speci- mens of the young of Risso’s Dolphin which have been figured ’. Another original figure is that given by Dr. Gray in the 10th Plate of the ‘ Zoology of the Erebus and Terror.’ It is from a drawing by Mr. R. Templeton, from a specimen caught in the south of Jreland in November 1828, and evidently a young one, as its length was only 7 feet 6 inches. It does not bear the appearance of very great accuracy; the dorsal fin, especially, is more elevated and erect than in any of the others. Schlegel’s figure in his ‘ Abhandlungen aus dem Gebiete der Zoologie und ver- gleichenden Anatomie,’ Heft 1, 1841, from a specimen 11 feet long, taken off the coast of Holland and stuffed in the Leiden Museum, besides differing in form (especially in the very small size of the pectoral fin) from that known to be characteristic of the species, is represented of a uniform black colour; but it is not stated that this was the case when the animal was fresh, and may have been due to changes in the process of preservation. There can be little doubt of the correctness of Cuvier’s identification of the animal taken at Tréport, on the coast of Normandy, in the beginning of May 1551, exhibited at the Hotel de Nevers at Paris, and described by Belon under the name of “ Oudre” or “Orca,” with this species. It was 94 feet long, and had half as many teeth as the true Dolphin, or eighty in all, not counting some small rudimentary ones in front. Accepting this determination, the three species of which Belon was the first to give original and tolerably accurate figures and descriptions are Delphinus delphis, D. tursio, and Phocena communis. A good description, but without figure, of a specimen taken upon the Suffolk coast is given by Dr. W. B. Clarke in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. iv. p. 100 (1849). The specimen now figured was taken, with several others, near Holyhead, on the 5th of October, 1868. Like the one above described, it was sent to Mr. Buckland, to whose kindness I am indebted for the opportunity of drawing and describing it. The skeleton was prepared for the Oxford University Museum. It was a male, not quite full-grown, as the condition of the epiphyses showed. The principal dimensions were :— 1 Flower, Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. viii. pl. 1.; Murie, Journ. Anat. Phys. (Noy. 1870) vol. v. pl. v.; Cope, Proc. A. N. 8. Philadelphia, 1876, pl. iii. OF TWO SPECIES OF BRITISH DOLPHINS. 3) Total length, in a straight line from end of beak to notch in middle _ inches. OMe ballaeves fa CAME Boe sch cy coh os es. Seale soot ones AAO End of beak to anterior edge of dorsal fin. . . . . ... =. =. 500 % 5 anglevoipmomtny. 5 =) ee ye Se, oh eee - 35 plomsholewees sd es te ee Sel x 3 alterioranele Oheye . 2. «. s = 5 5 3 eee Menstivonieye-dpeniicemmmren << bz) 4 fe. eo ss se Ten From hinder corner of eye to aperture of ear . . . . . . 1... 3°25 From angle of mouth to anterior angle of eye . . . . .... 2°6 From end of lower jaw to anterior edge of pectoral fin . . . . . . 240 Length of pectoral fin; mstraightline . . . ....... . #155 (Greatesiy breaduarofgpectoralting@sas. 3% - + . 4 = = (eens 6:0 Henethrofbascromdorsalbnmi.. 5% <-> « 5 = < «+ « « af ueewmelo ICIP Ni OMGOUSHUAIEMEAMES: seit cs st es 9:0 BreaGgtnwOMmcaAugaliitimey fs 5 6 ws. see XS fee eae) All the upper parts were of a shining greyish black, shading off to white below, as seen in the figure, the change of colour following an irregular line from the angle of the mouth to the origin of the pectoral fin and continued backwards at the same level. The edge of the upper lip and the tip of the nose were whitish; both sides of the pectoral and caudal fins were black. ‘There was no other colour to be distinguished on the whole surface but black, white, and the intermediate grey. The usual “ screw ” form of the caudal fin in the Cetacea was very marked, the upper surface of the right lobe being concave, that of the left lobe convex. This species is rare in the Mediterranean, though Gervais gives several instances of its capture in the Gulf of Lyons. It probably has a more northern range than D. delphis ; but, as in the case of that species, there is still much obscurity as to the exact limits of its distribution. Mr. Buckland has added casts of both these specimens to his valuable series of models of Cetacea, which exhibit, better than by any other method yet devised, the form, proportions, and colour of these animals, otherwise so difficult of preservation. DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATE. PLATE I. Fig. 1. Delphinus delphis 2, from an original drawing, by R. W. Sherwin, of a specimen captured off the coast of Cornwall in March 1879. Fig. 2. Delphinus tursio 3, from an original drawing, by W. H. Flower, of a specimen captured near Holyhead, October 5, 1868. 7 saa eros: Tip.t hs * 00 = ; saci . , < ~ » “oh OMe: 3 aie - ‘Peace o..".) «pobletmdnaty. 1s ag OF it tags Fal pattie Bh ae: eu my ae at} ees geil ‘ae mild yatel tie Eo ieniihy : ize ds Malice 25 ; / ; ji eget. 2 ps } se. Been, ‘- Si eae wy POOr, P22, LG PLAL A é [Lame yl Il. Description of a Portion of Mandible and Teeth of a large extinct Kangaroo (Palor- chestes crassus, Ow.) from ancient fluviatile Drift, Queensland. By Prof. OwEn, C.B., PRS. F.ZS., &e. Received April 25th, read May 20th, 1879. [Puate II.] THE largest of the extinct kinds of Kangaroo (Macropodide)* indicated by Australian fossils showed a closer adherence to the typical pattern of the molar teeth than did some of the extinct kinds of intermediate bulk (Procoptodon e.g.)*. The genus and species Palorchestes azael* were founded on two specimens—a large portion of the cranium and a small portion of a mandible. Through the continued application of his leisure to the collection of fossils in his Queensland locality, our Corresponding Member, George Frederick Bennett, Esq., of Toowomba, has lately supplied me, amongst other instructive illustrations of the extinct mammalian fauna of Australia, with a specimen which, while it is confirmatory of the generic grade of Palorchestes, indicates a second species not inferior, at least in size, to P. azael, but of more robust proportions. In Palorchestes azael the antepenultimate molar, m1, equals m2 in antero-posterior extent of crown; in Palorchestes crassus (Pl. 11.) m2 exceeds in that diameter m1 by one fifth; m2 is also relatively broader than m1 or m3 (fig. 4). The cingulum (ib. fig. 1, ¢), continued from the outer side of the base of the fore lobe to that of the hind lobe, of m2 is longer and broader in P. crassus; and the same diffe- rential character marks m1, in comparison with that tooth in P. azael. ‘This part of the cingulum is continued uninterruptedly from the fore part of the grinding-surtace of the tooth downward, outward, and backward, across the outer valley to the hind talon of the crown (4). The antero-posterior extent of the three hind molars in P. crassus is 3 inches 7 lines (92 millims.) ; in P. azael it is 3 inches 4 lines (85 millims.). If the dental differences had been only those of size, the fossil under consideration might have been attributed to a larger individual than the type one, or to a male of the species; but the difference in relative as well as absolute size of the comparable teeth, as well as in the conformation of the tooth-crown, indicates something more than difference of size or sex. 1 Researches on the Fossil Remains of the Extinct Mammals of Australia, 4to, vol. i. p. 373. 4 Op. cit. vol. i. p. 460, vol. ii. pls. xciv. & xey. > Op. cit. vol. i. p. 466, vol. ii. pls. xevi. & xcvii., ev.-cyil. ao PROF. OWEN ON A MANDIBLE AND These indications of a distinct species are supplemented by characters of the man- dible itself. In Palorchestes azael' the inner plate of the ramus descends from the alveolar margin of m1 and m2 with a very feeble convexity, soon changing to as slight a concavity, until this is lost in the beginning of the convex sweep round the lower border of the ramus. The initial convexity from the inner border of the alveolus of m3 in P. azael is but little augmented, and soon passes into a rather deeper concavity, closed by the beginning of the inflection of the angular part of the ramus. A tendency to a smooth flatness characterizes all the inner plate of the ramus descending from the molar alveoli to the lower vertical convexity. In Palorchestes crassus the inner wall of the ramus below m1 describes a moderate but uninterrupted convexity as it descends to the lower border ; and this convexity increases below m2 and m3 before changing to the concavity (fig. 2, a) indicative of the characteristic marsupial inflection of the hinder third of the lower border of the ramus. The depth of the ramus below the fore part of m1 in P. crassus is 2 inches 10 lines, that behind m3 is 3 inches; the corresponding admeasurements in P. azael are 3 inches 2 lines, and 2 inches 7 lines. The depth, or vertical extent, of the ramus augments as the jaw extends forward along the molar series, in P. azael (op. cit. Plate evi. fig. 1), but diminishes in P. crassus (P1. II. figs. 1 & 2); and this diminution seems to have been greater below d 4, instead of the increase of depth there shown in P. azael. The tooth d4, in P. azael, is broken away in P. crassus; but the extent of its alveolus is traceable. A vertical line dropped from its fore part crosses the hind part of the symphysis mandibuli (Pl. II. fig. 2, s), but does not reach so far in P. azael. In this species the symphysis begins in advance of such line. A greater proportion of the symphysial part of the mandible and of the right ramus is preserved in the subject of the present paper than in that of P. azael*. The sym- physial joint (Pl. II. fig. 3) is obliterated by confluence there of both rami, a con- dition I have not noted in any other Macropodal genus. Some approach thereto is shown in a fossil mandible of the largest species of Procoptodon. In that, e. y., of P. goliah, described in the before-cited work *, I note :—*'The symphysis is continued, broadly, to the incisive outlets; it has assured, apparently, an attachment to each other of the rami of this instructive mandible, too intimate to be disturbed by posthumous movements, although ankylosis has not been completed, if it had commenced.” In the present mandible of a still larger Kangaroo that ankylosis is as complete as * Researches on the Fossil Remains of the Extinct Mammals of Australia, 4to, vol. i. (1877) p. 465, pls. ev.—evii. > Op. cit. vol. ii. pl. evi. fig. 1. * Researches on Foss. Mamm. Australia, vol. i. (1877) p. 464. TEETH OF AN EXTINCT KANGAROO. 5) in the mandible of the adult Nototherium’. So much of the inferior surface of the symphysis as is preserved in the subject of this paper is subcarinate. In the section made of the fractured end the density of the bony tissue at this part is shown and the absence of all trace of the primitive joint (fig. 5,5); the blind end of the incisive sockets is shown at 77. ‘These teeth, with their sockets, have been broken away with the rest of the symphysis. The outer surface of the ramus (PI. II. fig. 1) presents a corresponding difference of conformation to that noted on the inner surface, in comparison with the portion of mandible referred to P. azael. Besides the minor vertical extent beneath d 4 and m 3, the upper concavity and lower convexity of the outer wall are more marked. The fore border of the coronoid plate, g, rises more abruptly and at a more forward position than in P. azacl. Finally, accepting the evidence of specific distinction between the present mandible and teeth and those of P. azael, the question arises whether the subject of plate cvi. op. cit. has been rightly allotted to the species represented by the upper jaw and teeth in plate xcvii. (op. cit.). The first test is afforded by the penultimate grinder (m2) of the present fossil (PI. II. fig. 4); it is conspicuously larger than either the tooth which precedes or that which follows in the series. In the type upper jaw of P. azael m2 is of the same antero-posterior size as m1 and m3; if there is a difference, it is rather smaller. I infer that the upper m2 of the species represented by the present mandible would show a corresponding proportional superiority of size as compared with m1 and m2; and I conclude, therefore, that the portion of mandible figured in pl. cvi. op. cit. has been rightly referred to P. azael, and that thé present specimen indicates a distinct species of that rare and remarkable genus. The original cranial fossil of Palorchestes was obtained from a freshwater deposit of yellowish sand and clay with very small shells in the Province of Victoria ; its massive, heavy, much petrified condition are also noted °. Such is the fossilized condition of the subject of the present paper; it was obtained from fluviatile deposits in the bed of a “ creek,” at Gowrie, Queensland. The following are admeasurements of the fossil above described :-— inches. lines. Length of the portion of mandible . ......49 (0) Depth below m2 . ZS. 3 Thickness two inches below m2 Soe: eae 2 Depth of symphysis behind incisive sockets . els = eLO Longitudinal extent of last three molars . . 3 7 ’ Researches on the Fossil Remains of the Extinct Mammals of Australia, vol. 1. pp. 259-272, pls. xxxviii., xxxix., xli., xlii. 2 Op. cit. p. 465. VOL. XI.—ParT I. No. 2.—January, 1880. c 10 Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. De em OO PROF. OWEN ON AN EXTINCT KANGAROO. DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATE, PLATE II. Palorchestes crassus. Outer side-view of the right mandibular ramus, . Inner side-view of the same. ~ . Section of the symphysis of the same. . Grinding-surface of the third hind molars All the figures are of the natural size, Hanhart Sm. [\ Tay III. On the Brain and other parts of the Hippopotamus (H. amphibius). By A. H. Garrop, W.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society. Received and read June 17, 1879. [Puates III. & IV.] THE male Hippopotamus from the Upper Nile, presented to the Society by the late Viceroy of Egypt on the 25th of May, 1850, died on the 11th of March, 1878, without any serious disease of any organ, but after having suffered for some years from ulcers on the legs, which were much more inflamed during the winter- than the summer- seasons ; because then the comparative coldness of its tank did not allow of its remaining in the water for any length of time, and the cutaneous surface became dry as well as cracked. The animal was about thirty years old, and apparently aged. From the front of the nose to the base of the tail it measured 12 feet along the back, the tail being 22 inches long. In his monograph on the anatomy of Hippopotamus amphibius' Professor Gratiolet has fully described and figured the brain of the new-born animal. Nevertheless there is a want of definiteness about the delineation of the convolutions, and a difference in the proportionate size of the cerebellum, which makes me feel justified in asking the Society to grant me opportunities for giving illustrations of the brain of the adult ani- mal. ‘The necessity for a second figure is increased by the peculiarities in an outline sketch of the brain of Hippopotamus liberiensis given by Prof. Macalister in his account of that species?. In a valuable monograph on the brain of the Ungulata *, recently published, Dr. Julius Kreug has introduced views and adopted a nomenclature which every student of the nervous system cannot help finding of particular service in any special investigation like the present. By an extensive comparison of the convolutions of individuals at dif- ferent ages, and of different species, Dr. Kreug has arrived at a standard of which are fundamental and which secondary sulci, that has enabled him to represent what is the typical arrangement of the surface of the hemispheres in the Ungulata generally. 1 «Recherches sur l’anatomie de ’ Hippopotame,’ Paris, 1867. ? Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy, vol. i. series 2, Session 1873-74, plate xxviii. ®* ‘Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologie,’ Leipzig, 1878, pp. 297-344. c2 12 PROF. A. H. GARROD ON THE BRAIN The results arrived at by MM. Leuret and Gratiolet! tend strongly in the same direction as those subsequently arrived at by Dr. Kreug; nevertheless there is a com- pleteness about the investigation of the last-named author which greatly increases the importance of his work. As it is my intention on the present occasion to employ the nomenclature adopted by Dr. Kreug, I cannot do better than introduce it by applying it to the description of the typical Artiodactylate brain as represented by that author. Perhaps no nearer approach to this type can be given than that of the foetal sheep (Ovis aries), 27°5 centimeters in length, figured by Dr. Kreug (figs. 1-3). Putting what is to be seen in words, the small upward-directed processus acuminis (sac) of the Sylvian fissure is just seen on the outer border of the superior surface of the cerebral hemisphere, along Fig. 2. Sheep’s brain: fig. 1. Outer aspect ; fig. 2. Superior aspect ; fig. 3. Inner aspect. (After Dr. Kreug.) which latter surface the supra-sylvian fissure (ss) courses longitudinally nearly from end to end, slightly concave outwards opposite the sylvian fissure. According to Dr. Kreug, this fissure (ss) has three limbs ; but four seems to me to be the more correct number. Of these one is anterior (ssa), the second superior (sss), and the third posterior (ssp). The fourth, according to me, runs downwards (ssd) from the spot of origin of the poste- rior limb. Typically, all these processes terminate freely. Next in importance, on the superior surface, is the coronal fissure (co), longitudinal in direction, at no great distance from the middle line of the brain, and situated so far forward that its posterior extremity is in front of the superior limb of the supra-sylvian fissure (sss). It runs forward almost to the anterior margin of the hemisphere. A minor longitudinal (/ateral) fissure (/) tends to divide the surface between the posterior branch of the supra-sylvian fissure and the middle line of the hemisphere into two equal parts. The presylvian, diagonal, and posterior fissures, though they appear on the superior surface, are so much better seen in the lateral view of the brain that they will be there described. The inner aspect of the hemisphere presents, besides the hippocampal fissure (/), a long fissura splenialis (sp), or calloso-marginalis, some distance from the superior margin, curved concavely towards the corpus callosum, opposite the hinder end of which its 1 © Anatomie Comparée du Systéme Nerveux,’ Paris, 1839-1857. AND OTHER PARTS OF HIPPOPOTAMUS. 13 posterior extremity ceases, whilst anteriorly it continues nearly as far forward as the perpendicular level of the genu of the corpus callosum, which is partly embraced ante- riorly, as it were, by a small fisswra genualis (9). The outer aspect of the hemisphere has a basal fissure running nearly its whole length —the fissura rhinalis (rh), some little distance above which the anterior and posterior limbs of the sylvian fissure (sa and sp) diverge, the hinder extremity of the latter sending downwards an extension to meet it. The anterior end of the anterior limb of the syl- vian fissure also joins the posterior extremity of the small presylvian (ps) fissure, concave upwards, situated low down in the outer frontal region, with another small and very similar diagonal fisswre (d) half way between it and the coronal fissure (co). The fissura postica (p) is a small one between the hinder part of the fissura rhinalis and the posterior limb of the supra-sylvian fissure. So much for the typical cerebral convolutions in the Ungulate animal, which undergo special modifications in the different families of the order, some of which are particularly constant, and must be here referred to in order that comparisons may be made between the Hippopotamus and its allies. The brain of the genus Sus, together with Phacocherus, is distinguishable from that of any other Artiodactylate animal by one or two well-marked characters, the most striking of which is the blending of the coronal with the splenial fissure by means of a curved sulcus of so considerable a depth that the convolution between the middle line of the hemisphere and the coronal fissure appears to be quite cut off from the rest of the superior cerebral surface. ‘The presylvian fissure, however, as usual, runs up on the inner side of the outward-directed anterior extremity of the coronal fissure. Behind the sulcus of communication between the fissures just referred to there is always an equally characteristic second one, parallel to it, and a short distance behind it, joining the fissura splenialis and a prolongation of the superior limb of the suprasylvian fissure. Again, as Dr. Kreug puts it, the posterior extremity of the suprasylvian fissure turns downwards on the outer side of the hemisphere, and ceases near the lower border of the brain; whereas in the Cotylophora it runs backwards and inwards rather than outwards. In my opinion this arrangement is better indicated by saying that the descending limb of the suprasylvian fissure is developed in the Swine at the expense of the posterior, whilst in the Cotylophora the posterior limb is large and the descending limb rudimentary. In the Swine, also, the fissura rhinalis and the fore-and-aft prolongations of the sylvian fissure become continuous. In the Cotylophora they do not unite, the former being at a lower level. A careful comparison of the brain of Dicotyles tajagu with Dr. Kreug’s illustration of the same in D. torquatus does not lead me to see that Dicotyles resembles the true Swine so closely as might be expected from that author's sketch. The characteristic descending limb of the suprasylvian fissure is quite wanting in the two specimens at my disposal, and its posterior limb turns inwards slightly, as in the Cotylophora. There is 14 PROF. A. H. GARROD ON THE BRAIN one upward branch of the splenial fissure which jozns the fissura coronalis, and is not a continuation of it, as in Sus. If it were not for this the fissura coronalis and fissura lateralis would be continuous in Dicotyles. In Sus there is a minor longitudinal fissure between the fissura splenialis and the fissura lateralis, or there may be two. In Dicotyles it is the same, the outer moiety being the broader. The convolution between the fissura lateralis and the fissura suprasylvia is broader than that between the fissura lateralis and the middle line—considerably in Sus, not so much so in Dicotyles. Gyri of the included convolution, towards its outer border, make its outer contour less distinctly marked than is its inner boundary, and the complication may be increased by the presence of transverse bridging convolutions. In Dicotyles the superior limb of the suprasylvian fissure terminates, as in the Swine and Cavicornia, without communicating with any other of importance, at the same time that a wedge-shaped convolution is always more or less developed in the region under consideration, with its backward-directed apex formed by the junction of the superior and anterior limbs of the suprasylvian fissure. In the Cervidee it is the rule that the superior limb of the above-named fissure blends with the posterior extremity of the coronal fissure. The specimen of Hlaphodus michianus figured by me! does not, however, quite conform with this law. The adult Hippopotamus brain which forms the subject of this communication differs so much in the arrangement of the convolutions of the two sides, that from a study of one or the other singly very different results might be arrived at. This evidently depends upon the considerable development on the right side of bridging conyolutions, the great number of which in the brain of the Hippopotamus is laid special strain on by Gratiolet?, who, whilst referring to the “ middle series” of convolutions, remarks:— “Tl acquiert une importance exceptionelle, et si son existence est au premier abord dissimulée, cela tient 4 la grande quantité de plis de passages verticaux qui lient cet étage supérieur a l’etage inférieur proprement dit.” On the left side these bridging convolutions do not exist, and as a result an extra longitudinal fissure is seen, which must be one of the typical sulci of the cerebral hemisphere, it being conspicuous in the brain of Hippopotamus liberiensis, according to Prof. Macalister’s outline sketch, though absent in the figures accompanying Gratiolet’s memoir on H. amphibius. The brain of the Hippopotamus is not richly convoluted. It is about as much so as that of the genus Bos, decidedly less so than Camelopardalis giraffa or the Camelidee. The considerably smaller Rhinoceros, Ceratorhinus sumatrensis®, has more convolutions. Its weight immediately after removal from the skull was one pound and seven ounces. The most conspicuous fissure on the superior surface of the brain is one running from 1 P.Z.8. 1876, p. 757. ? Anatomie de l’Hippopotame, p. 325, * Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. x. pl. lxx. p. 411. AND OTHER PARTS OF HIPPOPOTAMUS. 15 front to back, not far from the middle line, which it more nearly approaches anteriorly than posteriorly. This continuous fissure must be compound, and made up of the coronal (co) in front, blended with the lateralis (7) behind, between which latter and the splenialis (sp) a secondary longitudinal fissure develops in the usual manner. Though, as far as I am aware, there is no other Ungulate animal with the two above- named fissures actually joined, they are nearly so in the Camelide, Camelopardalis, Dicotyles, and Bos. Between the above-described fissure and the fissure of Sylvius there are, on the right side of my specimen, only transverse twisted convolutions of considerable length, five or more in number, according to the way in which they are counted. On the left side an irregular longitudinal and fairly lengthy suprasylvian fissure exists, nearer the sylvian than the lateral fissure, and therefore quite lateral in position, with several smaller sulci joining it. Having the typical Artiodactylate brain before us, it is possible to recognize among these the descending (ssd), posterior (ssp), anterior (ssa), and superior (sss) branches of the main fissure, the first mentioned (if correctly identified) running in the direction so characteristic of the true Swine. The anterior branch of the suprasylvian fissure has no connexion with the coronal fissure. It ends independently, much as in the Cavicornia and Swine, with a downward tendency ; nevertheless I am not able to recognize any thing corresponding to the wedge-shaped convolution formed between it and the insignificant superior limb of the same fissure, so well marked in the Swine, as above described. The fissura splenialis does not curve upwards anteriorly to become superficial, as it does in Sws, but continues onwards to blend with the fissura genualis, at the same time that it sends up ashort perpendicular fissure about one third from the anterior extremity of the hemisphere, just long enough to be seen upon the surface. There is a short vertical sulcus, generally more or less developed in the Ungulata, to be noticed, sepa- rating the posterior limb of the splenial fissure from the corpus callosum, nearer the latter than the former in the present case. The sylvian fissure is insignificant, the fissura rhinalis being continuous with it before and behind. The small size of the optic and the olfactory nerves, and the not great development of the corpora quadrigemina, are sufficiently emphasized by Gratiolet to require no fur- ther mention. If the view here adopted is not the correct one, and what is above described as the lateral fissure is the suprasylvian, then the brain of the Hippopotamus differs from that of all allied forms in the immense breadth of the interval between the sylvian and the suprasylvian fissures, a breadth not to be explained upon any known hypothesis, and opposed by what is found in Hippopotamus liberiensis. There are no analogies, also, in favour of what would then be the correspondingly peculiar narrow interval between the splenial and suprasylvian fissures. 16 PROF. A. H. GARROD ON THE BRAIN Looked at generally, the brain of the Hippopotamus is evidently very different from that of the genus Sws and its nearest allies. In the great breadth and complicatedness of what, in my paper on the brain of the Sumatran Rhinoceros!, I term “ the middle oblique convolution” (that between the lateral and suprasylvian fissures), it most resembles the Camels and the Giraffe, from the form of which it strikingly differs in the much less “ pronation,” as Dr. Kreug terms it’, of the hemisphere. On the whole, it stands very much by itself. The enormous stomach, with an axial length of 11 feet, is identical in all respects with the beautifully mounted specimen of a new-born individual in the Museum of the College of Surgeons, the latter, in its long cylindrical bottle, agreeing with that removed from the abdomen of the adult by me, in position also, its axis being longitudinal, the pylorus being situated almost in the pelvis. I could find no confirmation of the peculiar positions of the different parts described by Mr. J. W. Clark in his specimen®. Along the greater curvature the stomach measures 15 feet. The upper (or vertebrad) com- partment is 31 inches in axial length; the second or lower, 44 inches, with a circum- ference of 45 inches in its broadest part. The cylindrical third stomach is 9 feet 2 inches in axial length, with an average circumference of 40 inches; there are six transverse folds of its mucous membraue. The cesophagus is 94 inches in circum- ference. The small intestine is 147°5 feet in length, and 5 inches in circumference. The large intestine is 21:5 feet in length, and 9 inches round. No colic cecum is deve- loped. The liver of the adult is quite different from that of the new-born animal. It is extremely simple, elongate transversely, and narrow from above downwards. Its extreme transverse length is 59°25 inches, whilst its average measurement from vertebral to ventral margin is 16 inches, never exceeding 16°5 inches. ‘There are no fissures, but from the position of the very small umbilical notch it is evident that the left lobe is much the more developed of the two. With this is associated the peculiarity of the position of the gall-bladder, which, from the normally situated portal fissure runs directly outwards to the right. The gall-bladder is 2 feet long, its globose fundus pro- jecting free 5 inches beyond the right margin of the liver. There is no trace of a Spigelian lobe, whilst the caudate is represented by a prismatic thickening, with a minute free apex in the position of the lobe when more largely developed. The suspensory ’ Trans. Zool. Soe, vol. x. p. 411. * By this “ pronation” or “supination” of the brain is meant the degree of, as it were, inward or outward rotation of the surface which allows less or more of the surface between the corpus callosum and the supra- sylvian fissure to appear superficially. ® P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 185. AND OTHER PARTS OF HIPPOPOTAMUS. 17 ligament had disappeared. The margins of the liver are unbroken; and its oblong shape [rounded at the angles] is only slightly disturbed by a slight extra development upwards [vertebrad] of its left extremity. This liver does not at all agree with that of Sus or its allies, so fully described by Prof. Flower in his Hunterian Lectures of 18721. DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES. PLATE III. Fig. 1. Brain of Hippopotamus, seen from above. Fig. 2. The same, from below. PLATE IV. Fig. 1. View of right half of brain, from outside. Fig. 2. View of the left half, from the inside. Fig. 3. View of left half, from the outside. ss. Suprasylvian fissure. ssa. Its anterior limb. sss. Superior limb. ssp. Posterior limb. ssd. Descending limb. * Medical Times and Gazette, Sept. 21, 1872, p. 319. VoL. X1—Part 1. No. 3.—January, 1880. D i) 5 i p ae 5% {> 1th rpeits ‘“ Bote pues in {hes rR ar par at ' i" : oy — apt a i _ Jf = sri rare at J 1 yh edit Wei : E ity od tel ee i eka [i ba 1 ve hat cet i AF x ‘oti a Tak eb Ye [Heinen eh a aE int noted eee Pro (Hart 7 nicl i ar : ~~, a i se = JSmit hth Hanhart ump JSmt hth. BRAIN OF HIPPOPOTAMUS To Fellows. To the Public. £ s. a VOLUME VII. (1869-1872, containing 73 Plates) . . Price 8 17 - “i116 6 Part 1. (1869) . Gepega 1 2-6 110 0 » 2% (1870) . PI OP 110 0 » 8. (1870) . git, Bema 110 0 » 4. (1870) . Me Mee: 116 0 » 5. (1871). ong aulkeee O 2 4 0 pi Om Leh) e edie The 0) 116 0O Pitan (Lomb) Pay Noes (4) 116 0 » 9. (1872). Sys IG 110° 0 VOLUME VIII. (1872-1874, containing 82 Plates). . Price 9 8 3. Bend Pde bt he HEPAT Tats (HOS aa eM a ca oat n ts Spee Oey 3 OU LORGH Ge 014 0 Res LOS Ma Sas en meta ee ure ees Os paeb Lb SULeeaG 2 2.0 Reni) (Lome Memmi iat ae ce emt ane fre on) Sh ES ee a 116 0 AERO Reems hdl See segy mre kt ie Ad oN OWL EEO) fem Ue (0) » 5. (1873) . nO; EO. 140 » §6, (1878) . pe O 1IeG 160 » 7. (1874). se O1G-6 1°20 » 8. (1874). peels oO 140 ie en (LSTA). ey eaped Lean Wi 2.2 0 VOLUME IX. (1875-1877, containing 99 Plates) . . Price 12 0 0 16 0 0 Parr 1. (1875, containing 22 Plates) . . . . . Fri sollpen Leas 220 » 2. (1875, containing 12 Plates) . . . . . ashok 1G Ppa AY, 3) 8+) (L875; containing & Plates). 2%) .° 2) 2, 0:18: °0 140 » 4. (1875, containing 14 Plates) . . . . . sete EL AG 2 2 0 » 9. (1875, containing 9 Plates) . RTS we try coe ti ih hepa ELS) 110 0 », 6. (1876, containing 4 Plates). . . . . . spe, OP LOL G 014 0 Lov oneontaining: 7 Plates) oy. S2.c4.. 20 es OUTS 9 ET 50 » 8. (1876, containing 10 Plates) . . . . . a3 On Lee O 140 iso (L876, containing 6: Plates) os) ans yea di 410 112 0 », 10. (1877, containing 5 Plates). . . Pens nM 0; lO m6 * _ ,, 11. (1877, containing 5 Plates and Title aa Tadey} pan, Otek as 9) Let..6 VOLUME X. ; Part 1]. (1877, with numerous woodcuts). . . . PriceO 9 O 012 0 » 2. (1877, containing 27 Plates) . . . . . SA ee eeLe E100 » 9. (1877, containing 6 Plates) . .... oO LSred 1 4 0 » 4. (1878, containing 9 Plates) . . ... Ge ete 110 0 5) 5. (1878, containing. 3 Plates) 3. 4s. A Odi gee 0, 012 0 i, 6, (1878, containing 9-Plates)\\ . 2 8. pe ee T1000 oue) | (Levey contaming #7 Plates) ein %.t° eo. Peal) wits ere 1 4 0 » 9» (1878, containing §& Plates)... 9... ) 1O, 10 ¥O1.56 3 9: (1878,.contammne, 4 Plates) ho. 8)” Sy Cine es0) 012 0 » 10. (1879, containing 6 Plates) . . ... eile 10 016 0 » tl. (1879, containing 5 Plates) - . . . . ee Ou Oos 012 0 3 Le. (1879, contaiming 7 Plates) 9... <1. v Ov LGin@ Lie le », 13. (1879, containing Title and Index) . . . at OL La O 140 The ‘Transactions’ and other publications of the Society may be obtained at the Offive (11 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs, Longmans’, the Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any bookseller, CONTENTS. I. On the External Characters of two Species of British Dolphins (Delphinus delphis, Linn., and Delphinus tursio, Laér.). i Wim Henry Firowsr, LL.D., FPP. Lie, Ree eR, ons nea 2 tat RES oe er Il. Description of a Portion of Mandible and Teeth of a large extinct Kangaroo (Palor- chestes crassus, Ow.) from ancient fluviatile Drift, Queensland. By Prof. Owen, OBE TRS UZ. S560 is ha hee nee ce a ee III. On the Brain and other parts of the Hippopotamus (H. amphibius). By A. H. Garrop, I.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society . . 1. .... +. THE PUBLICATIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Tue scientific publications of the Zoological Society are of two kinds—* Proceedings,” published im an octavo form, and “ Transactions,” in quarto. According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings” contain not only notices of all busi- ness transacted at the scientific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings and recom- mended to be published by the Committee of Publication. From fifty to seventy coloured plates and engravings are attached to each annual volume of the “ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remarkable species of animals described in them. Amongst such illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given. The “ Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts, on the first of the months of June, August, October, and April, the part published in April completing the volume for the preceding year. They may be obtained with black or coloured illustrations. The “ Transactions ” contain such of the more important communications made to the scientific mectings of the Society as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form. They are published at irregular intervals; but not less than three parts are usually issued in each year. ¥ellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of a Subscription of £1 1s. before the aa of the Anniversary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications issued prior to 1861, if they exceed the value of five pounds. Such of these publications as are in stock may be obtained at the Society’s Office (11 Hanover Square, W.); at Messrs, Longmans’, the Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any bookseller. January, 1880. pal te SCLATER, Secretary. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Vou. XI1.—Part 2. sh LS Th ..) ¢ coed * ty’ Grae WSS>7 LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY: SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER-SQUARE; AND BY MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER, PATERNOSTER-ROW. August, 1880. Price 24s. Taylor and Franeis, Printers] [Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. To Fellows. To the Public. : £8. id. Sita. a. VOLUME I. (1833-1835, containing 59 Plates) . . . Price 313 6 ... 418 O Parry): (1833) sare SWS e eee wile he dees) ists viv to jp OLAS yee aT OEM »» 2 (1834) By og BAO) arly ath gedl sorials tuetea eye ie, hice Meher hs Sa) ahs en Tyr 0 BO.” (IBBB) rae ene. ty al ate erate la eek TERR 114 0 VOLUME II. (1836-1841, containing 71 Plates). . . Price 4 0 0 . 5 6 6 PART Wa a(LBSG wy eck clade tok steers ee wae fo 3 FP ee) 112 0 » 2. (1838) POs ARGO) eumemat. erate rie Meteo A aise ys SRerumeN Gera aE Oo ew eo DEES) Bake CBSO ee aS IR SEN Ee oo ERO Mad Bede ae siG » 5. (1841) VOLUME III. (1842-1849, containing 63 Plates) . . Price 3 8 6 . .. 411 0 Part 1. (1842) PR MABAR) Seles Bie ks UALS, S OCLs Caen i a ae at ne a tg Ole oe he OL) © 5 Wan Pia a ace ABS FE oY ig 019 6 » 4. (1846) Been ABB) rhe ide, ol a 010 6 Batra LB4D) Marg ora ss wacetae julye abated netic ei eee Otay a) 010 6 VOLUME IV. (1851-1862, containing 78 Plates). a AERICe OMe 2G B Te n6 Parr (L801) Se Ne. aaa, ol hilar Nea iG ae an ONE () 012 0 Beton LOGO) ic. 2.5, near: 62 Rete neem en Se 1->bar0 » 3. (1853) Bee EBO? Jie" joe 8 4. Gahan ee ce ea aa 140 » 9. (1858) . ote a hile te get Nae Ly en ae ca Te 140 dy MOPARPBUO) 8 Sune PRON ce es a Sn ee Rg 140 » 7, sec. 1. (1861) 37 OMS 49 OR. EE} » 7, sec. 2. (1862) SOs: 0 1: 420 VOLUME V. (1862-1866, containing 67 Plates). . . Price 5 3 6 619 0 Part 1. (1862) . : ee OLS: -O 140 502 2s (1868). 2018 6 Toh20 » 8. (1864). Pee ae 6 110 0 »» 4 (1865) . onl) 6 110 0 Dts dd BOG) seme. oy aed eee 110 0 VOLUME VI. (1866-1869, prices 91 Plates) . . Price 1] 5 O sl Ome O) 20 Part 1. (1866). . : Seas yy) By tal 7.0 116 0 » 2& (1867). st pened gt 116 0 ges (1867) 01 22 Bene. baal cok). ge Or aan ane ana 116 0 Sr Ae CBORD OF 5 URE ae Oe thc) TRUNE t raa Uany 116 0 » 5. (1868) . ea 2) 116 0 » 6. (1868). Pre era ey) 116 0 yh ALSEB icc. exe tee ee eae a Prpeeaee Sa. 0) 2 8 0 » 8. (1869)... gale Py 116 0 Continued on page 3 of Wrapper.] [ 19] TV. Further Observations on the Manatee. By James Muriz, M._D., LL.D., F.G.S., Assist. Secretary Linnean Society. Received June 17th, read June 17th, 1879. [Puates V.-IX. ] ConTEnTs. Review of recent Researches on Manatus . page 19 On the Cervical Nerves . . . . . «© page do History and Observations on Habits of Live Spe- (OnetheyBraine. sc ) ci) een ae OO CGEM eS ee eee te fe 2 Concludino#Remarks™ 0 can) nee tes meer Notes on Dead Specimen, its outward aspect . 27 Description of the Plates. . . . . . . . 40 Memoranda on the Muscular System . . . . 32 REVIEW of recent Researches on Manatus.—Since the publication in the Society’s ‘ Transactions’ (vol. vill. pp. 127-202) of my researches “ On the Form and Structure of the Manatee,” three important papers on the development and anatomy of this animal have appeared }. 1. In the American ‘ Journal of Science and Arts,’ vol. x. Aug. 1875, Prof. Burt G. Wilder, of Cornell University, has writen a short but trenchant article, with a plate, “On a Feetal Manatee and Cetacean, with Remarks upon the Affinities and Ancestry 1 In the above remarks on the literature I have solely restricted myself to anatomical labours on the Manatee. Short notices, such as those by Dr. Sclater (P. Z. 8. 1875, p.529), Prof. Garrod (P. Z. 8. 1875, 529 & 567), W. B. Tegetmeier (‘ Field,’ July 6, 1878), and E. Harting (‘ Zoologist,’ 1878, p. 285), need no more than passing mention, I should, though, do injustice to two writers did I remain silent respecting their papers, viz. :— 1. “On the Affinities of the Sirenians,” by Dr. Theodore Gill (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1873, pp. 262-273). In this cleverly put dissertation the author suggests ‘that the ordinary Cetaceans and the Sirenians are derivatives from a common original stock—a generalized Gyrencephalic type.” He admits we haye no clear evidence of such a progenitor. Afterwards he discusses the relations of the Sirenians, analyzing the characters, differentiating Manatus from Cetaceans, and, again, those characters common to the Sirenia and Ungulata, of which latter he allows there are none. Neither does he admit Manatus among the Pachyderms. Lastly he deduces the genealogy of the Sirenia thus :—Proto-Sirenian, whence Halitheriide, Halicoride, and Rhytinide on the one hand, and the Trichechoidea on the other. 2. “ Deseription de l’Guf et du Placenta de Halicore dugong,” par le Dr. Paul Harting (Tijdsch. d. Nederl. Dierk. Vereen, Deel iy. 1879, pp. 1-29, pls.i., ii.). Most interesting, no Sirenian placenta haying hitherto been examined. This research is based on a fcetus and membranes in the Zoological Museum of Utrecht. A full description of the structural peculiarities is given, showing it to be a diffuse, non-deciduous placenta ; and then follows a comparison with that of Cetacea and divers Pachyderms, between which groups it seems to stand midway. The author acknowledges that the diffuse form of placentation is met with in groups so much apart that its taxonomic significance loses all value; even the distinction deciduous and non-deciduous, in his opinion, cannot lead to a natural classification. 2 Pp. 1-10, plate viii. I here quote from a separate copy extracted from the Journal in question, and kindly forwarded me by the author. Vou. X1.—PART 11. No. 1.—August, 188 <\5' Sp 4 MU PaO D) 20 DR. J. MURIE ON THE MANATEE. of the Sirenia.” In this article he points out that in the foetal condition! the head is abruptly flexed upon the chest, and the tail forms a right angle with the trunk. The general aspect of head and face he regards as Ungulate rather than Cetacean. ‘To this extent the embryo of a lower form resembles the adult of a higher—and hence con- trary to the usually accepted rule, that the young of animals resemble their ancestors. He believes this retrograde metamorphosis points to a like retrograde evolution of the Sirenian from prior ungulate forms, and thinks this is confirmed by what is known of the geological succession of Sirenian forms, 2. In the ‘ Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia’ for 1875 (pp. 452-462) Dr. Henry C. Chapman has recounted his “ Observations on the Struc- ture of the Manatee”, based on two animals living in the Zoological Gardens of that city. ‘These creatures soon died, and thus enabled him to investigate their anatomy. He states some curious facts in connexion with their habits, refers to the alimentary, respiratory, circulatory, and urino-genital apparatus, comparing the same in the speci- mens with those previously described by myself. The brain and its peculiarities he fully discusses and figures (2. ¢. pl. xxvi.); and while he more particularly points out the relative absence of convolutions, he also specifies the extreme singularity of the brain as in contrast to that of all other mammalian forms. Dr. Chapman, in mentioning the cranial nerves, is inclined to consider the 6th as absent; and he suggests a different interpretation of those posteriorly situated ; but he agrees with my determination of the cervical plexus. In his representation of the contour of the brain, and in his remarks on the paucity of its convolutions, &c., a different light is shed on the creature’s cerebral organization from that given by myself; but of which more hereafter. Not- withstanding these discrepancies, he, moreover, in other respects pretty well corrobo- rates the details of my anatomical descriptions of the various other organs, &e. 5. Furthermore, in our own Society’s ‘Transactions,’ 1877 °, Prof. Garrod has given his “Notes on the Manatee (Manatus americanus) recently living in the Society’s Gardens.” He draws attention to and illustrates a remarkable labial action, namely the quite exceptional manner in which the Manatee uses its upper lip as a grasping- organ, but with lateral movements. The liver he figures, showing its considerably truncated aspect anteriorly. The brain he describes afresh, and gives sketches of it basally, laterally, from the top, and a partially internal view. Its most noteworthy characteristics are comparative absence of cerebral convolutions, great capacity of the lateral ventricles, and special thinness of the walls of the cerebral hemispheres. Unfor- tunately, Prof. Garrod omits reference to Dr. Chapman’s previously published description and figure; nor are the brain-figures of the former anatomist at all satisfactory to my mind, despite its being said they were drawn under advantageous circumstances; to the wherefore I shall have occasion again to allude. The blood-corpuscles are very large. ' Prof. Wilder's specimen measured 3-7 inches in extreme length. * I am also indebted to this author for a separate impression of his paper. * Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. x. pp. 137-145, pls. xxviii.—xxx. DR. J. MURIE ON THE MANATEE. 21 According to the dissection made by Prof. E. Ray Lankester, under Prof. Garrod’s supervision, my statement (/. ¢.) as to the number and arrangement of the cervical nerves is not confirmed; and the further evidence of Prof. Edouard Van Beneden, of Liége, who dissected a Manatee in Brazil, is cited against my reading of the number and distribution of the cervical nerves present. Some of my former observations being thus questioned by such competent autho- rities as the above-named gentlemen, I naturally felt I should like to have another opportunity of investigating the disputed points. In this way I might be able to ascertain whether variations would explain the discrepancies of statement, while I should also satisfy myself wherein I had failed to interpret nature aright. My wish was gratified sooner than I anticipated. History and Observations on Habits of Live Specimen.—Through the energy and prompt measues of Mr. John T. Carrington, Naturalist and Curator of the Westminster Royal Aquarium, in June 1878 a large adult female Manatee, which had arrived at Greenock in a healthy condition, was purchased and immediately transferred to its final quarters in London. Of its first capture, shipment, and further carriage I learned the following particulars :—The animal was taken in a net on the Dauntless Bank, off the Island of Lequana, near the mouth of the Essiquibo River, British Guiana ; and it was said to have been the only one observed in that locality for three years, thus yielding evidence of their growing scarcity. The native fishermen took it across to Demerara; and there it was bought on speculation by Capt. Picott, of the S.S. ‘Blenheim,’ who, by the same evening’s mail, despatched a letter to the Managers of the Aquarium. On the voyage across the Atlantic the large box containing the Manatee was kept about two thirds full of fresh water; and being placed near the “ donkey-engine,” steam was passed at intervals into the water, so as to keep the latter up to a warm temperature. As the colder latitudes were reached, some trouble was taken to retain the water at a uniform heat. Before starting, a quantity of the fresh so-called “* Moca-moca” leaves! and fruit was obtained, which the creature devoured in a few days; and then it was supplied with a liberal allowance of hay anda slight amount of bread. There is, how- ever, no very conclusive evidence of its having consumed the latter. On arriving at Greenock the Manatee was there bought by Mr. Carrington for the sum of £200; and the steamer proceeding onwards, conveyed it to Glasgow. Here the tank was carted to the St.-Enoch’s station, Midland Railway, and despatched, in a covered car, to London. Telegrams were sent to six different stations in advance to + I am ignorant what plant the so-called “* Moca-moca” is; but Dr. Sclater mentions that the Manatee brought to the Zoological Society’s Gardens in 1875 “was fed during the voyage on the leaves of a large aquatic plant resembling the Water-lily (Wymphea) shipped for the purpose” (P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 529). * Dr. Chapman (J, c. p. 459), evidently at second hand, says:—‘‘ The smaller Manatee ate more than the larger one, which was natural, the large one haying eaten heartily of grass and ship-biscuit before leaving Baltimore in the morning.” E 2 22 DR. J. MURIE ON THE MANATEE, have a dozen or so buckets of hot water ready at each when the train arrived, which warm water was poured into the tank, and the temperature thus kept up. Mr. Carring- ton himself sat alongside the tank all the journey by rail; and he mentions that during the night-time the Manatee frequently raised itself and made endeavours to get out of the box. Whether the unusual sensation of railway travelling disturbed it, whether the chilling of the water and colder atmosphere of midnight affected it, or whether, evening being its natural active period, caused the uneasiness, is uncertain. Mr. Car- rington certainly suffered temporarily from deafness after the night’s run in the nearly empty railway carriage; so great and incessant was the jumbling jarring noise. Doubtless, then, the strange sensations, unwelcome disturbance, and rude shakings, may have had their influences; for on first introduction into the Aquarium glass tank, and for nearly a week after, the Manatee would not feed; fears therefore were entertained that it would not long survive. Failing to observe cessation of its sulky humour or illness, as the case might be, and justly believing food a necessity, (on Mr. Carrington consulting me) I suggested the introduction of milk into its mouth by a syringe. Accordingly, the water was drained off, and three persons entering the tank, and inserting a cork in the fore part of the mouth, a small quantity of milk was several times given forcibly by a syringe. The Manatee, though ordinarily exceedingly quiet and gentle in its demeanour, evidently seriously objected to being thus unnaturally fed. Obliged to swallow a certain quantity of the milk and castor oil1, it nevertheless rejected what it could, while displaying an astonishing muscular force of body, tail, and limbs. So great was its power that the three persons found the greatest difficulty in restraining its move- ments, and introducing the food. During this rough manipulation, and, indeed, during the whole of its after confinement in the tank, it was never heard to utter any sound indicative of voice; nor did it then, or ever after, attempt to bite or otherwise injure those handling it, though, of course, with floundering, wriggling struggle, endeavour- ing to free itself from the grasp of its would-be friends. Whether its ailment had passed, the spirit of resistance had overcome the sulks, or it deemed feeding itself prefer- able to milk diet against its will, a very few days more elapsed when, to Mr. Carrington’s satisfaction, it began spontaneously to munch and swallow the green food floating in the water. Thenceforward its appetite improved ; and by degrees it daily devoured astonishing quantities of vegetable stuffs, passed feeces naturally, and in all respects throve amazingly. On first arrival at the Aquarium, cabbage, lettuce, watercress, pieces of carrot and turnip, loose and bundles of hay, and quantities of pond-weed were put into the tank, both floating and sunk by weights attached. Occasionally it would sniff or examine these by snout and lips without chewing or swallowing, until its appetite returned as above mentioned. It then showed preference to watercress, though often taking ’ The castor oil was given along with the milk to obviate or relieve supposed constipation ; for, according to Dr. Chapman (J. c. p, 460), the Philadelphia specimens were supposed by him to have suffered therefrom. oo DR. J. MURIE ON THE MANATEE. 2 cabbage; but afterwards it chose lettuce, and entirely eschewed the others!. When in the height of health it consumed, according to Mr. Carrington, from 90 to 112 1b. of green food daily. As lettuce became scarce and dear, it cost 10s. a day to supply it with the French sort; and although cabbage &c. was then cheap and abundant, it daintily chose the former, and as steadily avoided and refused the latter. For six months all went well, and numerous were the visitors that came and went without disturbing the equanimity or destroying the appetite of this Sirenian. The tank-water was kept at about 70° to 74° Fahr. by steam being introduced at regular intervals or whenever the thermometer showed a depression. But just at Christmas time, during very cold weather, by accident the keeper one night in the dark unskil- fully left the waste-plug loose or obliquely placed it in the hole; consequently the water slowly drained away, and Manatee was left high and dry to suffer from a serious chill of the cold atmosphere. Next morning when the water was run into the tank it showed signs of depression and illness, and thenceforth, apparently refusing all food, it daily became thinner and thinner, but lingered on until the 15th of March, 1879, when it died of sheer exhaustion ”. ? According to Dr. Sclater (J. c.), the Manatee which lived in the Zoological Society’s Gardens in 1875, was fed there on lettuce and vegetable-marrow. Dr. Chapman states the Philadelphian animals, while under obser- vation, ate and appeared thoroughly to enjoy Valisneria spiralis (as much as twenty-one pounds in twenty- four hours), Ceratophyllum (the Hornwort), and Ulva latissima; but he likewise says, “the Manatee will eat freely of cabbage, spinach, kale, baked apples, celery-tops,” &c. (1. c. pp. 459 & 461). * The following extract from the ‘ Field’ is a short popular report of the post-mortem examination that I drew out for Mr. Carrington’s use, and which explains the precise nature of the creature’s illness &c. :— “« Agreeably to your wish I herewith supply you with a short report on the cause of death of the Manatee. I need hardly remind you of the sex—a female, adult though not old. As you are well aware, the animal had very sensibly lost flesh, so that, instead of the original barrel-like plump figure, gradual wasting had caused backbone and ribs to acquire exterior prominence most unusual in the Sirenian tribe. All the important organs—to wit, the brain, heart and lungs, stomach, liver, and kidneys—were sound and healthy, though flaccid and flabby in texture. The flesh and fat of the Manatees when killed in their native haunts are well known to be firm, but pale-coloured, and uncommonly good eating, comparable in appearance and flavour to well-fed veal or pork. In this Aquarium specimen, however, it may be assumed that during its late illness and fasting both fat and muscular substance had degenerated and run to waste. Literally, fat, in most limited quantity, was indistinguishable from the cellular and fibrous tissues and flesh, and, excepting the more solid back- and tail-muscles, soft and watery to a degree. Under the tongue was a small watery bladder, or cyst, resembling what, surgically, is called a “ranula.” This cyst may be of parasitic origin ; but I have laid it aside for further examination. It certainly was not of a fatal character. The real cause of the animal’s illness and subsequent death lay in another quarter, namely, abdomen and bowels. On opening the belly, about its middle, I found a small piece of the gut adherent to the inner lining of the belly-wall ; and further examina- tion showed that a limited area of the intestine had undergone inflammation, ulceration, and peritonitis, the latter accounting for the adhesion above mentioned. The very thick muscular coat of the intestine evidently prevented absolute perforation and rapid death. As far as the structures in question enable me to judge, the illness about Christmas time may be attributed to a sudden colic and inflammation of the intestine (enteritis), or, as likely, sharp peritoneal attack (peritonitis), brought on by the rapid chill in the temperature of the air. All the symptoms you mention point to this. The almost total loss of appetite afterwards, gradual depression, and wasting bear out the probable course of the disease, but indicate the local character of the 24 DR. J. MURIE ON THE MANATEE. As regards the general habits of this specimen, they bear out in nearly every parti- cular the observations made by Dr. Chapman and Prof. Garrod on animals kept in limited areas, and with the advantage in this case that the transparency of the glass tank and its accessibility from all sides allowed close inspection at all times. One may class it among animals of crepuscular or nocturnal habit, inasmuch as it chiefly fed at night. To use Mr. Carrington’s words, its tank was regularly and literally smothered with green food late at night, and, though eating a little before visitors by gaslight, it was not until after all the people had left the Aquarium that it began to feed in earnest, though by morning it generally managed to have finished an unusually ample meal. As a host of observers have noted, the harmless stupid nature of the Manatee and its uniform quiet stolidity are quite characteristic and manifest in the creature in its native haunts as much as in confinement. During the greater part of the day it dozed in various attitudes, every now and again rising, lazily and apparently without the slightest effort, to the surface to breathe ; or occasionally it made a move round the tank in a slow unconcerned manner. It never violently plunged or rolled about, as, for a short time, it seems the specimens at Philadelphia did (/. ¢. p. 459). Altogether a dull and apathetic creature, even night time and its voracious feeding did not seem to enliven it much. In moving round the tank at times it would poke its nose close up to the glass, remaining stationary there for a few minutes, and without exhibiting fear of the over-curious on-lookers. In the same way it would occasionally carelessly toy with its food, its muzzle being exceedingly moyable and tactile. I attentively watched the eye, the small size of which, with its grey or steel-blue iris, bore quite a pig-like expression. , There was, however, a cunning leer in the organ of vision; and, what with the dark colour of surrounding skin and its deep-set position, elephantine roguery seemed mingled with porcine obstinacy. ‘The nictitating membrane is comparatively large and very mobile. During life I also observed that the full-sized pupil was round and not slit-shaped or “ transverse oval” as I had previously interpreted it in the dead body’. I afterwards verified the above remark on the rotund pupil in the fresh car- cass, and then made a ccloured drawing from nature, which is reproduced in Pl. VIII. fig. 1. Prof. Vrolik’s figure * quoted below, of a side view of the head, I had criti- cised* as being deceptive in the eye-region, from an outer circular line and presence of a heavy backwardly overlapping orbital fold giving the appearance of a large patent eyeball. Now, in justice to this worthy anatomist and his artist, I may here notice that in this adult live animal there was a distinct skin-elevation or semicircular fold peritoneal inflammation and reparatory effort of nature, unfortunately at last unsuccessful. From what you state, your treatment seems to me to haye been judicious under the circumstances, and specially considering the difficulty ot arriving at any true and sure knowledge of the malady in such a thick-skinned phlegmatic creature.” Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. viiii. p. 187. * Bijdrage tot der Natuur- en ontleedkundige Kennis yan dem Manatus americanus, pl. i. * Loe. cit. p. 132, DR. J. MURIE ON THE MANATEBR. 25 a behind and above the eyes. In an old male doubtless this is more prominent; and it therefore may exonerate the Dutch artist from false representation, though certainly the drawing in question is apt to mislead. Having given attention to the intervals occurring between the times of breathing (“blowing”) in the White Whale (Leluga), which range from 10, 17, and 20 seconds to a minute or a minute and a quarter when swimming round in the large tank of the Aquarium, I found on contrast that the respiratory intervals of the Manatee are con- siderably longer. I give the results of four observations made with watch in hand. The figures represent minutes and seconds of time, and the breathing as noted in succession ; the four observations were, however, made on different occasions. Nos. L., II., 11]. were recorded when the animal was in what I may term a drowsy condition, No. IV. when fully awake and moving about. I omitted taking notes when the Manatee was out of the water. m. 8. m. 8. m. 8. m. Ss. m. 8. m. 8. m. 8 m. 8. m. Ss. Tlsscaonbie 2 15 315 3 10 2 45 A 27 3 12 2 18 4 25 2 57 1d Beeebecece 0 58 2 35 2 16 2 52 O 10, the latter an extremely brief inspiration immediately following one of moderate length. Me enews 2 55 2 25 1 30 2 48 2 15 TW reecococian 15 1 34. 1 43 0, 2 12 1 20 Taking, then, the average time between the twenty-five inspirations in Manatus, it is 2 minutes 20 seconds, or 2 m: 25 s. if the last of row II. is excluded. In twenty- two successive inspirations in Beluga vigorously swimming, the average in one set of observations made by me was 44 seconds. From the above data it will be seen that the Sirenian ordinarily remains three times (335) longer under water than the above Cetacean genus. Dr. Chapman (J. ¢. p. 461) states of one of the Manatees that “at intervals of about one minute to one minute and a quarter he rose to breathe.” He does not say whether the animal was in motion or at rest, which might make a differ- ence. He further truly remarks :—“ One can readily understand, after seeing the lungs inflated, how easy it is for the animal to maintain its almost motionless position at variable depths of the water, the lungs acting very much like the air-bladder in fishes, and looking, indeed, more like the lungs of Lepidosteus than those of a mammal.” Before referring to the singular positions in which the Manatee rests in the water, I may take occasion to mention that the figures in the accompanying plates (Pl. V. and, in part, Pls. VI. & VII.), as will be seen on comparison, are not drawn to a uniform scale ; nor are they in every case intended to represent accuracy as to detail of skin-texture. They are all, however, sketches from nature by my old friend Mr. Berjeau, and are chiefly designed to show the various attitudes assumed by this specimen when confined in the glass tank of the aquarium. To some extent the drawings are preferable to words, and conyey at a glance a fair knowledge of nearly all the positions adopted by the animal both during the day and night. One was prepared to expect that the somewhat rigid figures represented in Pl. V. 26 DR. J. MURIE ON THE MANATEE. figs. 7 & 9, would occur, and even that the positions in figs. 1, 2, and 3 might obtain, as movement in the water caused flexion and change of outline according to circum- stances; but that the peculiar attitudes, with bent body and tail, shown in figs. 6, 6, & 8 (same plate) should be by far the most ordinary ways in which the Manatee rests stationary for hours together, was not to be previously conceived or looked for. The attitudes depicted were, moreover, again and again witnessed by crowds of on- lookers. According as the water was higher or lower, so did the animal incline to its relative position in the tank, often preferring to be sufficiently near the surface for a leisurely turn upwards of the bent body to enable the nostrils to reach the air. On occasions, possibly being cramped for want of plenty of room, it would by a slow kind of half-rolling easy turn display a variety of movement, see fig. 4, Pl. V. It cer- tainly was very extraordinary and suggestive of one use of its great broad flat tail to find this latter bent under and resting on the ground, while the body with dependent fore limbs (fig. 8) lay horizontally above. But the highly curved body, head, and tail as the creature floated without evident motion (fig. 5) was quite as remarkable, and, to me, a new and unexpected attitude, and one of very frequent occurrence. At one time it would float, doze, and sleep with body and tail stretched perfectly horizontal (fig. 7) ; at another, descending to the bottom, it lay full stretched in the more natural slum- bering posture of repose (fig. 9). Again, when feeding, while not unfrequently it would seize with its bristle-clad lips and munch the lettuces near the surface appearing in side view, much as in Pl. V. fig. 1, yet the most common position in feeding was that in Pl. VII. fig. 1. The last- mentioned figure, moreover, shows how it uses its flippers or fore paws to grasp the vegetable substances and convey or hold and steady them while the corners of the upper lip bend in, as shall afterwards be spoken of. Dr. Chapman (/. ¢. p. 461) mentions, “ When not in motion the Manatee rested by the tip of his tail upon the floor of the aquarium, his head downward, and with the back much arched.” I presume, therefore, he means one or other of the positions (see the present fig. 5 or 8, Pl. V.). The fore limb, and obviously the manus, has a greater variety of movement than might be thought possible from its stiff skin-gloved character—a circumstance explained by the well-developed hand-muscles; for there is not merely an extensive web of stout aponeurotic fascia, as obtains in the Whales. In the Manatee under consideration I observed that, when at rest, the flippers were usually partially tucked in under the body, but unequally so, the left one having received an injury which, though healed, had left a stiff joint. There would seem to be little doubt but the attitudes now depicted are the natural ones of Manatus, and those quite habitual to the genus. Thus, knowing it frequents lagoons, estuaries, and other shallow waters where herbage is abundant, the conditions (save less reeds and muddy water) of tank to a pool are quite within the bounds of comparison. DR. J. MURIE ON THE MANATEE. Notes on the Dead Specimen, its outward aspects. TaBLe oF ADMEASUREMENTS. Body generally. Extreme length from the snout to the tip of the tail Girth of neck just behind vertex of cranium . Girth immediately in front of the pectoral extremities Girth immediately behind the pectoral extremities . Girth about 44 inches in front of the umbilicus . Girth at the umbilicus . . . a Oe Girth at the opening of the Aen Girth at the anus . The head. Extreme length, or distance between the muzzle and occiput Girth at the snout, including the lower lip . ; Girth vertically before the eyes, including the lower fs Girth behind, projecting part of lower lip vertical to eyes . Girth middle of head, just anterior to projection of mandible Oral region, or length of the side of the mouth . Length of under lip, following tegumentary curve Breadth of chin, following tegumentary curve Breadth of chin at the angles of the mouth Muzzle and nostrils. Measurement of arch over muzzle, covering nostril . Nasal orifices, distance behind free end of muzzle Nasal orifices, diameters across and vertically when dilated, cua ? Nasal orifices, distance apart at outer angles . The eye. Diameter “ Distance from front of ee (Cone Distance from front of muzzle (mesially) Distance from the inner angle of nostril Distance between the eyes at their centres Distant from the angle of the mouth The ear. Auditory orifice, distant from posterior angle of eye Auditory orifices, apart from each other, in diameter Auditory orifices, apart from each other, following curve . Pectoral extremity. Distant from the muzzle : . Distant from the end of the tail eer fa axilla) Roots apart from each other, following curve of back . Extreme length of free portion Extreme breadth of free portion . VOL. XI.—PaRT II. No. 2.—August, 1880. inches. 94-5 34:5 38°5 41:0 50°5 51:0 41:0 34-0 15:0 18-0 12°25 23°6 21:2 11:0 28 DR. J. MURIE ON THE MANATEE. inches. At the narrowest portion its transverse diameteris. . . . . .. . 20 Girth at themrootes:, Guess foe ieee ee ae) Ns ea ee a9: CminipinclonguicnicklGys 5 5 6 5 o Ue 2 5 a 6 6 5 5 6 HOS Girth’at abont the outer/distal third 5 2 4 . 2 . = = « « a 4 OD Tail or caudal extremity. Extreme length, or from the loin-wrinkle backwards, measured on the ventral surface . . . FRc cee en fe Oat Cmte Extreme length, measured on the Tre surfiie mc wehbe AIT: Distance between first wrinkle and angle of terminal femien: Cea eines lista) Breadth, following curvature of terminal border . . ..... =. 15:0 Extreme breadth, following superior curvature of skin . . . . . . 185 Girth about fourinches fromthe tip . .- . %1 . ... 6... « 25:0 Girth about.ten inchesfrom the tip... & .- =: »... . ». SO Girth at the root or hindermost lom-wrinkle. . . . . . . . . . 280 Generative organs &e. Rechim\ distant trom endiof tail’). eee a een ee nBe Distance from middle of anus to opening of vagina. . . .. . . . 52 The umbilicus is distant from muzzle . . .... =... =. . =. S45 The umbilicus is distant from endoftail . . ... .... . . 588 The umbilicus is distant from middle of vaginal opening . . . . . . 20° Allowing for difference of age and other conditions, these measurements, if compared with those formerly given by myself, will be seen to present a general correspondence, saving that the present animal has relatively less girth, doubtless accounted for by wasting of body. While, on the whole, there appear to be equal increments of growth corresponding with age, it moreover comes out, when Prof. Wilder’s foetus (in paper cited) is taken into consideration, that the head decreases in proportion to the entire length of the animal. Thus from feetal to adult life in Wilder’s and my own three examples the decreasing ratio of the head may be taken respectively as 30, 18, 17, 15. The hiatus between 30 and 18 would no doubt be bridged were the new-born or quite young animal examined. ‘The decrement of facial length Wilder regards as indicative of a retrograde metamorphosis. What admeasurements fail to show, or at least but imperfectly indicate, is the marked difference between the general contour of the head, body, and flippers of this specimen and the younger male Manatee formerly photographed by me. Especially is this the case in the view from above, to appreciate which compare the present fig. 2, Pl. VII., with a corresponding dorsal view, Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. viii. pl. xviii. fig. 3. Moreover the tegument itself varied quite distinctly, though this might in part be due to age, lean condition, and other influences. As a whole the skin did not exhibit so very markedly the deep cracks, wrinkles, and minor furrows so characteristic of the younger male. Besides, whether from age, DR J. MURIE ON THE MANATEE. 29 the rubbing of the body in transport, or other unknown causes, there was a notable absence of the long sparse scattered hairs. What could be detected were chiefly short and stumpy, and only visible on close inspection, and best seen on looking at the skin sideways. The character of the hairs themselves was quite identical with the younger creature’s. The wasting which had followed the animal’s illness, doubtless to a great extent accounted for the fact that at death the outline of the cranium was distinguishable, and the spine prominently visible almost throughout its entire extent. The peculiar bloated bagginess adverted to in the former specimens, consequently, was greatly di- minished in this case; hence one could better appreciate the muscular anatomy of the creature. The tail or caudal expansion was manifestly different-shaped from that previously figured by me. ‘Transcribing my notes thereon taken from the object direct, I observed that the tail was almost flat below, except at the central spinal line. Above it was only very slightly arched, and that, of course, most towards the root and spinal central line— this latter being about an inch broad, but more faintly marked towards the posterior half. A notable feature was the total absence of a terminal median upper incision ; on the contrary, there was rather an extension or bulging at this part. ‘The shape of the caudal expansion, again, was decidedly tapering and pointed, in contradistinction therefore to most museum specimens and to the abruptly truncate broad outline of the male and female already examined by me!. The caudal root-constriction, as seen dor- sally, so well marked in these animals preserved in spirit, was nothing like so distinct in this Westminster Aquarium specimen, although a special skin-fold did obtain and was situate 28°5 inches from the point of the tail. On the upper surface of the caudal expansion, but not at all on the under surface, were indications rather than well-marked patches of the small button-like scales which formed so prominently a tegumentary feature in the previous young male. I noted also in the present instance that the secondary and tertiary tail skin-creases were very minute, shallow, and wholly transverse in direction ; but quite at the margin they followed somewhat radially the direction of the edge. Of the fore limbs or flippers the skin-markings on their upper surface in this adult were simpler in appearance than in the figure from the photograph of natural size shown in Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. viii. pl. 18. By this it will be understood there were less transverse wrinklings and very few, indeed scarcely any, of the button-shaped scaly skin-warts formerly reported in the young animal. ‘These could, however, be distinguished towards the thumb side of the flipper and near to the nails. As to the shape of the entire fore limb, it was decidedly more elongated and taper-pointed than in the illustration referred to of the younger animal. 1 In the absence of caudal notch and shape of tail this specimen resembles the foetus described and figured by Prof. Wilder 7. c. F2 30 DR. J. MURIE ON THE MANATEE. I carefully searched for, but failed to find traces of, more than three nails, the usual number recorded ; these were, in this case, clearly defined and well formed. What has been said of the outline of the dorsal region apples equally to the abdominal surface, viz. the caudal contour, foot-shape, and muzzle constituting the main differences between the young male and this adult female. The transverse con- striction at the root of the tail and the other less marked furrows of the body were present in this female, though each and all were by no means so pronounced as shown (J.c. pl. xvii.) in the copy from the photograph of the young male’s body. In this Aquarium example, from the great loss of flesh and contraction of the parts, the abdominal walls were pinched in even below the level of the ribs. The recti abdominis muscles stood out prominently, each fully 2} inches broad. ‘There was a deep median furrow extending from the vagina forwards to within a few inches of the limbs; the indent, shallowing to a narrow line in front, was deepest posteriorly, and behind the vulva it bifurcated slightly. Round the anus traces of linear grooving were slight. I have, in Pl. VII. fig. 4, reproduced an old drawing lying by me of the perineal region of the first female dissected by me; it agrees well with this Westminster Aquarium specimen, and may be of use for comparison with the same region in the male (J. ¢. pl. xvii. fig. 2.). In my former Memoir on Manatus I referred to Sir Everard Home’s figure!, copied by Frédéric Cuvier? and others, wherein a prominent teat is represented, whereas in the animals formerly examined by me the female showed only a very rudimentary trace of nipples and no subjacent gland. The examination of the present adult female, however, has enabled me to substantiate Sir E. Home’s observations; only in a side view of the body the teats would not be so conspicuously visible as he has represented the left one, especially as his was a young animal. In this Aquarium specimen the teat in each axilla was on a line with the elbow (Pl. VII. fig. 3), and fully an inch long and about as much broad. A small but easily distinguishable central orifice existed among the surrounding punctated skin, which latter is glandular in appearance. The mammary gland itself was readily traced, and in the position and with the relations of parts I have already described’. Regarding the head, as I have already hinted, the outline of the skull in its upper contour was more visible, and there appeared to be a greater proportional breadth between the eyes and a less transverse expansion of snout, than in the carcasses formerly examined; but in this and other points the unusual laxity of the tissues must be taken into account for variations. In certain aspects the profile, and even the fore-shortened view, of muzzle resembled a young Hippopatamus or Walrus, minus stout bristles of latter (Pl. VI. fig. 7). At times, however, when alive, the animal would raise and shorten its muzzle so as to have an uncommonly pig-like expression * Phil. Trans. 1826, pl. 26 &c.; Lectures on Comparative Anatomy, vol. iy. pl. 55. * De VHistoire Nat. des Cétacés (1835), pl. i. * Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. viii. p. 189. DR. J. MURIE ON THE MANATEE. Si (see figs. 2 & 3, Pl. VI.): so far Prof. Garrod’s comments on the deadness of my illus- trations may apply. The change with death, moreover, considerably alters the physi- ognomy, although the drawings given in my former memoir (pl. xix. fig. 5), in the main, are true to nature— with which compare the present sketch, fig. 1, Pl. VI. from life. In the latter plate I have also depicted various views (figs. 7-11) of the inani- mate head ; therein the upper lip falls forwards and laps outwardly, and in some posi- tions almost hides the lower jaw. Both in the live animal and again in the flaccid carcass I can verify the independent observations of Prof. Garrod and Dr. Chapman concerning the great mobility and spe- cial use of the inner circumscribed bristle-clad portions of the upper lip. Undoubtedly these are tactile and prehensile, and have been lucidly described and figured by the former anatomist! ; while the latter aptly remarks”, “ fanning, as it were, the food into their mouths by means of the bristles situated on their upper and lower lips, these bristles spreading out when in use so as to look very much like small fans.” Garrod’s simile of a caterpillar devouring a leaf is even more appropriate. The same writer raises issue with my interpretation of the functional structure of the upper lip. He says, “In the living animal their erectile tissue is distended with blood on most occa- sions, especially whilst feeding ; and the pads are by this means directed inwards, towards one another, in such a way that the deep median notch which they go to form is even deeper, and the bristles meet across the middle line”*. But whilst supporting Prof. Vrolik’s* view, he so far modifies this as to admit, with me, that the levatores labii pro- prii muscles act strongly in concert. I myself had only taken exception to Vrolik’s averring the upper lip to be solely (or, as I had translated from the Dutch text, “ plainly”) erectile, in contradistinction to its manifest and peculiarly fleshy character. Neither Garrod nor Vrolik seem to me to have examined minutely the parts and structures in question, nor allowed sufficiently for the muscular efficacy of the action, irrespective of purely vascular erection. Remembering that the lower lip of Wanatus is relatively little used in the aforesaid lateral grasping action, and trying the experiment on one’s self*, viz. fixing the lower lip, it is not difficult by muscular force alone to imitate the Manatee’s labial habit—of course in a minor degree and with due allowance for differ- ence in oral construction. To take another example, the delicately tactile and pre- hensile tip of the Elephant’s proboscis all allow are under control of the innumerable minute muscular fibres, the nerves and blood-vessels rather intensifying tactile power than solely conducing to mobility. Similarly I regard the Manatee’s muzzle as to all intents and purposes a true curtailed trunk or proboscis, but differing in preponderance * Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. x. p. 139, pl. xxviii. * L. c. p. 459. $ LL. c. p. 138. * Bijdrage tot der Natuur- en Ontleedkundige Kennis yan den Manatus Americanus, 1852, p. 59. * I was induced to this trial from having observed a French peasant with an almost malformed mouth, 7. ¢. a projecting nipple on each side and underlying lower lip, faintly recalling the Manatee’s oral region. Every time the man spoke, these lateral projections approavhed and Sirenian peculiarity was manifest. 32 DR. J. MURIE ON THE MANATEE. a of lateral instead of vertical action in prehension. The rete mirabile is the rule, and not the exception, in the vascular system of this creature, and, with the minute nerves, supply to the bristle-clad area of the lips that concentration of touch needful to discri- minate in the mechanical act of seizure. But, beside the levator muscle above spoken of, I have already shown that an extension of the great panniculus, the levator labii superioris aleque nasi, and others all commingle by fibres around the upper lip and muzzle, and doubtless tend to consentaneous action of the region in question. More- over, in the dead animal, when I pressed my finger against the upper front part of the flaccid muzzle, directing it backwards, the otherwise truncate organ became horse- shoe-shaped, medianly depressed, and the two bristle-clad spots of themselves naturally approached each other (see sketch, Pl. VI. fig. 6), though partially, as would be the case in the act of grasping during life. Lastly, I may refer to Prof. Garrod’s expression of the nostrils possessing a “ flap- valve” (/. ¢. p. 139, pl. xxviii.), by which is to be understood merely floor-pad, which by the muscular circular contraction of the nasal orifice is partly raised and completes occlusion at will: but there is no free valve such as the above term would signify. Memoranda on the Muscular System.—It is not my intention critically to examine and compare throughout my former researches on the myology of this Sirenian; but as in my present dissection I observed several varieties of parts structurally, I deem it fair to myself to call attention to a few of these, chiefly of the fore limb, for which consult Pl. VIII. figs. 3 & 4. I searched for but found no representative of the coracobrachialis, thus agreeing with previous dissections. The vessels of the brachial rete near the elbow, I remarked, par- tially overlie the distal portion of the second tendon of insertion of the double-bellied biceps humeri. As regards brachialis anticus and supinator brevis, my previous statement (/.¢. p. 158) is here applicable. In the right arm of this animal the pronator radii teres and flexor carpi radialis were indivisibly united, but their combined origins and insertions agreed with my former descriptions. What I have previously stated with regard to the flexor sublimis, profundus, and longus pollicis does not apply in this case ; nor is the relation of the palmar fascia and the palmaris longus identical. Here the strong broad aponeurosis of the forearm covers superficially and entirely the whole of the flexores, the breadth of the bones, excepting over the outer, ulnar, disputed muscles (infra). Just above the wrist the fascia forms a well-defined arch, and embraces the common flexores; and higher up between combined pronator radii teres and flexor carpi radialis; and on the opposite side, but inner border, of the flexor carpi ulnaris &c. it is firmly fixed to the radius and ulnar lower shaft, and, partially, the deep wrist-fascia. Above the wrist-joint on the ulnar border a long fusiform muscle springs, which lower DR. J. MURIE ON THE MANATEE. 33 down, in part lying upon and in part commingling with the flexor carpi ulnaris, runs on to the outside of the fifth digit, and is inserted by tendon on the distal outer margin of the fifth metacarpal. The muscle in question is apparently supplied by a branch of the ulnar nerve; at least I traced the nerve under its belly, though an awkward slip of the scalpel prevented my assurance of its entrance into the muscle. ‘To all intents and purposes the muscle now described is representative of a palmaris longus or of an unusually developed flexor brevis minimi digiti. If it is the latter, then what may be combined palmaris longus and flexor carpi ulnaris obtain in this example, as has been hitherto described. As to the sublimis and profundus flexors in common, their muscular origin reaches quite and even beyond the wrist. Distally, but superficially, it is tendinous, viz. from the lower third of the arm-bones. As freshly examined, the digital tendons go to the ends of the second, third, and fourth proximal phalanges, beyond which they form uni- form, stout, aponeurotic coverings to the fingers. Between the wrist and ends of meta- carpals tendons representing perforans and perforatus are easily distinguishable. More- over the subjacent longest-continued fleshy belly has its fibres slightly athwart, and minute tendons underneath, chiefly distributed to the third and fourth digits. A longus pollicis is not distinct, unless that tendon, going to the second digit, represents it. There is a single distinct lumbrical muscle (/, fig. 4) which arises from the wrist-fascia, and, with a comparatively long fleshy cord, is inserted into the tendon of the fourth digit. In its course it passes but slightly from the radial towards the ulnar side of the palm. As to the remarkable interossei, clearly in this example the superficial fleshy layer cannot be considered lumbricales, as suggested by me in my former paper, a single lumbrical muscle existing superficially as just described. Again, it is very questionable if the superficial layer is an anomalous flexor brevis manus, as also formerly hinted. The flexor brevis manus, as originally described by Prof. Mivart and myself in the myology of Hyrax!, had a position superficial to the flexor sublimis and profundus, instead of deeply to those muscles, as in this case; and both origin from the palmar fascia and tendons of insertion differ. I may describe the interosseal arrangement in this Manatee, as it varies from that of the previous occasion?. Of the superficial set from the inner radial tuberosity and the carpus there arises a strong mass of fleshy and tendinous substance,which thereafter divides into three somewhat fusiform divisions, inserted respectively on the sides and proximal ends of the proximal phalanges. One division goes to the ulnar side of the second digit and to the radial side of the third; another division, the middle one, ends on the sides of the third and fourth digits; and the third division is fixed respectively to the neighbouring sides of the fourth and fifth digits. The deep interossei are relatively powerful and almost altogether fleshy. ‘They agree with what I obtained on the former 1 Proc, Zool. Soc, 1865, p. 342, fig. 6. * Trans, Zool. Soc. vol. viii. p. 161, pi. xxii. figs. 13 & 14. 34 DR. J. MURIE ON THE MANATEE. occasion, excepting that there is an additional single belly to the radial side of the fifth digit. To the ulnar side of the superficial interossei there is another pair of muscles, which spring together from the cuneiform bone (ulna?), and pass on to the fifth digit, being inserted palmad respectively on the radial and ulnar edges. These may represent an opponens minimi digiti and abductor minimi digiti. I have already recorded’ the pre- sence of a flexor brevis and abductor minimi digiti in the Manatee; but these muscular aponeurotic bands were not nearly so clear and well defined as in this Aquarium specimen. Absent entirely in the former instance, there is in this only one short muscle to the thumb. ‘This arises from the fascia covering the end of the tendon of the pronator radii teres and flexor carpi radialis muscles, and it occupies the metacarpal bone its whole length. The muscle may either be a flexor brevis pollicis or representative of adductor pollicis. Of the short deep muscles of the neck (see dissection, Pl. VIII. fig. 5) the rectus capitis anticus major has the usual cranial origin; and the two muscles of opposite sides thence diverge backwards, each with a thick fleshy belly flattened gradually pos- teriorly. A tendon of insertion is fixed to the transverse process of the fifth cervical vertebra, and partly to the sixth. Another middle-placed tendon goes on to the head of the first rib; and still another, innermost and broadest, is fastened to the body of the first dorsal vertebra, there mingling with the periosteal fascia covering the bodies of that and the succeeding vertebre. The insertions met with in the former specimen? were three dorsal vertebra and head of second rib. In this animal the rectus anticus minor offers no variation worthy of mention. The longus colli I again found well developed, flat, tolerably muscular, and divisible into three portions. The first division, taken in the order formerly described*, com- prises fibres chiefly directed from without inwards, which pass between the transverse processes of the fourth, fifth, and sixth cervicals, some odd tendinous slips going to the first dorsal. ‘The second division partly overlaps the third, and is inserted by short tendons into the extremities of the third and fourth vertebre and root of the fifth. Division third of the two sides arises in proximity from the atlas ; but they afterwards leave a fusiform space between them. Each moiety covers the body and transverse pro- cesses of the cervical vertebra ; and a flat broad tendon is continued over the body of the first to the anterior edge of the second dorsal. This multiple-bellied neck-muscle only shows variety in slightly more extensive attachment than formerly noted. I here find the rectus lateralis separate as a broad strong fleshy band extending from the occiput and root of stylo-hyoid to the transverse process of the atlas. The obliquus superior ?, lying within the last and deeper, is a small muscle which passes from the ’ Trans. Zool. Soe, vol. viii. p. 161, pl. xxii. figs. 13, 14. ? Op. cit. p. 148, pl. xxiv. fig. 29. > Op. cit. p. 147, pl. xxiv. fig. 29. DR. J. MURIE ON THE MANATEE. 35 inside of the root of the stylo-hyoid to the hollow on the ventral side of*the ring of the atlas. The first cervical nerve-trunk issues between this obliquus and the rectus lateralis ; and the posterior nerve-branches run~-behind the lateralis, while the ante- rior branch is that numbered Ist cervical in the woodcut, p. 37, and in the dissection (Pl. VIII. fig. 5). Notwithstanding Rapp’s assertion tu the contrary!, a well-defined scalenus was again met with—in this case a thick fleshy muscle covering partially the Ist rib, and ex- tending to the 2nd and 3rd. ‘Tendons cover the surface of the muscles ; and these are inserted successively into the tips of the transverse processes of the 6th, 5th, 4th, 3rd, and 2nd cervicals. A continuation of the muscle goes up broadly to the transverse process of the atlas, a narrow tendon also lying superficially. On the left side I did not perceive an accessory tendon proceeding to the axis; but it was quite evident on the right side (¢*, fig. 5), and divided the roots of the 3rd and 4th cervical nerves, though, as I had anticipated, exceedingly delicate and requiring most careful manipu- lation to demonstrate. On the Cervical Nerves (consult Pl. VIII. fig. 5, and diagram woodcut, p. 37). I. This nerve issues from the groove in front of the pedicle of the atlas, and, as described in the myological notes, proceeds between the rectus lateralis and obliquus superior muscles. It possesses small branching twigs, which supply the aforesaid muscles and the rectus anticus major. ‘The main trunk, however, crosses the belly of the rectus lateralis, and coursing outwards divides into branches which pass beneath the levator clavicule and the trapezius muscles (?). These nerve-branches furthermore appear to be distributed to the sterno-mastoid portion of the panniculus carnosus muscle, and to the region behind the auditory part of the skull. II. The second cervical nerve, slightly thicker than the preceding, issues from the vertebral foramen between the atlas and axis. It may have had in this case a con- nexion with the root of the first nerve; but if this existed, it unfortunately was acci- dentally severed in my dissection. ‘The second nerve passes across the scalenus or muscle which is fixed to transverse process of the atlas. Immediately thereafter it sends a branch or loop which communicates with the third nerve. It, the second nerye’s main division, proceeds outwards parallel with the first cervical nerve, and, passing beneath the levator scapule and the trapezius &c., supplies these muscles and the panniculus carnosus, nerve-branches moreover being also distributed to the posterior part of the neck. Besides the loop of connexion with the third nerve, the second nerve splits up into several twigs, which penetrate the deep fascia of the neck and the parts thereunder. III. Before describing the third nerve, I may draw attention to the fact that whilst on the right side of this Manatee, as alluded to above in the description of the scalenus muscle, there was evidence of the noteworthy small tendon (referred to in my previous 1 ¢Cetacea,’ p. 86. VOL. XI.—Part u. No. 3.—August, 1880. G 36 DR. J. MURIE ON THE MANATEE, memoir!) dividing the nerves issuing from the one foramen. On the contrary, on the left side I did not observe the presence of such a minute tendon. But though to appear- ance absent, there was nevertheless a band of fascia, evidently belonging to the deep cervical fascia, which took the position of the minute tendon in question. The third cervical nerve, then, distinctly issues from the foramen between the axis and the succeeding vertebra. It passes thereafter outwards and over the scalene, joins, as aforesaid, the loop of the second nerve, and courses somewhat parallel with the branches of the latter. Its main trunk subdivides terminally into branchlets, which are distributed to the trapezius and other parts of the neck above and around the scapula. IV. From the same foramen as the last, viz. between the axis and the succeeding vertebra, is another nerve-trunk, which within the vertebral foramen unites with the preceding by fascia or, it may be, nervous tissue. ‘This L ascertained after I had made the dissection and had the drawing done represented in Pl, VIII. fig. 5, when I followed the nerves right into the vertebral canal and through the theca of the spinal cord. But inasmuch as the dissection was a laborious proceeding, taking some days to finish, likewise from the animal having died after an exhausting illness with the nervous tissue tender in some places, and particularly from the great difficulty of cleaning the parts around the intervertebral foramen and within the spinal canal, owing to the presence of the rete mirabile, I could not trace the nerves distinctly as separately arising from the spinal cord itself. However this may be, it is certain that immediately exterior to the intervertebral foramen the fourth and the third cervical nerves are quite distinct and trend in different directions. The third takes an upward and forward, the fourth a downward and back- ward course. These two nervous cords are nearly of equal calibre, and barely as thick as is the second nerve. ‘Tracing the course of this fourth nerve outwards, I found that fully one inch beyond its exit from the intervertebral foramen it forms a union with a division of the fifth nerve. At this junction the phrenic nerve is given off; and it descends (is directed rearwards) as usual into the chest, lying superficially to the brachial plexus. Beyond the junction just mentioned the calibre of the compound nerve is considerably increased, and it splits up into three divisions. One proceeds above the shoulder-joint, passes over the suprascapularis muscle, and supplies the parts on the upper and outer side of the shoulder, including the trapezius &c. The second division goes to the outer head of the humerus, being chiefly distri- buted to the pectoralis major and the deltoid, in a manner therefore equivalent to a supraclavicular branch. The third, deepest nerve-division pierces the tissues betwixt the subscapularis and the supraspinatus, and it goes to the fleshy parts at the back of the scapula, twigs penetrating the supraspinatus &c., and another proceeding through the suprascapular notch. Comparing what has now been said with the general distribution of the cervical ’ Op. cit. pp. 137, 152, & 184, pl. xxiv. fig. 29. ~I DR. J. MURIE ON THE MANATEE. 37 Fig. 1 Ra Stmy Pa Reg. Ear L Pa Rla\ 2 — Linteg Sh reg Pa.tge o *, Tage Shy Tz.40. > FP, Ema.D.% Shj 6 S.8e, NSA, Sb aay Nee ey Pe; Wz. Ph Ch. Pe. ‘Lad Diagram of the Cervical Nerves of the left side of the neck in the Westminster-Aquarium Manatee. . First nerve. 2.a, Twigs to rectus ant. major and rectus ant. minor; 2. Ja, rectus lateralis ;7St.m and Pa, to sterno-mastoid and panniculus ; Reg. Har, to region of ear; and Pa, panniculus carnosus &c. . Second nerve. Integ. Sh. reg., Pa. &c., branches terminating in the tegumentary region of the shoulder and panniculus muscle &e. . Third nerve, issuing along with the fourth. + loop of communication with second nerve ; 72 &c., offshoots supplying the trapezius and other parts of the neck. . Fourth nerve, after separation from third trunk. Ph, phrenic nerve, derived near loop of junction with fifth ; Sh. j, Tz. §¢., division terminating around shoulder-joint, the trapezius, &c.; P.ma. "D. & Sh. j., second diyision to pectoralis major, deltoid, shoulder-joint, &c.; S.sc.n,s. d¢., the nerye which passes through suprascapular notch and is distributed to fleshy parts back of scapula &c. . Fifth nerye. Loop to fourth, afterwards dividing into branches: Sd to subscapularis, C the circumflex nerve, and 9, te, fc., nerves to subscapularis, the teres muscle, &e. Communicating branches proceed from the fifth to the sixth and to a division of seventh cervical nerve. . Sixth nerve, with cords of union with fifth, seventh, and eighth. C, circumflex nerve; Sd, te dc., subsca- pular and teres branches; La.d, to latissimus dorsi; B*, to biceps; Pe, to pectoralis. . Seventh nerve, with union to eighth. MJ.sp, musculo-spiral; M, median. . Eighth cervical. Jnt.', union with first intercostal nerve; U, ulnar; /.¢, internal cutaneous ; Wr, nerve of Wrisberg ; Ch & pe, chest and pectoralis branches ; Za. d, latissimus dorsi branches. G2 38 DR. J. MURIE ON THE MANATEE. nerves of man and some of the higher mammalia, it would seem that the two first- mentioned of these three nerve-divisions in the main corresponds with the distribution of the fourth cervical nerve, while the third division rather appertains to the fifth. V. The fifth nerve is thicker at its origin than is the fourth nerve. It leaves the spinal canal through the foramen between the third and fourth cervical vertebre pre- sent; and while one portion of it joins the fourth nerve where the phrenic is given off as aforesaid, the other, its main trunk, is sent down and outwards to join the sixth nerve, at the same time about its middle transmitting a branch deeply to the subsca- pularis muscle. VI. The sixth cervical nerve has a still thicker trunk than the last (5th), and it comes out from the foramen between the fourth and fifth cervical vertebree. Its first offshoot, a cord of considerable calibre, is that uniting it with the fifth, and which runs outwards towards the subscapularis muscle near the shoulder-joint ; thence it passes round the head of the humerus, and ultimately becomes the circumflex nerve of the fore limb. Other nerve-branches supply the subscapularis, the teres, and rhomboid muscles ; and still another passes apparently to the latissimus dorsi or neighbouring muscles. Pre- vious to where these separate, there is a union with the cord forming the musculo- spiral. What appears as a main trunk of the sixth, or after its junction with the fifth, proceeds towards the seventh, and forms with it a broad neryous expansion at the root of the median. From this expansion fibres either of the sixth or the seventh branch off to the biceps humeri. Another nerve, either derived as a continuation of the sixth or, it may be, seventh cervical, supplies the pectoral muscles. From the same point two other nerves strike off divergingly—one, namely, joining on to the branch of the eighth supplying the thoracic region, and the other forming a communication with the upper part of the ulnar. VII. The seventh cervical trunk emerges between the fifth and sixth vertebre. As a thick cord it first sends a union to the eighth nerve; then its main continuation goes onwards, becoming the median nerve of the arm; but at the commencement of this (that is, from the nervous expansion above spoken of as derivative from the sixth) a nerve is sent to the larger belly of the biceps muscle. In close proximity to its junction with the trunk of the eighth nerve a cord is derived which passes over the insertion of the latissimus dorsi, sends a long filament to that muscle, and, winding round the neck of the humerus, becomes the musculo-spiral nerve of the arm. Its (the seventh’s) con- nexion with the sixth cervical nerve has already been mentioned. VUI. The eighth cervical nerve comes out above the first rib. Its great thick trunk sends a branch which unites with the first intercostal nerve, and gives twigs of supply to the scalenus muscle and to the vascular plexus around and just within the chest-cavity. The main cord immediately thereafter receives an accession of fibre from the bridge of union with the seventh nerve aforementioned, and just beyond expands or takes the DR. J. MURIE ON THE MANATEE. 39 form of a great flat nervous band lying on the scalenus. Here it sends off a strong cord, which is joined moreover by a branch from the median division of the seventh or sixth nerve already alluded to—the cord in question constituting a large thoracic nerve with ultimate divisions and twigs supplying the parts on the front of the chest, pectoral and partially abdominal muscles. The main continuation of the eighth nerve pursues a course down the fore limb as the ulnar; but two much thinner branches with terminal divisions derived immediately beyond its (8 trunk) expansion appear to represent the internal cutaneous and nerve of Wrisberg. Moreover the thoracic branch of the eighth nerve is joined by another from the seventh nerve, while at the origin of the ulnar there is a communicating branch also derived from the seventh. On the Brain.—-Both Dr. Chapman and Prof. Garrod in their papers (already quoted) have taken exception to the description of the brain given in my former paper, and no doubt justly correct me in attributing to it too many convolutions. In other particulars also they do not concur with my reading of the parts. Each, moreover, has given his own illustration, said to be from the fresh specimen shortly after the animal’s death, and therefore under advantageous conditions as compared with my own. Taking these circumstances into consideration, it would be expected there should be a certain har- mony between the figures particularly of these two observers, granting their better opportunities for examination of the brain. But, on the contrary, their individual representations are totally diverse. Which author, therefore, is the more reliable? or, rather, to put it gracefully, wherein lies the incongruity, and in what respects does one or other, or both, dissent from that heretofore given by myself? There are two aspects for consideration, text and illustration. Dealing with the descriptive text,a careful analysis of statements as compared with my own, irrespec- tive of paucity of convolutions already mentioned, elicits Dr. Chapman to assume :— 1, greater relative height of cerebellum ; 2, less differentiation of corpora albicantia ; 3, posterior shortening of corpus callosum ; and, 4, a different interpretation of what constitutes the sixth, seventh, and eighth pair of nerves. Number 1 may be accounted for by my specimen of brain having been preserved in spirit; number 2 I make no special mention of; and to numbers 3 and 4 I shall again refer. In all other points, allowing for variation of verbal expression, he substantiates my description of the parts’. Prof. Garrod mentions that:—1, there is no septum lucidum; 2, the anterior com- missure of the third ventricle is small; 3, the pineal gland’ is small; 4, as also are the 1 With regard to the Dugong’s brain mentioned by me without reference, and inquired after hy Dr. Chap- man (J.c. p. 454), it was to the cast of the brain-cavity in the College-of-Surgeons Museum, and not to the brain itself, that I meant allusion. 2 I may here take note of an awkward error in lettering in my former memoir (p. 199, 5th line from bottom), where pi is spoken of as pineal gland, parts of base, instead of pituitary body ; while in pl. xxy. figs. 33, 34, pi is placed both on the pituitary body and also on the pineal gland, thus leading to confusion of these parts. 40 DR. J. MURIE ON THE MANATEE. corpora quadrigemina; and, 5, there is no posterior horn to the lateral ventricle. Neither Chapman nor I take notice of No. 1 or 2, or call special attention to No. 3; but we agree in contradistinction to Garrod (No. 4 and 5) as to the relatively fair size of the somewhat united corpora quadrigemina and indication of a posterior cornu. As regards illustration, Chapman gives a top view and profile outline, but no sections or base with the disputed nerve-origins. Fewer convolutions, size of cerebellum, and less vertical height of cerebrum distinguish his delineations from my own; but, notwith- standing, the likeness to the corresponding figures of mine are within passing limits of comparison. Not so, however, with the four views given by Garrod (1. ¢. pl. xxx.), which are as unlike Chapman’s as my own, and indeed cannot surely be true to nature ; for, on the face of it, the outlines &c. of his lateral aspect (fig. 1) and median section (fig. 2) neither correspond with top and base (figs. 3 and 4), nor does the last in nerves &c. bear evidence of accurate drawing from the object itself. With all his advantage, then, of fresh extraction of the brain, I hold he has singularly failed in the lithographic representation of its conformation, In support of these words I appeal to my presentpl ate (Pl. [X.), where fig. 2 was drawn from the brain of the Westminster specimen in situ; and so far therefore the contour may be deemed tolerably exact. But what the authors who have criticised me, and whose work I in turn criticise, omit to mention is the fact that the Manatee’s brain, from its peculiar shape, lofty lateral ventricles, and want of firmness, is exceedingly liable to distortion on being handled, even immediately after extraction. This well accounts for the want of uniformity in the different observers’ delineations, while at the same time it does not depreciate, but the reverse, my rendering under adverse condi- tions explicitly stated in the text (/.c. p. 180). With the fresh material now before me, and as Pl. [X. demonstrates, there can be no doubt the brain may be regarded as relatively smooth-surfaced, and convolutions or their traces are fewer than I had formerly attributed. Still, in testing my own short- comings, I could observe slight depressions on the surface, giving indications in some parts of what in the shrunken spirit-preserved specimen I had construed into shallow sulci and conyolutions. Thus the sylvian fissure, as my commentators admit, is not only deep, but so divides superiorly as to furnish faint outline tracings of fissure of Rolando and parietal gyrus, as also of what I had formerly denominated lobule and angular gyrus. Posteriorly is a mere superficial indication of what might be deemed to represent supraoccipital furrow and fold, Inferior and superior frontal gyri and sulci could not be distinguished other than the faintest lines wherein the blood-vessels run; and gyri of the outer frontal region, as formerly interpreted by me, did not exist. Calloso-marginal and hippocampal sulci (met with by Chapman and Garrod) again obtained, though corresponding gyri were indistinct. To enable me to make a careful examination of the nerves and their origins, and drawings thereof, with the view of ascertaining the wherefore of Dr. Chapman’s interpretation of the four posterior pairs, on DR. J. MURIE ON THE MANATEE. 41 removal of the brain I did not immediately make sections to look at the anterior parts, reserving this for later on, and consequently had to immerse it in spirit. Afterwards, however, I found that my previous drawings (J. c. pl. xxv. figs. 34, 35) were by no means seriously inaccurate; for I could distinguish a trace of posterior cornu, and neither pineal gland, corpora quadrigemina, nor interior commissure could be said to be small, as Garrod asserts; indeed the commissure proportionally, and as compared with that of the Porpoise, is large. The white matter of the corpus callosum might not be absolutely so thick as I had represented in fig. 34 (/.c.); but decidedly its length from before backwards agreed, its splenial end reaching beyond the thalamus and in part overlying the corpora quadrigemina. The walls of the lateral ventricles, in a sense, are not absolutely thin, though the cavities are relatively capacious ; I could not satisfy myself as to absence or presence of a septum lucidum. A further examination of the nerves convinces me I had not mistaken these in my former memoir. Dr. Chapman (J.c. p. 454) says:—“If Dr. Murie has correctly de- scribed the sixth, its origin, direction, and size are very peculiar. It is possible, how- ever, that the sixth is absent in the Manatee, as I found no trace of it at its usual origin. If such is the case, I should regard Murie’s sixth nerve as the seventh, and his eighth as the pars intermedia: his seventh would then be the eighth. I was unable to trace out these nerves, being anxious to take out the brain as soon as possible. The glossopharyngeal, pneumogastric, and spinal accessory were readily recognized. ‘The hypoglossal came off internally, and above the position represented by Dr. Murie in fig. 33, plate xxv.” My fresh view of the base of the brain (Pl. IX. fig. 3) shows the cranial nerves as existing in the Westminster-Aquarium Manatee. Olfactory tracts and bulbs are pronounced ; optics and third nerves fair-sized, and between, partially hiding their deep origins, a nipple-shaped elevation, shown opened, representing pitui- tary body and tuber cinereum, and apparently hiding the corpora albicantia. The delicate filaments of fourth nerve, only observed in a fragmentary condition, are not exhibited in the drawing. The enormous fifth nerve, commencement of its divisions, and Casserian ganglion, besides the nerve’s lesser root winding round the front border are conspicuous, the root springing from the side of the pons. What can be no othex than a good-sized sixth appears superficially to come from the pons Varolii; but in reality its fibres can be traced towards the pyramidal body of the medulla oblongata. To wherefore its considerable calibre in such a small-eyed Mammal, and as to its ter- minal distribution within the orbit, which circumstances in this case prevented me dissecting, I can only add that, piercing and ensheathed by the thick dura mater of the cranial base, it passes through the great vacuity immediately behind the alisphenoid adjoining the root of the fifth, and proceeds forward towards the orbital space, thus somewhat militating against the notion of its being a division of the seventh nerve. Moreover, what represents portio dura and portio mollis with the pars intermedia are also present ; and although appearing as derivative from the pons immediately behind 42 DR. J. MURIE ON THE MANATEE. the sixth, their origin can be traced towards the medulla oblongata outside the latter. As regards the compound eighth nerve, funiculi respectively constituting glosso-pha- rangeal, pneumogastric, and spinal accessory are clearly distinguishable. The ninth nerve (hypoglossal) is equally manifest, and derives its filaments from a more median line than the divisions of the eighth. In short, the cranial nerves, as a whole, are derived from nearly their normal situation, as obtains in the Mammalia generally. Lastly, in connexion with the brain, I have in Plate IX. given the vascular distribu- tion. The circle of Willis is complete; but the internal carotid and basilar artery seem relatively small, while the other cerebral branches take on somewhat a retial character. Concluding Remarks.—The present communication of necessity has led to a few items of controversy ; but while supporting my own former observations and views, I have no wish to detract from the really useful papers of my fellow anatomists. The most important points are those in connexion with the brain and the cranial and cervical nerves. As to the brain, I with pleasure acquiesce in the emendation of its comparatively smooth surface’; but I am dubious as to Garrod’s figures giving its natural contour and details correctly, sine gua non. I moreover think the minor dif- ferences of special parts mean nothing more than variety in expression rather than established facts; for with separate specimens to work on, and under dissimilar condi- tions and aspects, each individual has consequently seen from his own point of view. As to the cranial nerves, I could have much wished Dr. Chapman had supplemented his remarks by a good figure of the brain’s base; for in his attributing my lettered eighth nervous funiculi (/.c¢. pl. xxv. figs. 32, 33) to a pars intermedia considerable ambiguity arises ; besides, against his idea there is the weighty fact that the said filaments spring as usual from the side of the medulla oblongata. ‘ The accompanying woodcut (fig. 2) is reduced from a rough sketch made now fully ten years ago, pre- vious to extraction of the brain of the female Manatee dis- sected by me. By accident it and a few notes had got mislaid and lost sight of when preparing my material for the press. Had it been otherwise they might have saved me falling into errors of interpretation of supposed conyolutions, magnified by spirit-preparation and surface-scaling. I do not offer this as an apology ; for one must be judged by their publication, be it right or wrong. To me, however, Prof. Rolleston’s words Fig. 2. haye some meaning :—“ Persons, however, to whom an inner conviction of their own accuracy may be dear in the face of adverse criticism, may learn from this the advisability of pre- serving such documentary evidence as that to which I have referred.” (Rolleston versus Lankester, ‘ Blood-corpuscles of the Annelides,” Cambr. Journ. of Anat. and Physiol. vol. xii. p. 404, April 1878.) DR, J. MURIE ON THE MANATEE. 48 As to the reading of the cervical nerves, it seems to me that every thing I had pre- viously advanced in my memoir (/. c. pp. 137, 152, and 184) is borne out in this fresh dissection. Prof. Lankester (in Prof. Garrod’s paper, /. c. p. 143) rightly admits that I never insisted that the two nerves issuing between the second and third cervical ver- tebre had direct origin in the medulla’. Moreover, if his inference (certainly not ex- pressed by mine) of the actual separate spinal-cord origin of the two nerves in question be invalidated by this more recent investigation on my own part, the purport of my reasoning nevertheless remains unshaken. I distinctly based my argument of the absent cervical vertebra in Manatus being most probably the third (and not the seventh as Prof. Brandt had maintained, or sixth as suggested by Prof. Flower), on the ana- logy of Cetaceans’ ankylosed cervicals, and on the number and disposition of the scalene tendons, besides the presence and issue of double nerve-trunk from between the second and third neck-vertebree. I confess it would have been more satisfactory had I here- tofore and now been able to demonstrate the two disputed nerves as indubitably derived from separate nervous centres of the spinal cord itself; but I have taken the safe course of showing the condition of things I met with, and not strained fact to fancy or desirable preconceived idea. Of the circumstances attending Prof. Edouard Van Beneden’s examination of a Manatee in Brazil I can say little; but what I have learned of Professors Lankester and Garrod’s manipulation denotes that they cannot have made the patient and careful dissection of the parts needful to follow out the dispo- sition of nerves from the intervertebral neck-foramina, or the relations of the nerve- distribution thereafter. I myself have found it an extremely difficult task; for what between manifold rete mirabile without and within the vertebral column, the inter- mingling of blood-vessels and nerves, oozing of blood, and occasional delicate tact requisite to distinguish soiled nerves from the surrounding tissues, only long and most uresome scalpel work can display the parts sufficiently for positive assertions to be made. Notwithstanding, and taking the present standpoint of the case, presumed unity of spinal-cord origin (?), the first two clauses (supra) of my grounds of argument retain their importance ; and the third, or exterior double nervous cords and their distribution to those parts of the neck usually supplied by the third and fourth cervical nerves, remains to be accounted for. There exists, in fact, but a slight modification of what obtains in other seven-cervicalled mammals, adjusted to the special wants of this anoma- lous Sirenian case. The nerve-trunks of the posterior end of the neck, on the contrary, exhibit no tendency to supply a deficiency, were it of the seventh or the eighth cervical vertebra (that is, the missing one as Brandt and Flower maintained). Were further support needed for my facts, reasoning, and deduction, I might cite Dr. Chapman, who (2. c. p. 455) specially mentions he found the cervical nerves as I have stated, and he agrees with me as to the third vertebra being the missing one. Again, the very ’ [ presume Prof. Lankester means spinal cord; else even this fact would be a novelty. VOL, XI.—PART II. No. 4.—August, 1880. H At DR. J. MURIE ON THE MANATEE. valuable researches of Dr. Herman von Jhering', on the subject of the interdependence of nerves and vertebre in the different regions and in several groups of the Vertebrata, strongly tend to sustain the view I have offered. Therefore, until more weighty con trary evidence is forthcoming, I am inclined to reiterate my belief in the third vertebra being that absent in the neck of Manatus. Regarding the present illustration of the sternum (Pl. VIII. fig. 2), I have introduced this, with its attached cartilages, as showing variation in shape and development from that already given by Prof. W. K. Parker’ and myself*. The muscular variations of the manus extant are not so very peculiar in themselves; but in the bearing of such a question as has been raised by Dr. D. J. Cunningham‘ they possess increased interest. Dr. Chapman (/.¢. p. 493) has evidently mistaken the conventional flesh-colour, given in my former lithographs, as the natural one; indeed the flesh was rather the tint of veal or pork, as was Garrod’s specimen. I did not measure the blood-corpuscles, leaving this to Dr. George Gulliver, to whom I supplied material for examination, and who found the corpuscles even of greater diameter than stated by Garrod. Gulliver® gives the average size as g755 of an inch, and as compared with g¢'55 inch in the White Whale (Beluga)’. The Manatee’s choice of food when in confinement is singular; but as yet dataare too scanty to judge of what may be the likes and dislikes of the tribe. The utter silence of this Westminster-Aquarium example seems to denote that the Manatees seldom use their vocal organs; but among the males and during rutting-season I have no doubt it is other- wise. Hearing, according to Chapman and what I have observed, is acute enough. The difference in shape of tail in this and former examples, taken along with Prof. Wilders’s foetal specimen (J. ¢.), shows a want of constancy in outline, especially as regards tapering and tip-incision. It is satisfactory for me to find my opinion of the possibility of specimens surviving transport and living in England confirmed. I think there can be no doubt of a diminution of the species in their old haunts and, like the northern Rhytine, extinction near: hence the importance of anatomical work and study of their habits while yet possible; forasa link to the study of strange paleontological forms, we have in Manatus and Halicore only the remnants of a chance in the elucidation of a group strange and interesting to a degree, so far as ancestorship is concerned. ‘This * Das peripherische Neryensystem der Wirbelthiere als Grundlage fiir die Kenntniss der Regionbildung der Wirbelsiiule, p. 11 et seg.; Leipzig, 1878. * The Structure and Development of the Shoulder-girdle and Sternum in the Vertebrata, p. 219, pl. xxix. fig. 21. ® Memoir, 7. c. pl. xxiv. fig. 30, * «The Intrinsic Muscles of the Hand of the Thylacine and Phascogale,” Camb. Journ. of Anat. and Physiol. vol. xii. p. 434 (Pt. 3, April 1878). Quite recently, and while this was in the printer’s hands, there appears in the same journal Dr. Alf. H. Young’s paper on “ The Intrinsic Muscles of the Marsupial Hand (vol. xiv. p. 149, Jan. 1880), where Cunningham’s generalizations are further discussed. * Consult his paper thereon, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 5) vol. ii. p. 172 (1878). DR. J. MURIE ON THE MANATEE, 45 article being already stretched beyond my original intention leads me to forego speaking of the affinities, which, as already mentioned, have attracted considerable attention, the more so from the recent discoveries of fossil Sirenia by Professors Owen', Van Beneden’, and Flower®. On this subject I hope, in another memoir now in hand, to have more to say*. DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES. PLATE V. Attitudes of Manatee when in Tank of Aquarium. Fig. 1. Contour which the Manatee assumes as it rises to the surface of the water, and just before breathing. Fig. 2. Muzzle and part of the head in three-quarter view, in the act of dilating the nostrils, the after portion of the body sinking. . Appearance as descending after respiratory effort, the body in this instance slightly rolled to the right. Fig. 4. A view more from behind as the creature lazily turns over or affects a semi- rolling movement. Fig. 5. A very common attitude assumed—the body bent in complete arch, and the animal resting thus perfectly quiescent for a long while at a stretch. Fig. 6. The body less arched by shoulders and head being higher, but tail bent acutely. View three quarters from behind. It rests in this position frequently, and He? ua wo quietly remains long so. Fig. 7. The Manatee in mid-water perfectly motionless and dozing or sleeping. Fig. 8. A very common attitude taken, viz. with body and head nearly horizontal, and the curved tail resting on the bottom of the tank; such position adopted both when awake and dozing. Fig. 9. Outstretched in sound slumber at the bottom of its tank. 2 Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1875, p. 100, pl. iii. 2 Bull. de l’Acad. Roy. Belg. 1875. 3 Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1874, p. 1, pl. i. 4 Quite at the last moment, while this sheet is passing through my hands, I find that Mr. Alston (vol. i. part 4, p. 92, Mammals, of Salvin and Godman’s ‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana’) refers to Prof. Flower as stating that the Brighton-Aquarium specimens neyer rest on their tail. Chapman’s (/.c.) and the present specimens certainly did; and I myself feel satisfied, from a consideration of the animal’s habit of frequenting and dozing in shallow lagoons, along with a study of its tail-construction, that the curving-under (sce Pl. Y. fig. 8) is a natural and not abnormal condition, though I am not prepared to state that every animal will revert to it when in confinement. Has the tank at Brighton with constant current of water not something to do with difference of attitude ? 46 DR. J. MURIE ON THE MANATEE. PLATE VI. Different Aspects of the Head, Muzzle, and Tail of the Manatee alive and dead. The figures are mostly about 4 natural size. Fig. 1. Head of Manatee in profile, sketched when alive, and to be sidiee with figs. 7 and 8 of drawings when dead. Fig. 2. A three-quarter view of head, showing muzzle under one kind of contraction. Fig. 3. Profile of head, with mouth slightly open, wherein the muzzle is still contracted but much upraised. Fig. 4. A front and foreshortened view of the muzzle when contracted as in fig. 3, the parts being so withdrawn as to expose the upper jaw-pad (wp). . Part of the muzzle and open nostril as seen in one instance of its breathing. Fig. 6. A foreshortened aspect of the muzzle, showing the manner of apposition of the bristle-clad portions of upper lip, as seen, however, in the dead creature. Fig. 7.. Head and shoulders of Manatee in side view, sketched from the animal as it lay on the table when dead. (Compare flaccidity of muzzle with that of the living creature, fig. 1.) Fig. 8. The same as fig. 7, with the lower jaw relaxed as the head was pulled over the edge of the table. Fig. 9. A sketch from in front of head of the dead animal, and showing the great re- laxation downwards of the upper lip. Fig. 10. Another view of the flaccid muzzle, from in front, the upper lip presenting a median fold beneath the dilated nostrils. Fig. 11. A view of the mouth taken when dead, the muzzle being forcibly dragged back so as to expose the upper and lower jaw-pads (up, Jp) &c. In this case the circumscribed bristle-clad portions (dc) of the upper lip have a tendency to become prominent and turn inwards. Fig. 12. Sketch of tail, side view taken when in the act of swimming, and showing undulations. ee ga on PLATE VII. Manatee feeding, and Views of Dorsum, Mamma, and Perineum. Fig. 1. Manner in which a lettuce was grasped, and the muzzle and lips used in the act of feeding. From a sketch of the creature in the tank when alive. Fig. 2. Outline of the carcass from above as it lay extended on the table; and for dif- ference in contour and figure generally, compare with a similar figure given in my former memoir on the Manatee, ‘ Trans. Zool. Soc.’ vol. viii, pl. xviii, fig. 3. DR. J. MURIE ON THE MANATEE, AT Fig. 3. Reduced sketch from nature of the right axillary region, showing position of the mamma; f¢, teat. Fig. 4. The female external genitalia, of nat. size:—a, anus; r, perineal raphe: J, Fig labium ; v, vaginal orifice. Drawn from the specimen dissected by me in 1870. PLATE VIII. Lye, Sternum, Limb-muscles, and Dissections of’ the Chest for Cervical Nerves, . 1. The left eye, of natural size and colour, Fig. 2. Front view of the sternum and part of the ribs and intercostals (7) of the right side, reduced ; sc, sterno-costal muscle, and f f* fasciz. Fig. 3. A dissection of the palmar surface of the right fore limb from the elbow-joint onwards, for comparison with fig. 13, pl. xxii. Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. viii. 5, biceps, second head; Ba, brachialis anticus; 7", triceps, third belly ; UI, ulnar nerve ; B. rete, brachial rete; Prt, Fcr, pronator radii teres and flexor carpi ulnaris; @, aponeurosis; /. com, flexor communis digitorum; F.cu &e., flexor carpi ulnaris &c.; bp, adp, flexor brevis and adductor pollicis; PJ, Fomd, palmaris longus and flexor brevis minimi digiti; Admd, abductor minimi digiti; Opmd, opponens minimi digiti; int, superficial interossei ; I, I, III, IV, V, digits respectively. Fig. 4. The palm further dissected. F. com, flexor communis cut and reflected; J to V, digits; 7, the single delicate lumbricalis muscle; 9. int, superficial inter- ossei; D. int and D. int*, deep interossei; Fp, adp, flexor brevis and adductor pollicis ; abmd, abductor minimi digiti; opmd, opponens minimi digiti. Fig. 5. Deep dissection of back part of skull, neck, and thorax, chiefly to show the cervical nervous distribution. St, sternum thrown back; 1, 2,3, 4,5, 6, 7,8, the eight pairs of anterior cervical nerves issuing from the intervertebral foramina, and relations of other parts; ¢*, minute tendon (only on right side) between third and fourth nerves; pn, pneumogastric nerve; ph, phrenic nerve ; Sy, Sy*, sympathetic nerves and ganglia; J”, third intercostal nerve ; Pn, posterior nares; Bo, basioccipital; ¢, condyle; a, atlas; C*, C®, bodies of fifth and sixth cervical vertebre; d', d’, d’, d*, dorsal vertebre ; Rama, rectus anticus major; Ham, rectus anticus minor; Qds, obliquus superior; i, rectus lateralis; Zc’,’,*, longus colli (three bellies); Sca, scalenus; Di, digas- tric; Stm, sterno-mastoid, and Pa &c., panniculus carnosus &c. of left side reflected; Mn, angle of left mandible; Sh, stylohyoid bone severed; J. rete, intercostal rete of vessels; Jv, jugular vein, and ca carotid artery: the rete mirabile covering these being removed, the former vein and artery are given as contracted, the better to show the cervical nervous distribution. VOL. xI1.—Part 1. No. 5. August, 1880. I 48 DR. J. MURIE ON THE MANATEE. PLATE IX. The Brain, Nerves, and Blood-vessels, of natural size. Fig. 1. Side view. Drawn after preservation in alcohol, but modified from the cast and from a hasty outline of the object when fresh. Fig. 2. Top view, in situ within the skull. The accurate and finished drawing of this was made before the brain was removed, the bones only being worked up from the dried skull. Fig. 3. Basal view, with cranial and three pairs of cervical nerves. This was drawn from the specimen after preservation in alcohol, but guided by a drawing taken immediately after extraction, when fresh, along with cast of the cranial cavity. - The lettering applicable to these three figures is as follows :—1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, cor- responding cranial nerves, the fourth not being shown, and 5* being lesser root of fifth; C, 0°, O°, first, second, and third cervical nerves; ga, ganglion of same ; Ca, Casserian ganglion; d°, the three divisions of the fifth nerve; pd, portio dura, and pm, portio mollis of seventh nerve; gph, glossopharyngeal, pn, pneumogastric, and spa, spinal ac- cessory divisions of eighth nerve ; hy, hypoglossal or ninth nerve ; ga, ganglion of first spinal nerve ; 7, rete mirabile, and th, theca of spinal cord ; ae, anterior cerebral, mc, middle cerebral, pc, posterior cerebral arteries ; ic, position of internal carotid artery cut short; W, circle of Willis; 4, basilar artery; Fr, frontal bone cut through ; co, con- dyle of occipital bone. d0 SACNLILLV Ee j ae Murie 4 imp Hanhart DIFFERENT ASPECTS, HEAD, MUZZLE & TAIL OF MANATEE ALIVE & DEAD C.Berjeaulith i a a ie uss ee atie:, MANATEE FEEDING AND VIEWS OF DORSUM, MAMMA & PERINEUM Hanhart imp: c Berjeau hth CL Jct eZ V7 ZB. : JMurie 27a Lo0t Foe. Cob Al It d MANATEE Berjeau lith. EYE, STERNUM, LIMB-MUSCLES, & DISSECTION NECK & CHEST, FOR CERVICAL NERVES, &c Hanhart imp fan q.eqeH e218 PN SLIAASY INTUAIIIC NI ATLWNVN 10 STASSAACOOTA® SHAMAN NIVER want wealsser'g | onan | HS co | OS} V. On the Intestinal Spiral Valve in the genus Raia. By T. Jurrery Parker, B.Sc., Assoc. R.S.M., Lecturer on Biology in Bedford College, London, and Demonstrator in the Royal School of Mines. (Communicated by Prof. T. H. Huxtey, F.R.S.) Received November 7th, 1879.—Read December 16th, 1879. [Piates X. & XI.] ConrTENnTs. HPL GROMUCLOLY: sta ais clerk stoma atte sve ake: is §1 10. Concluding remarks on spiral valve of 2. Method of examination .............. §2 TRB se oto OOM BO Oe CEO oR OD UAT OO ONE § 13 3. Generic description of intestine of Raia.. §3 11. Spiral valve of Scyllium.............. § 14 A, Table of constant and inconstant features i Dye 5a) MOLLUS: fu: aee\eyaionstehelete-s § 15 in spiral valve of Raia.............. § 4 iG ae Bataan OOS UGLCLONG teres cnc eteetoreaete § 16 5. Detailed description of spiral valve of Raia i: a Sy 53 CRUMENG/ ase § 17 §§ 5,6, &8 15. Scroll valve of Zygana .............- § 18 6. Definition of the four types of spiral yalye § 7 16. Spiral valve of Lepidosiren and Cera- 7. Variations in absorbing surface of spiral UVEITIS, Tas Ce ONTO OOO OUD HDS § 19 SVG EA enti otata ete Siz. faasls, Oop oy cpa nt saa §$ 9 & 10 17. Spiral valve of Petromyzon .......... § 20 8. Obstruction to passage of food offered by 18. Concluding remarks, and table showing the various forms of valye .......... § 11 relations of spiral and scroll valves $§ 21 & 22 9, Character of mucous membrane of spiral VeALWO’. Pinrcralsiate clerchoks sievs)suvie a leereretdcs.< Ihave not judged it necessary to give a special abstract of the paper, as all the results of my observations are to be found in a condensed form in §§ 4, 6, 10, 13, and 21. OA: FOr the last few years I have had the opportunity of examining a large number of intestines of various species of Raia, and have been greatly struck with the astonish- ing amount of variability exhibited by the spiral valve—a variability most surprising when one considers the great physiological importance of the structure in question, and the extent of the probable lapse of time since it first came into existence. The best accounts of the spiral valve are to be found in the works of Claude Perrault ', Miiller?, and Duméril*, the two latter giving a general description of the valve, with the main differences it presents in the chief genera of Elasmobranchs, while Perrault has an excellent figure and description of the very typical form of valve dis- covered by him in the “Renard marin.” Ihave been able to find none but the most general description of the valve of Raia; and the only figure of it I have met with is that in Monro’s ‘ Structure and Physiology of Fishes,’ where, being drawn in its flabby fresh condition, it is impossible to get any correct idea of its form and relations. 1 ¢Mém, pour seryir 4 Vhist. nat. des Animaux,’ 1671. (Republished 1736.) * Anatomie der Myxinoiden. 3 Tchthyologie Générale. 50 MR. T. J. PARKER ON THE INTESTINAL § 2. The most convenient method of preparing the intestine for examination is to distend it, after washing out the contents with a stream of water, with a 0:5-per-cent. solution of chromic acid, and then to place it in a vessel of the same fluid for a few days. By this method the walls become thoroughly hardened, so that windows can be cut in them to any extent without danger of collapse, and the whole extent of the valve examined in a perfectly natural position. At first I adopted the plan of distending the washed intestine with air, and then drying it; but experience proved that this method was almost worse than useless. , § 3. The esophagus of Raia enters the abdominal cavity in its antero-dorsal region, and almost immediately passes, with slight increase of diameter, into the stomach, This passes backwards, and slightly to the left, towards the posterior end of its cavity, and then, turning sharply round to the right, and undergoing a marked decrease of diameter, passes forwards to within a short distance of the anterior end of the abdomen, where it becomes constricted to form the pylorus. Beyond this point the alimentary canal immediately widens, forming the intestine; and this, becoming at once bent round to the right, passes at first directly backwards along the right wall of the abdominal cavity, and finally inwards, forming the rectum, until it reaches the middle line and dilates into the cloaca. Thus the intestine, or at any rate that part of it in which the spiral valve is contained (the valve-gut, Klappendarm), is practically a straight tube, and may be described as having an anterior and a posterior extremity, and dorsal, ventral, right, and left sides. The superior mesenteric artery passing to the right and somewhat ventralwards from the dorsal aorta, reaches the left side of the intestine a short distance posterior to the pylorus, and immediately passes straight backwards along the left or inner side to the rectum, the superior mesenteric yein running parallel with it. Both artery and vein send off, on each side, a set of branches nearly at right angles, in such a way that of each pair of branches one runs almost transversely along the dorsal side of the gut, the other in the same direction along its ventral side. The dorsal branch is, in every case, given off at a slightly more anterior line than the corresponding ventral branch; and the two branches, passing to the right, form an incomplete slightly oblique hoop round the intestine. The hoops thus formed, usually ten or eleven in number, correspond with the attachments to the parietes of the intestine of the successive turns of the spiral valves, with the single strange exception of the second, counting from the anterior end; this is seen, on opening the gut, to correspond to the middle of the space between the first and second turns of the valve. The portion of intestine anterior to the first branch of the mesenteric artery and vein is usually distinguished as the duodenal portion, or bursa entiana; it receives the bile and pancreatic ducts, and is supplied by a special (duodenal) branch of the cceliac artery ; it differs, however, in no other respect from the remainder of the valve-gut. The portion of intestine posterior to the last branch of the superior mesenteric SPIRAL VALVE IN THE GENUS RAIA. 51 artery is distinguished as the rectum; it is supplied by a special branch of the aorta, the small inferior mesenteric artery; its mucous membrane is smoother than that of the rest of the intestine ; and the spiral valve does not extend into it. With its dorsal wall is connected the characteristic rectal gland. The pylorus is usually much contracted, and is very often produced into the cavity of the intestine as a short, thick-walled tube (Pl. X. fig. 8, and Pl. XI. fig. 3), thus forming a very perfect pyloric valve. § 4. A comparison of a large number of intestines of Raia shows that the spiral valve exhibits certain features of great constancy, and others, again, which vary almost indefinitely. ‘The constant features are :— 1. The position of the anterior end of the valve. 2. The course of its outer or attached edge. The variable features are :— 1. The length, in relation to the width of the intestine, of the attached edge, upon which depend :— a. The number of turns. b. The position of the posterior end of the valve. 2. The course and the length of the inner or free edge, upon which depend :— a. The direction of the successive turns of the valve. 6. The width of the valve. c. The area. d. The resistance offered to the passage of food. 3. The character of the mucous membrane. § 5. The spiral valve commences immediately posterior to the pylorus, on the left (inner) and slightly towards the dorsal side of the bursa entiana. From this point. its attached edge, represented in the diagrams (Pl. X. figs, 2 & 5, and Pl. XI. figs, 2, 4,7, & 9) by the thick line, sweeps sharply backwards and ventralwards for about a quarter of a turn, along the left side of the bursa. It then, almost suddenly, changes its direction, passing into a slight backward inclination, from left to right, across the ventral side of the intestine, curving round the right side, and finally passing, more obliquely, from right to left across its dorsal side, thus completing the first turn. With the second turn the “ pitch” of the spiral line becomes again less steep, and continues to be tolerably uniform as far as the last turn but one, when it once more becomes slightly steeper. In consequence of this the compartments or vertical spaces between successive turns, from the second to the last but one, are approximately equal, while the space between 52 MR. T. J. PARKER ON THE INTESTINAL the last but one and the last is somewhat greater, and that between the first and second is, as a rule, although not invariably, about twice as great. The second branch of the mesenteric artery and vein (mentioned above) runs across the middle of this large space between the ventral portion of the first and second turns. A comparison of the figures will show how uniform in this respect the attached edge is; the almost isolated cases represented by figs. 1 & 4, Pl. X., are the only ones show- ing any marked deviation from the arrangement described. The proportion between the length of the attached edge of the valve and the dia- meter of the gut is best judged of by a consideration of the number of turns of the former. This is seen in fig. 8, Pl. X., to be only 73, while in fig. 4, Pl. X., it amounts to 94. In some cases, not figured, I have found it to be considerably lower, and in others higher. : The proportional length of the attached edge is thus extremely inconstant ; and, in con- sequence, the position of the posterior end of the valve varies indefinitely. It may be dorsal (Pl. XI. fig. 1), ventral (Pl. X. fig. 4), right or left (Pl. X. fig. 6), or may occupy any intermediate position. § 6. The free edge of the valve (represented in the diagrams by the thin line) starts at the same place as the attached edge. It passes at first directly inwards or to the right, nearly at right angles to the wall of the intestine, and then sweeps more or less sharply backwards. In consequence of this, as will be seen by an examination of the figure, and especially of the transverse section (Pl. X. fig. 3), the first half-turn of the valve, namely that part contained in the bursa entiana, is rolled upon itself, and forms a sort of hollow cone open along its dorsal side and haying its apex directed forwards. This disposition of the first half-turn of the spiral valve is very constant, occurring, with but slight modification, in every specimen examined. Beyond this point the free edge begins to acquire more or less of a spiral twist. Its simplest course would be to form a spiral line parallel with that constituted by the attached edge, in which case the whole of the valve, with the exception of the first half-turn, would be a regular screw surface. The nearest approach to this is shown in fig. 4, Pl. X., in which it will be seen that from its second turn to the last but one the valve forms a regular spiral inclined plane, the width of which is very nearly equal to the semidiameter of the intestine. For the last turn the width gradually diminishes, so that at the posterior extremity of the valve it does not exceed half the semidiameter. The specimen from which fig. 4, Pl. X., is taken, as well as that containing the only other perfectly regular valve I have met with, was unfortunately dried, the effect of which treatment has been to make the valve shrink somewhat, and so appear narrower than it really is. If the specimen had been preserved in chromic acid, there can be no doubt that the thickened inner edge would have approached more nearly the axis of the intestine than it is seen to do in the figure; it would then have tended to coincide with SPIRAL VALVE IN THE GENUS RAIA. 53 the axis, and become a straight line, thus giving a sort of columella to the spiral, and effectually preventing the passage of food in any but a spiral direction. It is evident that, retaining the same general character as that described, a much simpler and less efficacious form of valve would be produced if the free edge, still re- maining parallel to the attached edge, formed a more open spiral. This condition of things is well shown in the last four turns of the valve in fig. 1, Pl. X. (the anterior turns have undergone a modification presently to be described), the width of which is not greater than half the semidiameter of the intestine; and, in consequence, a wide passage is left down the axis of the latter, along which its contents could pass directly, or without taking a spiral direction at all. It is a valve of this sort which Perrault figures in his “ Renard marin” (A/opecias vulpes), and which he aptly compares to “ un escalier tournant sans noyau.” But in this valve (fig. 1)—the simplest I have met with, except one unreliable dried specimen—the anterior turns do not retain the simple character described. They have, in fact, undergone a notable increase in width, the second turn becoming as wide as the intestine itself, and, being now prevented from taking a transverse direction, have become more or less folded and deflected, the direction of the deflection being, on the whole, a backward one. Thus the inner edge of any given turn of the valve, instead of being in the same plane as its attached edge, comes to be in the same plane as the attached edge of the turn next behind, or even as that of the next but one. In fig. 1, for instance, the free edge of the fourth turn is on the same level as the attached edge of the sixth. This state of things is carried to an extreme in the cases shown in fig. 8, Pl. X., and fig. 1, Pl. XI. In these the width of the second turn is so great that its free edges come to be on about the same level as the attached edge of the seventh ; and the width of the valve gradually diminishing from the third to the seventh turns, the free edges of these also are brought approximately into the same plane. ‘This is well shown in the cross section, fig. 9, Pl. X. The successive turns therefore form, as it were, a “ nest” of imperfect truncated cones, placed, with their apices directed backwards, one inside the other, and gradually diminishing in height from the innermost to the outermost. Moreover the successive “ cones” adhere so closely to one another that there is prac- tically produced a central conical chamber, with a peripheral spiral cavity wound round it. This condition is, in fact, actually produced if such an intestine be dried; for then the successive turns become completely fused together wherever they are in contact. In the diagram of this type of valve the free edge is seen to form a very curious and complicated figure (fig. 2, Pl. XI.). In fig. 1, Pl. X., it will be seen that the first two turns, although on the whole deflected backwards, turn at first forwards or towards the pylorus. If this anterior deflection were persevered in, and took place in every turn, we should haye such a 54 MR, T. J. PARKER ON THE INTESTINAL valve as that shown in fig. 3, Pl. XI., in which there is again a “ nest” of cones, but with their apices directed forwards instead of backwards, and with their altitudes approximately equal. All the turns have, indeed, the form and direction which is normal to the first, and which it retains even in extreme cases of backward deflection. § 7. There are thus four chief forms assumed by the spiral valve of aia, the cha- racters of which may be recapitulated as follows :— Type A. Simplest form: free edge in all the turns, but the first on the same level as the attached edge ; width of valve not greater than half the semidiameter of the intestine. This form is more or less hypothetical, the nearest undoubted approach to it being that shown in fig. 1, Pl. X. Type B, Regular spiral: the free edge is again on the same level as the corre- sponding portion of the attached edge ; but the width of the valve is equal to the semidiameter of the intestine, so that its thickened free edge forms a columella (fig. 4, Pl. X.). Type C, All the turns but the first are deflected backwards, the width of the valve becoming much greater than the semidiameter of the intestine (fig. 8, Pl. X., and fig. 1, Pl. XI.). Type D. All the turns deflected forwards, the width of the valve again being con- siderably greater than the semidiameter of the intestine (fig. 3, Pl. XI.). It will be seen that, of these four types, A forms a starting-point or stem form, from which the other three may be supposed to have diverged by the turns of the valve growing either directly inwards (B), or backwards (C), or forwards (/)) during their in- crease in width. And this view is borne out by the occurrence of intermediate stages. I have found one or two undoubted transition-forms between A and £; and by far the greater number of the valves examined are intermediate either between A and C or between A and D. § 8. I have figured two of these intermediate forms, figs. 6 & 7, Pl. X., which show in a very striking manner that the variations in the valve are quite independent of species or sex. Both these specimens, in fact, were taken from adult male examples of R. maculata of as nearly as possible the same size. To show that the variations are wholly independent of the age of the animal, I may mention that although the simplest form (fig. 1, Pl. X.) is from a small specimen, yet one of the most complicated (fig. 8, Pl. X.) is from one very little larger, while a far simpler form is often seen in full-grown animals. Moreover I have examined two or three specimens of Ray not more than three inches long, excluding the tail, and found that in them the valve exhibited all the variations occurring in the adult, one approach- ing very closely to type C, another to D. § 9. It will at once be perceived that the variations just described in the form of the spiral valve will produce a corresponding difference in the amount of absorption-surface SPIRAL VALVE IN THE GENUS RAIA. 55 possessed by the intestine. I am enabled to express these differences numerically, through the kindness of my friend Mr. Ambrose R. Willis, B.Sc., who has taken the trouble to make for me the necessary calculations. Taking the intestine represented in fig. 1, Pl. X., as the nearest approach to type A, and for B, C, and D, figs. 4 (Pl. X.), 1 & 3 (Pl. XI.) respectively, we have the follow- ing dimensions :— Length of intestine, measured from| Internal area Tenet of Area of one | Total absorp- 5 5 attached edge} ~ : Type. pylorus to of intestine, of spiral side of valve, tion-area, eee =a. vale: =6. =a+26. rectum. em. sq. cm. cm. sq. cm. sq.cm. | A, ff 44:3 58°55 46:17 136°64 | B. 9°5 92°5 83-9 69-16 230-82 Cc. 12°5 1453 102-1 183 511°3 D. 10°3 97-1 82-5 163-68 434-46 In this form, however, the areas, which it must be understood are only approximately correct, are not readily comparable, owing to the different sizes of the four specimens; and it is convenient to take a common length both for the intestine itself and for the attached edge of the valve. Taking as a standard these dimensions as they occur in A, in the above Table,.we.have, for all four types, the internal area of the intestine equal to 44:3 sq. cm., and the other areas as follow :— Area of Total Type. one side of | absorption- valve. surface. sq. cm. 46°17 48°26 105°0 1162 Sah Thus, in intestines of the same size, a valve of the type D will have about two and a half times the area of one of the type A, while the entire absorption-surface (2. é. area of both sides of valve plus internal area of intestine) will be as nearly as possible twice as great in the former as in the latter—a fact as remarkable as if (the average length of the human intestine being 25 feet) subjects were occasionally found with only 20 feet, and others with as much as 40 feet. § 10. The relation, in. respect of absorption-surface, between the four types is stri- VoL. X1.—PART u. No. 6.—August, 1880. K 56 MR. T. J. PARKER ON THE INTESTINAL kingly shown in the annexed diagram, in which the areas given above are expressed as squares. The square acd represents the internal area of the intestine itself, or, in other words, the absorption-surface of a valveless gut; a 6‘ c'd* is the entire absorption- surface of A, ab’ed of B, abked of C, and abcd‘ of D. By taking away the square abcd we have the gnomons dc'b, deb, dcb, deb representing the entire . d* Se a b re oe ot areas of the spiral valves of A, B, C, and D respectively, and, of course, the trapezia decd, decd, decd, dec d representing the areas of one side of those valves. § 11. But these numbers by no means adequately express the full advantage accruing to the possessor of a perfect form of spiral valve ; for, in the complicated forms, not only is the absorption-surface greater than in the less complicated, but the resistance offered to the passage of food is immensely increased, and, consequently, the time to which it is exposed to the action of the digestive fluids. For instance, in fig. 1, Pl. X., there is a clear central passage from one end of the intestine to the other nearly as wide, pos- teriorly, as the corresponding space in a rabbit's cecum; in fig. 4 the whole of the food is compelled to take a spiral course, the columelliform arrangement of the free edge of the valve quite preventing any direct passage; in fig. 1, Pl. XI., although there is a central passage, yet it is so constricted at one part of its course, namely at the apex of the conical cavity formed by the third turn, that a very small aperture is left, so small, indeed, that a dried specimen of it often becomes entirely closed; moreover a good deal of food, taking a spiral course, will become wedged in between the closely adhering turns of the valve, and very considerably delayed; finally, in fig. 3, Pl. XI, a SPIRAL VALVE IN THE GENUS RAIA. 57 very perfect “columella” exists, and, owing to the peculiar form of the turns, the food must be continually forced into the narrow ends of the “cones” (that is, in a retrograde direction), the obstruction to its rapid passage being far greater than even in the last case. § 12. The last of the variable features mentioned in the Table on p. 51 is the cha- racter of the mucous membrane. How this differs in different individuals will be seen from the enlarged surface-views given in Pl. X. figs. 10-13. The membrane may be raised into a strong network of ridges, both ridges and intervening spaces being covered with papille ; or there may be a very open network with a fine hexagonal reticulation in the intervals; or the fine reticulation only may be present, and no well-marked ridges developed’. It is also a fact worth mentioning, that when the mucous membrane exhibits strong papillose ridges it is usually, in chromic-acid specimens, hard and rough to the touch, almost like the rumen or reticulum of a ruminant; the whole wall also is very thick and resistant. On the other hand when the membrane appears finely pitted owing to the delicate reticulations on its surface, it feels soft, and the whole wall is usually more or less flabby. § 13. All these things taken together—the variation in the extent of the absorption- surface, in the resistance to the passage of food, and in the characters of the mucous membrane—make the individual differences in the intestine very great indeed. Alto- gether I am inclined to think that this is the most remarkable case on record of spon- taneous variation in nature, since the variable structure is neither a rudimentary, nor a comparatively useless, nor a merely ornamental one, but is one the perfection of which is of the highest importance to the animal’s well-being. It is quite true that, as Pro- fessor Huxley suggested to me, the Skate with the improperly developed valve has nothing to do but to eat more; but eating more means catching more; and catching more entails a greater expenditure of energy; so that, in any case, the animal in ques- tion must be rather heavily handicapped in the struggle for existence. § 14. I have examined the intestines of a few other Elasmobranch genera, and now give the result of my observations. These must be taken for what they are worth, which is, perhaps, not much ; for with the case of the Skate before us, it seems of little use to record any but an extensive series of observations. In a large specimen of Scyllium canicula I find an especially interesting form of valve, one, in fact, which showed a far higher development of the type D than any I had found in the Ray. ‘This intestine is shown in fig. 5, Pl. XI.: there are twelve turns to the valve, all but the last of which are strongly deflected forwards, producing a struc- 1 The specimens brought from the market are rarely in a sufficiently fresh condition to repay microscopical examination ; but if a large number of fresh specimens could be obtained, I am convinced that the histology of the Ray’s intestine would be well worth careful study. K2 58 MR. T. J. PARKER ON THE INTESTINAL ture which must offer an immense amount of resistance to the passage of the intestinal contents, and, of course, making a decidedly greater proportional increase of surface than in any of the cases recorded of the Ray. The difficulty of cleaning out the intes- tine afforded a good criterion of the forms of these points; the finely divided contents stuck so tightly between the successive “cones,” that a stream of water was often quite insufficient to dislodge them. In fact the chyle (if one may apply the term to what rather resembled fine mud) completely filled up the whole available space in the intes- tine, so that, although the animal was preserved entire in spirit, the gut and its valve were in as good a condition for examination as if the former had been carefully emptied and distended with spirit while fresh. The pyloric valve was very perfect, having the form of a short conical tube projecting into the bursa entiana, with a very small aper- ture at its apex. ‘This, of course, brought about the result referred to, that only finely divided matter could find its way into the intestine. Another point I may mention about this specimen is the great thickness of its walls at the posterior end; the thickness was actually greater than the diameter of the lumen.at that part. This may have been a mere individual abnormality; but it seems not impossible that this increase of muscular substance had relation to the great force necessary to drive on the contents in a gut with so peculiar a spiral valve. In a smaller specimen of the same species there were eight turns to the valve, of which the first five had a forward, the last three a backward direction; so that the valve was intermediate in character between C' and D. § 15. In Notidanus I found the valve to have twenty turns, and to be very much what fig. 1, Pl. X., would be if its posterior turns reached the centre—that is, inter- mediate between B and C, and approaching more nearly to the former. ‘The pylorus is like that of Scyllium, projecting into the cavity of the intestine as a short tube with a narrow aperture, and forming a highly perfect valve. § 16. In Cestracion philippi there were eight turns to the valve!; these, again, were intermediate between B and C, but approached more nearly to the latter type than in Notidanus. The pylorus was remarkable, being very wide and quite devoid of any well- marked valvular arrangement. In correspondence with this, entire Cephalopods, par- tially digested, were found in the intestine. §17. In Chimera monstrosa (Pl. XI. fig. 6) I found a valve of only three and a half turns, remarkable from the fact that the attached edge did not form a regular spiral, but for a part of its course (namely, during the first turn) formed a slightly sinuous antero-posterior line. In consequence of this, the second compartment of the intestine was fully half as long again as the bursa entiana. § 18. The only other Elasmobranchs which I have been able to examine are Zygena malleus and Carcharias lumensis, two of the genera which, instead of a spiral valve, * Duméril (‘ Ichthyologie générale’) found the same number in this species. SPIRAL VALVE IN THE GENUS. RAIA. 59 possess what may be called a scroll valve—that is, a fold of the intestinal wall, the fixed edge of which is usually stated to “run straight and parallel with the axis of the intes- tine,” while the fold is “ rolled up upon itself into a cylindrical spiral.” This description is not strictly correct. On opening the gut along its ventral wall by a longitudinal incision (Pl. XI. fig. 8), the valve appears quite like a second intes- tine within and nearly filling the first. It may be unrolled from right to left; and it is thus seen that the attached edge is not in a straight line, but is slightly (though distinctly) curved, beginning just posterior to the pylorus on the right side, curving gently outwards until it actually passes to the left of the median ventral line of the intestine, and then back again to the right, to end on the dorsal side at the commence- ment of the rectum. The free edge is very strongly curved—the width of the valve, in the middle being equal to two thirds of its length, while at either end it gradually diminishes until the free and attached edges meet. Thus the form of the unrolled valve may be compared to that of a vertical section of a biconvex lens one surface of which has a very slight, the other a very strong curvature. The valve thus constituted is rolled upon itself from left to right, the successive turns being comparable to a series of cylinders placed one within the other and be- coming gradually larger, in length as well as in diameter, from within outwards. This is well shown in fig. 8, in which the ventral portion of each turn is cut away. I give this description and the accompanying figures of the scroll valve of Zygaena for the sake of comparison with the spiral valve; my account adds nothing to Duver- noy’s excellent description of the similar valve in Thalassorhinus vulpecula}. § 19. In Lepidosiren I have found the spiral valve to be a well-marked, that ot Ceratodus a less perfect, example of type D. To the latter Dr. Giinther’s description? applied perfectly well. § 20. Lastly, in the Lamprey there is, as is well known, a ridge of mucous membrane projecting into the intestine, round the inner surface of which it takes a spiral course, the spiral being a very open one, the whole width of the valve not more than half the diameter of the gut. ‘The valve is therefore an extremely simple example of type A. A valve of this sort is, of course, to all intents and purposes, a typhlosole, only dif- fering from the structure of that name in worms from the fact that its course is spiral instead of straight—just as the papillose ridges of the hind gut are spiral in Astacus, while they are straight in Homarus. Such a valve also bears a close resemblance to the embryonic condition of the spiral valve in the Elasmobranch®. § 21. Thus the spiral valve, reduced to its simplest expression, becomes a typhlosole ; and the scroll valve, indefinitely reduced in width, becomes the same thing. Even in the fully developed structures we get a sort of hint of a connexion between the two; 1 Ann. des Sci. Nat. 2° série, 1835, t. iii. ? Phil. Trans. 1871, part ii. p. 511. ’ Balfour, ‘ Elasmobranch Fishes,’ pl. xvii. fig. 2. 60 MR. T. J. PARKER ON THE INTESTINAL the first quarter-turn of the attached edge in Raia is hardly more curved than the homologous portion of the valve of Zygwna, while the greater part of the first turn in Chimera is almost straight, so that the portion of the valve enclosed in the second compartment in that genus is, practically, a scroll valve. The same may be said of the portion contained in the first compartment (the bursa) in Raia, as will be seen by comparing a transverse section of that part of the gut (fig. 8, Pl. X.) with a section of the valve of Zygwna (Pl. XI. fig. 10). These facts may be expressed in a tabular form, thus :-— Type D. Type C. / Type B. He Type A. Spiral valve Scroll valve (Valvyula spiralis). (Valvula voluta). Typhlosole. This Table is intended to express that both spiral and scroll valves are derivable from the typhlosole, that the then culminating forms of the spiral valve B, C, and D are derivable from the simple form A, and that, of the three, D is the most differen- tiated, in virtue of possessing the greatest extent of surface, and offering the greatest resistance to the passage of the intestinal contents. § 22. In conclusion, I have to express my thanks to Professor Huxley for placing at my disposal specimens of Chimera, Cestracion, Notidanus, and Ceratodus, to Dr. Giinther for allowing me to examine specimens of Zygwna and Carcharias in the British- Museum collection, and, chiefly, to Mr. Willis for devoting much time and trouble to the estimation of the surface in the chief forms of spiral valve. Fig. 1. Fig. 2. SPIRAL VALVE IN THE GENUS RAIA. 61 DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES. PLATE X. Longitudinal section of the intestine of Raia, sp., made by removing the whole ventral half of both gut and spiral valve (an example of type A). Diagram of spiral valve corresponding to fig. 1, constructed by representing the course of the attached edge by a thick line, and that of the free edge by a thin line. . Transverse section through the bursa entiana of another specimen, showing the way the valve is rolled upon itself in the first part of its course. - Longitudinal section of another (dried) specimen (an example of type B). . Diagram corresponding to fig. 4. . Intestine of 2. maculata (male), with the ventral portion of each turn of the valve cut away. . . Intestine of another specimen of &. maculata (male), dissected in the same manner as fig. 6. . Intestine of Raia, sp., with the ventral wall of each compartment removed, the valve being left intact (type C). . Obtained by cutting the same intestine across the line a, and viewing the upper moiety from below. Fig. 10. Mucous membrane of the first turn of the spiral valve of a specimen of Raia maculata 3 (x6). Fig. 11. The same in R. batis ? (x6). Fig. 12. The same in &. maculata ¢ (x6). Fig. 13. The same in 2. batis 3 (x6). Fig. 9. PLATE XI. . Intestine of Raia, sp., in longitudinal section (type C). . Diagram corresponding to fig. 1. . Intestine of Raia, sp., dissected similarly to fig. 7, Pl. X. (type D). . Diagram corresponding to fig. 3. . Intestine of Scyllium canicula ? (half nat. size). Dissected similarly to fig. 3. - Intestine of Chimera monstrosa, dissected similarly to fig. 8, Pl. X. . Diagram corresponding to fig. 6. . Intestine of Zygena malleus, opened along the middle ventral line, and reflected to right and left (in consequence of this the intestine appears much wider than it really is); the ventral portion of each turn of the scroll-valve cut away. Diagram corresponding to fig. 8. Fig. 10. Transverse section through the middle of the same intestine ( x 2). : 19 jist 20a) te Ea datisy ee " + PARA TE WOy Hoc aT aes es ; : eee oe ey & pa gd , cl od} guivemion a DORKS gi2 wae swiseadat ed! ¥o roles ontbetipeal | he oo, . (bs atpg Dy obymaze "a \ orley insies hae toa diod to Ratt Caaitner,, f qaiitese: a ae to Leese. £ pA Bes veto oeseetios ving Lsiqa, Jo-ammnicl 2 - obs gost odd Yodads bas puctf dolls geyd oghe Ditbatia sdé to sation + in ail adh on} wetyrors See pitbous ¥ astailan sequd belt dypsoiky naitons ere opuoo elt Terug sata ail: al tloetr doqa, Dello ai ovlav adigew — a ayy a olf iets se), Agutiiense i radinge to vitae loaibetiyaal ; , - ‘ob 98 OF ptbconperigos ramegehtl . _ sat a0 done Wo Hotplate t udj ca Aslaeey shulnawet Sto antieok » 26 > tows t9oorley > ceaug ols ti letoocald..{odau) otelunsnetl ied sEscetionye godtoss To oubnwotal ay ay p= oD Qh ex ithiaat 4-95 . sags sbovomst deurtiscecoe aso to Law fosters 4 anit. Bier ‘aeons to oxiteoial 34 ‘ ; ) » = ed = * er SS egy APTS wut ori Pipeiinitach ra ise aie iad hag KLE gh oF eheaticate hstsoneilss hasaaitory § Pca eagett Seehh sare? sthbies ttt secols ty fa ese outs Meise Giitaitai nd) eid) toga F, tov Joo ev lapellozge elt lo tet signs Ie aolivoy de . ; A222) sulebant eats Yo vib poe if Hanhart imp TJ.Pdel ad nat. MPParker hth INTESTINAL SPIRAL VALVES OF RAIA Hanhart 3mp. TIP del.ad nat. MP Parker hth INTESTINAL SPIRAL VALVES OF RAIA To Fellows. To the Public. VOLUME VII. (1869-1872, containing 73 Plates) . . Pasi TAO Sat ae Le 0 i naa ies Se gT wealae Rete ia ee 110 0 » 2 (1870) . 4 ee eee 110 0 » 3. (1870). a logo, 110 0 » 4. (1870). SX La PaO 116 0 Pea OR Po Smeg SS OR Tage 5 2 40 LE ae AR OS i a i COR RROD Dy net os 116 0 » 7. (1871). sp ote ae One 116 0 » 8. (1872). : Peay ecg hoe a ORS 8 VOLUME VIII. (1a72-1874, diese 82 ‘Piates) siehe ECE VO SI PO ae . 1211 0 ies Wrap ahs oi say 2 OM te oth oro a IO BMaa ae EEO BENE): paket ee ee ease D PeeO ERG) Os AES Re ee a eae a a eg et ae ern (EME oe rat ete opti ERTS g oe ay eee “ELT SEI O08 aR SR a A Red 1 Me ch The aping) [ SEMI IRR ys, Oo ete eae eee ee Ss gg ea wan 0 . Ria ts fick yc So Ps ea eh) OP IG: 2B Gre Be in | eas eae ce ts ei OMB spr ho 470 ae (era) re Sets Say ae we Bee ee sent VOLUME Ix. Borer containing 99 Plates) >= Price 12°-:Q..0 165,00 Part 1. (1875, containing 22 Plates) . . . . . st Lgl AKG 2 2-0 » 2. (1875, containmg 12 Plates) . . . . . i ued Fed 0 at 2 2 0 3») 3 (1875, containing 5 Plates). <9 ...>... 4, .0-18 0 1 4 0 7 Peon leco,contaning 14 Plates)... a 5k Saag yd 6 De 2h 0 "4 », 5. (1875, containing 9 Plates). . .°. . . Per eLearn 110 0 & » 6. (1876, containing 4 Plates). . . . . . «4 O10 6 014 0 is te (ero, containinz 7 Plates): ot oe SS So Ors N9 LP L9tO F », 8. (1876, containing 10 Plates) . . . . . 4 O18 O 140 * > 9. (1876, containing 6 Plates). . . . .. Tio Bree 112 0 > »» 10. (1877, containing 5 Plates). . . L256 110 0 3 » 11. (1877, containing 5 Plates and Title nil ude) ay OL tie 1 SE DER VOLUME X. Ry Part 1. (1877, with numerous woodeuts). . . . PriceO 9 O 012 0 * Petar containinc a? Pinted)’ hn . eran. 48” 6 110 0 iP » 9. (1877, containing 6 Plates) . . . . . pe (OLS! 20 1 4 0 cA » 4. (1878, contaming 9 Plates) . . .. . Ree, 6 110 0 R » 5. (1878, containmg 3 Plates) . . .. . Ou 9 0. 012 6 4 » 6. (1878, containing 9 Plates) . . ... «4 1 2 6 110 0 ¥ » 7. (1878, containing 7 Plates) . ....- «4 018 O 14 0 4 ,, 8. (1878, contaming 8 Plates) . . ... 4, 015 0 bere aa », 9. (1878, containing 4 Plates) . . ... 4» 09 0 012 0 é ,, 10. (1879, containing 6 Plates) . . ... «4 012 O 016 0 ,, 11. (1879, containing 5 Plates) . .... «4» 0 9 O 012 0 », 12. (1879, containing 7 Plates) . . .. . 3 OG 0 dS gtd - 5, 18. (1879, containing Title and Index) . . . a OHI 1 4 0 VOLUME XI. ) Part 1. (1880, containing 4 Plates) . . .. . fe 0): Sie Oe ee Ob Lend : » 2. (1880, containing 7 Plates) . .... » O18 0...140 The ‘Transactions’ and other publications of the Society may be obtained at the Office (11 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any bookseller. CONTENTS. IV. Further Observations on the Manatee. By Jamus Mourm, M.D., LL.D., F.G.S., Assist. Secretary Linnean Society . . . ss « «4. 4. >. page 19 V. On the Intestinal Spiral Valve in the Genus Raia. By T. Jerrrny Parker, B.Sc., Assoc. R.S.M., Lecturer on Biology in Bedford College, London, and Demon- strator in the Royal School of Mines. (Communicated by Prof. T. H. Huxtey, BRIS Fe IO eS eh, RS Sate a es ee RE ea ihe a THE PUBLICATIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Tux scientific publications of the Zoological Society are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo form, and “ Transactions,” in quarto. According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings” contain not only notices of all busi- ness transacted at the scientific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings and recom- mended to be published by the Committee of Publication. From fifty to seventy coloured plates and engravings are attached to each annual volume of the “ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remarkable species of animals deseribed in them. Amongst such illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given. The “ Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts, on the first of the months of June, August, October, and April, the part published in April completing the volume for the preceding year. They may be obtained with black or coloured illustrations. The “ Transactions ” contain such of the more important communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form. They are published at irregular intervals; but not less than three parts are usually issued in each year. Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of a Subscription of £1 1s. before the day of the Anniversary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications issued prior to 1861, if they exceed the value of five pounds. Such of those publications as are in stock may be obtained at the Society’s Office (11 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any bookseller. Ist August, 1880, PB. gt pee ear wis.” FOE Vn Gua ee ene ~ print FOR, THE SOCIETY: Abs irk ‘SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN -HANOVER-SQUARE; ee ; Bog thie He MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, ‘READER, AND DYER, PATERNOSTER-ROW. ah, x March, 1881. AE Re VP 2. Bem abRe , aes a eae’: 4 ’ “ ‘ ae ‘ fry. Price 30s. cas NAB PRN ec Petes | f tes ar iy. ¥ Pi “er t [Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. ¥ “ie, A> r TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. To Fellows. To the Public. us. 7 nes £ s. ad. VOLUME I. (1833-1835, containing 59 Plates) . . . Price 318 6 . .. 4 18 0 Pamuult (1888) slimes) o> foun teprey tetemrbe. nay ER po ORT EWM Telaag S Syaeye (OLS 2) LU, » 2. (1834) eg (BBE) Gee sky dae teat he a oa Lae ae RD ee eee 1 AMAGREY SE; HER PORE Re hee ana ee ae 114 0 VOLUME II. (1836-1841, containing 71 Plates). . . Price 4 0 O 5 6 6 Panny c(18G6) rer cope oa kee een re peal a cet) 112 0 » 2. (1838) py PBEM LORD) a Stak Yo be aria yerete een eas, + ‘cae OD 200. le OO Pai: haat -7270) Eee bec rattrs ee a. oo) UT CARE O14 3 Vos 0 OG » B» (1841) VOLUME III. (1842-1849, containing 63 Plates) . . Priee3 8 6 . . - 411 0 Part 1. (1842) Bor eaR) 2. A oe ae, a eee Lees 019 6 » 8. (1844). ye 0, 14258 019 6 » 4 (1846) Rahn ct. Nop tpi hay ys cpacenetmen, care SST acre Une oo 010 6 AG: UEBAOY «°c MA RGEC o's» bet hen’ et) tia a gnth 1Onagy ee 010 6 VOLUME IV. (1851-1862, containing 78 Plates). . . Price 6 2 6 8 2 6 Pane’). t8G1) eee mings act hs), teh LT oop ee oe 012 0 Sr LEER) Peet RR ea ALi R foes) Be Bes! Mel's finn Meas RO BLO ae Vebo70 » 98. (1858) is AU BBR Sos vias sion Rict sete pe Ce Sai eal ACR ak Peta ps LD EL, 140 ae ee Os) ee ee anya. GM eee yA hg EE Py 14 0 Pee Gaa(L BDO) is be URLS UO 1 4 0 » 7, sec. 1. (1861) Bono no w9 5 hae We 0) » 7, sec. 2. (1862) OL LS ps0: 1 4 0 VOLUME V. (1862-1866, containing 67 Plates). . . Price 5 3 6 6 19 0 Parr]. (1862). . . . 4 Be RS arts). Sane unreal | Yel be Sie 0] LAX Ao Tey (21613) Ry aL Ga cay PICs, al even Wrctabual on Otel ee Els vac O) » 8. (1864) . Sj eG 110 0 Sai (1BGa)i ww. wre ay eae 26 110 0 Ss fs 2 (LEGO) peta ont tis it Mecohintes eee ame fs damel ages tsa 110 0 VOLUME VI. (1866-1869, containing 91 Plates) . . Price 11 5 O 152020 eee (LEOG)Ey onlot eke uate years - D0 1 16.40 ee ek sey i Fy ORD fa 3 116 0 es ALBGR eter tenet es. Sap ae) asin. ORES 6 Me eM A EL ni tiee OD 116 0 AR (LSG Rie VW. seed Donkive seaei\ ot kt TET Rone cern, RuOn a LD 116 0 » 5. (1868) . Be Mee A 116 0 » 6. (1868). Papa. | ey de) 116 0 » 7. (1868). Sal leno 28 0 » 8. (1869) . Pick Wr eho 116 0 Continued on page 3 ai Wrapper. | VI. On the Genera and Species of the Lepidopterous Subfamily Ophiderine inhabiting the Indian Region. By ¥. Moorn, F.Z.S. ete. Received January 19th, read January 20th, 1880. [Puates XII.-XIV.]| THE genus Ophideres was first characterized in 1832, in the ‘Voyage de l’Astrolabe’ (“ Entom.” p. 245), by Dr. Boisduval, who described a single species from Brazil under the name of 0. princeps. In Guérin’s ‘ Iconogr. Régn. Anim.’ (“ Ins.” pl. Ixxxix. f. 1), he further figured a Madagascar species as 0. imperator, which he redescribed and figured (the male) in 1833, in the ‘ Faune Entom. Madagasc. Bourb. et Maur.’ p. 99, pl. xiv. fig. 3. In 1852 M. Guenée, in the ‘Spec. Gén. des Lép. Noctuelites,’ iii. p. 109, recharac- terized the genus, including in it and describing all the then known species of the group. This arrangement was followed by Mr. Walker in 1857, in the British-Museum ‘Catalogue of Lepidoptera Heterocera, and has been continued by all subsequent writers. Having made a recent examination of the several species of this interesting group of Moths, I submit the result in the following pages, treating therein, however, only of the species of the Indian Region. The species being much diversified in the form of the external outline of the fore wings, and also in the shape of the terminal joint of the palpi, as well as exhibiting a dissimilarity in the pattern of markings in the sexes, I have found it necessary to group them under various genera, and to restrict the genus Ophideres to its type, namely O. princeps. Of six of the species described, figures are here given of the larva and pupa, copied from original drawings made in India by Mr. A. Grote, Sir W. Elliot, and Mr. S. N. Ward, and from others made in Java by the late Dr. Horsfield. This group of Moths has hitherto been placed by entomologists between the families Catocalide and Erebide; they have, however, closer affinity to the Ophiuside, their larve also agreeing better with those of the latter in form. The genus Lagoptera is very closely allied to them. I therefore place them, together with the subfamily Phyllodine, between the Bendide (of which family Hulodes caranea is a well-known insect) and the Ophiuside. VOL. XI.—PaRT 111. No. 1.—March, 1881, L cw 64 MR. F, MOORE ON THE OPHIDERIN2Z OF THE INDIAN REGION. Genus OTHrets, Hibner. Othreis, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 264 (1816). Corycia, Hiibner, ib. p. 265. Ophideres (part), Guenée, Walker. Fore wing elongated ; costa nearly straight, slightly arched near the end, apex acute ; exterior margin oblique and slightly convex hindward, even in the male, scalloped in the female; posterior margin short, with a fringed lobe near base, and slight excava- tion beyond; costal vein extending to near apex ; first and second branches of subcostal at equal distances before end of cell, third starting from the second at a short distance beyond the cell and forked near the apex, fifth anastomosed to third near its juncture with the second, sixth from angle below end of the cell; discocellular very slender, recurved; two upper median branches from angles above lower end of the cell, third from its end, and fourth at one third; submedian bent near the base. Hind wing broad, anterior margin extending beyond angle of fore wing; exterior margin convex, with a slight subanal angle, abdominal margin short ; costal vein recurved, extending to apex ; subcostal with two branches from end of the cell; discocellular very slender, deeply concave ; upper median branches from pointed angles at end of the cell, lower conti- guous; three submedians. Body robust, densely clothed above; fore femora and tibize thickly pilose beneath, the latter furnished beneath with an elongated, pouched, glan- dular spur; middle and hind legs less pilose, with spurred tibie and spined tarsi ; palpi large, long, ascending, second joint clothed with short adpressed hairy scales, third joint slender, long, and with a slight hairy tuft above. Antenne filiform, long, thick- ened towards the base. : Larva semilooped, cylindrical, sparsely covered with minute hairs ; with sixteen feet, but the first pair of ventrals rudimentary; eleventh segment thickened at the dorsal extremity and surrounded by a tubercular spot. When at rest holds the head up ‘and also the last segments ; frequently curling the anterior segments up in front. Changes to pupa in a canopy of growing leaves fixed together and lined with a net-like web; pupa fastened by the tail. OTHREIS FULLONICA. (Plate XII. figs. 1, 1a, larva and pupa; Plate XIII. figs. 1, 1a, imago, ¢ 2.) Phalena B. fullonica, Linn. Syst. Nat. ii. p .812 (1767) ; Clerck, Icones, pl. xlviu. figs. 1-4 (Seba, Ins. t. 42. f. 18, 14:?). Ophideres fullonica, Guen. Noct. iii. p. 111; Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 1222. Noctua dioscoree, Faby. Syst. Ent. p. 593, Spec. Ins. ii. p. 212, Mant. Ins. ii, p. 137, Ent. Syst. i. 25 16; 265 9%. Phal. N. pomona, Cramer, Pap. Exot. 1. pl. 77. f. C, 2. Othreis pomona, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 264. Ophideres cajeta, Walk. Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xiii. p. 1223 (nec Cramer). MR. F. MOORE ON THE OPHIDERIN®E OF THE INDIAN REGION. 65 Male. Fore wing dark ferruginous-brown or vinous-brown, numerously covered with either ochreous, dark green, or greyish strige, which on the exterior border form irre- gular fascie and terminate in a straight streak to the apex; an ante- and a postmedian oblique transverse darker brown line, the interspace glossy and suffused generally with purple-brown, the reniform mark being more or less unglossed. Hind wing orange- yellow, with a broad black apical marginal band and row of pale yellow cilial spots; a large broad curved black discal band. Thorax, head, palpi, and legs above dark brown; abdomen orange-yellow; legs and abdomen beneath paler; a yellow spot on tibia and tarsal joints; palpi black-tipped. Female. Fore wing brighter-coloured, mottled grey and brown, strige paler grey ; discal area and fasci on exterior border chalybeous-grey ; postmedian line irregularly sinuous, with a prominent white dentate spot on its middle and narrow lunules below it; reniform mark triangular, and more or less black; a minute black orbicular spot. ’ Hind wing and body as in male. Expanse 3 to 44 inches. Hab. India, N.W. Himalayas (Masuri, Kussowlie), Lucknow, Umballa, E. Himalayas (Daryiling), Cachar, Allipore, W. and E. Ghauts (Bombay, Malabar, Madras); Ceylon ; Andamans; Malay peninsula; Penang; Sumatra; Java; Formosa; Shanghai. From the above-cited localities (specimens from which have been examined) it will be seen that this species has a very extended range of habitat. Specimens have been also occasionally recorded as having been taken on board ship in the eastern seas, many miles from land. It also occurs at Moreton Bay, Australia; and an allied (or probably the same) species, was taken by Mr. Wallace on Ké Island. Other closely allied species from New Hebrides and Navigators’ Islands, and another from Sierra Leone, are in the British-Museum Collection. This insect is stated to be dreaded by the Australian colonists on account of the mis- chief the imago causes to the orange plantations—perforating the ripening fruit with its proboscis, and thus causing them to soon fall to the ground and rot. This insect has been reared by Mr. A. Grote at Allipore, near Calcutta, from larve feeding on Menispermum glabrum. Sir W. Elliot reared it at Vizagapatam on Cvc- culus acuminatus and C. cordifolius; and in Java it was frequently reared by Dr. Horsfield from larve feeding on the Tayungan (Epibatherium, sp.) and on the Buntia Silit (Leschenaultia, sp.) from November to April, being most abundant in the latter month. Major A. M. Lang, in his Entomological Note-book, gives the following account of the rearing of the larva of this species at Lucknow in 1866 :— «September 8th. Took from the middle of the underside of a leaf of (? Menispermum) a solitary, spherical, smooth, unsculptured, translucent, light-yellowish egg, about 1" in diameter. Four or five more found on the 13th, all on the underside. On the 1ltha 9 x ua 66 MR. F. MOORE ON THE OPHIDERINZ OF THE INDIAN REGION. minute Geometriform larva was hatched ; it was very active, dropping itself by a silken thread when disturbed ; transparent, yellow and blackish in alternate belts, sparsely covered with hairs; fourteen legs (those on 6th segment wanting); head disproportion- ately large, holding the head up and also the two last segments. “On the 13th it changed to a shining, translucent green, the anterior and posterior segments very much more pale and yellow, 4" long; head now the smallest segment, dull pale testaceous, the rest of the segments a pale translucent yellow, which, how- ever, in segments 2 to 9 inclusive, look green—a light bright grass-green—the colour seeming to come from the inside; on the 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, and 10th segments are pale brown lateral patches; every segment has apparently ten black tubercular spots, each carrying a hair; legs black. “On the 14th it changed to a velvety black, of the same form and attitude as before ; a vermillion spot on each side of the 5th and 6th segments, on the 5th each spot accom- panied by an anterior white speck ; white lateral markings on 10th and 11th segments. “ On the 17th it changed to a black, with rufous and white ocelli where the vermil- lion spots were in preceding stage, and several rufous and white specks. “On the 20th it changed to a most handsome variegated rufous and black, with innumerable lilac, white, and rufous scattered specks. “On the 25th it spun a leaf loosely across itself, on a bush above ground, and turned into pupa. “On October 8th the perfect insect (0. fullonica) emerged.” This insect has also been reared at Canara by Mr. 8. N. Ward, from whose MS. is the following extract :—‘ Larva with sixteen feet, but the first pair of ventrals almost obsolete and retractile. Body cylindrical, smooth, and velvety to the touch, but with scattered minute hairs over all the body; 11th segment much thickened at the extre- mity, falling off abruptly behind, and surmounted by a red currant-like spot. ‘The colour of the larva changes considerably, but is always either pinkish or brownish- purple, or a rich yellow-brown, with dark stripe down the back, a double one on top, and near the bottom of sides; another quite at bottom, and another down middle of belly. On 5th and 6th segments are eye-spots, white, with a tinge of rich yellow above, brown below, and surrounded by a black ring; on 9th and 10th segments is a saddle- like white mark. Head moderate-sized, rather oblong and reddish brown. Changes to pupa between growing leaves, which it knits together with a very tough net-like web, and lines it with one much finer and softer; pupa fastened by the tail, which is fur- nished with a treble forked bristle in middle with hooks turned outwards, and small bristle on each side hooked inward. Pupa conical, front part rather flattened, and upper part of thorax rather sharper than usual, but not carinated ; it is engine-turned all over except articulations, which are soft ; they are red ; but all the rest is fine shining bronze-colour. Feeds on the Hordee suppoo. September and October. Changes in twenty-two days.” MR. F. MOORE ON THE OPHIDERINZ OF THE INDIAN REGION. 67 Ornre!s caJETA. (Plate XIII. figs. 2,2a, ¢ 2.) Phalena Noct. cajeta, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. p. 48, pl. xxx. f. AB, 3, C, 2. Corycia cajeta, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 265. Ophideres cajeta, Guenée, Noct. iii. p. 112, ¢ 9. Ophideres multiscripta, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 1226, 9. Male. Fore wing dark umber-brown, suffused with greyish fawn-colour externally, greyest at the posterior angle; a few grey strigz disposed on basal and costal areas, and a basal and subapical cluster of green or cream and dark brown scales; veins alternate pale and black-speckled ; an equidistant curved antemedian and a postmedian transverse blackish double line, prominent and pale-centred in some, indistinct in others; a small pale-circled dark orbicular spot, and pale-bordered, dark, elongated, lunular, reniform mark. Hind wing orange-yellow; a black apical marginal band, with row of yellow cilial spots, and a short, black, curved, discal band. ‘Thorax, head, palpi, and legs above brown, legs with white spots. Female. Fore wing brownish fawn-colour, numerously covered with black, pale-grey- bordered, speckled strigze, which are thickly disposed along the costa, and form irregular fasciz across the disk ; posterior angle broadly greyish, above which is a small dentate whitish spot; reniform mark prominent, angled hindward and black-lined ; a minute black, pale-circled, orbicular spot. Hind wing and body as in male. Expanse 3 to 53 inches. Hab. 8. India (Malabar and Madras); Ceylon. This species has a limited range, the specimens under examination having been either from South India or Ceylon. It is very rare. A single specimen is in the Banksian Cabinet in the British Museum; but there are none in the General Cabinet. “ Larva feeds on the Muttee (Zerminalia, sp.). Found in September. Makes a slight web within a canopy of living leaves. Pupa plum-colour, with a thick bloom or powder which comes off when touched; front part smooth, top of thorax rounded; the three first segments of thorax very much humped, the succeeding ones decreasing in size like steps; extremity blunt and rounded, with several hooked bristles disposed like a bow- string.” (S. V. Ward, MS. Notes.) OTHREIS ANCILLA. (Plate XII. figs. 2, 2a, larva and pupa; Plate XIII. figs. 3, 3a, imago ¢ 2.) Phalena Noct. ancilia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. p. 84, pl. exlix. f. F (1779), 9. Ophideres ancilla, Guenée, Noct. iii. p. 114, 2 ; Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 1224, 2. Phalena strigata, Donovan, Ins. Ind. pl. liv. (1800), 2. Othreis homaéna, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 264. Ophideres bilineosa, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 1227 (1857), ¢. 68 MR. F. MOORE ON THE OPHIDERINZ OF THE INDIAN REGION. Male. Fore wing deep ferruginous-brown, with numerous darker brown strige ; crossed by indistinct greenish-brown fascie, which are bordered with glaucous-grey or purple ; a subbasal, an antemedian, and a postmedian transverse oblique black line; a brown-bordered reniform mark. Hind wing orange-yellow; marginal black band atte- nuated hindward, cilial spots yellow; a short black bilobed discal band. Thorax, head, palpi, fore and middle legs deep ferruginous-brown ; abdomen and hind legs orange- yellow. Female. Fore wing dark purple-brown, strigee darker, transverse fasciz glaucous- purple, postmedian transverse oblique black line sinuous hindward, a broad longitudinal irregular green band extending below the cell from near base to beyond postmedian line; reniform mark partly green. Other parts as in male. Expanse 2} to 3 inches. Hab. India (Allahabad, Bombay, Canara, Nilgiris, Darjiling); Ceylon. “Larva half-looper; sixteen legs, the first ventral pair being so slightly developed as to be useless for the purpose of progression; cylindrical, the 11th segment raised, and the apex surmounted by a single blunt red tubercle raised above the skin, behind which the body slopes abruptly down towards the anal legs; spiracles oval and black. General colour dusky purplish-brown, dotted with numerous minute cobalt-blue spots regularly arranged, and with large yellow oval patches on the 4th, 5th, and 6th segments, those on the sides of the 5th and 6th being in the shape of ocelli, the iris yellow, pupil azure blue, surrounded by black; the 9th and 10th segments also patched with yellow irre- gularly more or less. Changes to pupa beneath a canopy of living leaves fastened firmly together and thinly lined with a bed of silk; pupa fastened by the tail; of an orange-colour, beautifully burnished and rough like shagreen; the lower part of the thorax is much compressed, in fact quite sharp. Found during June, July, and August and sparingly in October and November below the Ghats, and in July and August above the Ghats.” (S. V. Ward, MS. Notes.) Has been reared by Dr. Thwaites, in Ceylon, from larva feeding on Menispermum ; Mr. 8. N. Ward reared the larva, in Canara, upon Cocculus villosus. OTHREIS SMARAGDIPICTA. Ophideres smaragdipicta, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 1229 (1857), 2. Female. Fore wing deep ferruginous-brown, with a purplish tinge, varied with black strigee, which are darkest and thickly confluent on the costa and disk; an irregular- shaped longitudinal bright green band extending from the base below the cell, its broad basal centre being brown; some green strigze along the costa, and a thick cluster below the apex and along exterior border. Hind wing orange-yellow, marginal black band broad, extending paler along the costa and suffusing the base; a short black bilobed MR. F. MOORE ON THE OPHIDERIN® OF THE INDIAN REGION. 69 discal band. Thorax, head, palpi, fore legs in front, and tarsi beneath dark ferruginous- brown, thorax grey-speckled ; abdomen above orange-yellow, beneath blackish. Expanse 3 inches. Hab. Borneo. In voll. British Museum. KHADIRA, n. gen. Differs from Othreis in the fore wing having a decided falcate apex, the hind margin with shorter and more deeply excavated space between the angles; the hind wing also shorter ; the palpi having the third joint slender and not tufted at the apex, the second joint also being more slender ; fore tibiz less tufted, and tarsi more spinous. KHADIRA AURANTIA. (Plate XIII. fig. 4.) Ophideres aurantia, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, p. 607. Male. Fore wing dark ochrey-red, with numerous short transverse grey strige, veins alternate grey- and black-speckled ; a narrow black oblique band from apex to middle of excavation on hind margin; the oblique band, two inner and two outer transverse dusky fasciee bordered inwardly with purple-grey: hind wing pale orange-yellow, with a black, short, curved, narrow submarginal band, and broader, short, constricted discal band. Thorax, head, palpi, fore legs in front, and antenne ochrey-red; abdomen pale orange-yellow. Underside orange-yellow; fore wing with a dusky patch at the apex, and two blackish short curved oblique discal streaks above posterior angle; hind wing with a short black discal spot and an indistinct dusky outer fascia. Expanse 4 inches. Hab. South Andamans. In coll. British Museum. ADRIS, n. gen. Fore wing: costa arched beyond the middle, convex at the end, the apex being pro- duced into a lengthened point ; exterior margin very oblique, convex, the angle very acute ; posterior margin very short in the male, lobe much produced, excavation beyond short. Hind wing prolonged anteriorly, the exterior margin slightly concave below the apex; veins similar to those in O¢hreis. Palpi larger and stouter than in the other genus, more laxly clothed, the third joint with a large, flattened, dense tuft above. Fore tibiz in male more densely clothed with longer lateral hairs. Type A. tyrannus. ADRIS TYRANNUS. (Plate XIII. fig. 5, ¢.) Ophideres tyrannus, Guenée, Noct. ii. p. 110 (1852) ; Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 1224. Male. Fore wing dark ochreous-brown, with indistinct darker transverse sinuous fasciz bordered with chalybeous purple; sparsely covered with dark red-brown delicate 70 MR. F. MOORE ON THE OPHIDERINZ OF THE INDIAN REGION. transverse strigz ; veins black-speckled ; a narrow blackish antemedian line and an oblique postmedian line from the apex, each with paler inner border, the latter also bordered externally at the apical end with green speckles; a small black orbicular spot, and distinct green-speckled reniform mark; a small black subbasal spot and cluster of green speckles, Hind wing ochreous-yellow, the base tinged with brown; a narrow curved black submarginal band (entirely separated from the outer margin), and a short broader bilobed discal band. Thorax, head, palpi, and legs above dark ochreous-brown, abdomen ochreous-yellow. Female. Fore wing ochreous-green, numerously covered with red-brown delicate strige, transverse lines red-brown ; some greyish-speckled spots towards the apex and on the disk, and a similarly coloured marginal patch from posterior angle. Hind wing and body as in male. 4 Expanse 4 inches. Hab. India (Simla, Darjiling, Bombay); China (Shanghai); Japan. “Taken in forests at Simla; disturbed from the thickets in broad daylight it dashes off very suddenly and swiftly with a blind headlong flight, like a frightened owl.” (Major A. M. Lang, MS. Notes.) ADRIS RUTILUS, n. sp. Male. Fore wing ferruginous, crossed by darker wavy greyish-bordered fascie ; an indistinct antemedian transverse line and a prominent postmedian oblique black line ; a cluster of green speckles near the base, another on reniform mark, and a few along outer border of the oblique line. Hind wing orange-yellow, an elongated narrow curved black submarginal band, and a small short black lobate discal spot. Thorax, head, palpi, and fore legs in front ferruginous; abdomen above and beneath, and legs yellow. Expanse 34 inches. Hab. Ceylon. In coll. Dr. Thwaites and F. Moore. “ Larva feeds on Menispermacee.” (Dr. Thwaites, MS. Note.) PURBIA, n. gen. Both sexes with shorter wings; fore wings broad, the exterior margin straight below the apex, oblique, even, lobe of hind margin very broad, more so than in any other of the group, the excavation being also very concave. Palpi similar to those in A. tyrannus, but the second joint broad at its apex; fore tibie very densely tufted. MR. F. MOORE ON THE OPHIDERIN® OF THE INDIAN REGION. 71 PURBIA DISCREPANS. (Plate XIV. fig. 1, ¢.) Ophideres discrepans, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 1227 (1857), 3. Ophideres archon, Felder, Reise der Novara, Lep. pl. exiii. f. 3 (1873-4), @. Male. Fore wing pale purplish-brown or fawn-colour, with a few black speckles along the costa and on the veins; crossed by three very indistinct and incomplete nar- row brown bands, the outer sinuously recurved and bordered externally by clusters of greenish scales; an indistinct greenish subbasal spot and a green-speckled reniform mark. Hind wing orange-yellow, with broad black apical marginal band, the row of cilial spots and apical angle being white; a short broad curved black discal band. Thorax, head, palpi, and legs purplish brown; abdomen orange-yellow. Female. Differs in having a narrow white reniform mark, and two short linear white spots on middle of the disk. Expanse 5 to 5? inches. Hab. India (Malabar); Siam; Singapore; Java. Manas, Hiibner. Menas, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 264 (1816). Ophideres (part), Guenée, Walker. Fore wing elongated, trigonal; costa slightly arched towards the end, apex acute; exterior margin oblique, straight ; posterior margin long, with a tufted angle near base ; slightly curved to the end. Palpi short, compactly clothed with short scales; apical joint small, very short, and conical. Larva similar in form to that of Othreis. Mans SALAMINIA, (Plate XIL. figs. 3, 3a, 36, larva and pupa; Plate XIV. fig. 2, imago.) Phalena Noct. salaminia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. p. 117, pl. elxxiv. f. A (1779); Clerck, Icones, pl. xlviu. f. 5, 6. Noctua salaminia, Fabr. Ent. Syst. i. 2, p. 17 (1798). Menas salaminia, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 264. Ophideres salaminia, Guenée, Noct. ii. p. 115; Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xiii. p. 1225. Male and Female. Fore wing dark green with golden reflections; a broad purplish- grey costal band extending from near base of hind margin to the apex, and a nariow similar band on exterior border, the costal band with numerous short green and ociire- ous transverse strigse, which are confluent along the costal border, the exterior band with paler purplish-green inner border ; a distinct red line along the discal portion of the lower median vein. Hind wing orange-yellow, witha black apical marginal band and yellow cilial spots, and a short black bilobed discal band. ‘Thorax, head, palpi, and front of fore legs ochreous-green ; abdomen and legs orange-yellow. Expanse 5 to 34 inches. VOL. XI.—ParT mI. No. 2.—Warch, 1881. M 72 MR. F. MOORE ON THE OPHIDERINZ OF THE INDIAN REGION. Hat. India (Kussowlie, Darjiling, Khasias, Caleutta, Nilgiris, Madras); Ceylon ; Singapore ; Java; Formosa; Shanghai; Japan. A widely distributed species, which has also been taken at ‘sea in north of Bay of Bengal in October. A specimen from Australia is in the British-Museum collection. Larva reared on Menispermum glabrum at Allipore, by Mr. A. Grote. In Ceylon the larva is also found on the same plant. Dr. Horsfield reared it in Java during February and March from larva feeding on a species of Cissus. VANDANA, 0. gen. Fore wing less angular in form than in Menas salaminia, the costal border more arched, and the hind wing with a greater width of lobe at the base ; second joint of the palpi longer, and the third joint very long and slender. VANDANA DIVIDENS. Ophideres dividens, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 1228 (1857), @. Female. Fore wing pale fawn-colour, greenish and darkest along the costa, and with a slight rosy tinge, base tinged with pale olive-green; crossed by a dark sap-green oblique band, which is attenuated at the apex and dilating in width to posterior mar- gin, the inner border of the band even, and the outer border irregular hindward ; reniform mark black, elongated longitudinally, angled at the lower end of the cell, and divided by a pale line along the discocellular vein; a pale sap-green narrow fascia outside the oblique band. Hind wing orange-yellow, marginal black band broad, with small yellow cilial spots; short black bilobed discal band also broad. Thorax, head, palpi, legs, and body beneath brownish fawn-colour ; abdomen above orange-yellow. Underside: fore wing brown, with an oblique medial band, and base of hind margin only yellow ; hind wing with the marginal brown band extending broadly along the costa to the base. Expanse 33 inches. Hab. Java. In Coll. British Museum. RuytiA, Hiibner. Rhytia, Hibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 264 (1816). Ophideres (part), Guenée, Walker. Fore wing in male and female with the exterior margin even, and angled outward in the middle; palpi very long, the third joint with broad clavate tufted tip. Larva similar in form to that of Othreis, but with slight dorsal protuberance on the 5th, 6th, 7th and 11th segments. re MR. F. MOORE ON THE OPHIDERINZ OF THE INDIAN REGION. 73 RuyTIA cocALE. (Plate XII. figs. 5, 5a, larva and pupa; Plate XIV. figs. 5, 5a, imago ¢ @.) Phal. Noct. cocalus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. p. 59, pl. exxxiv. f. B (1779), 3. Rhytia cocale, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 264. Ophideres cocalus, Guenée, Noct. iii. p. 115, 3. Noctua maculata, Weber, Observat. Entom. p. 111 (1801), ¢. Ophideres plana, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 1226, ¢. Male. Fore wing ochreous green, numerously covered with slender black transverse strige, those across the disk and on exterior margin grey-bordered ; crossed by a curved antemedial and an oblique postmedial black line, both with chalybeous-grey inner border; reniform mark indistinct: hind wing orange-yellow, with broad black mar- ginal band and small white cilial spots and narrow streak at apex. Thorax, head, palpi, and legs in front ochreous-green, palpi with a lateral linear grey streak ; abdomen and legs above orange-yellow, beneath greyish. Female. Darker ochreous green, with a cluster of creamy-white spots on the disco- cellular area, another series below the cell, a large patch at the posterior angle, and a slender linear broken spot below the apex: hind wing and body as in male. Expanse 22 to 3 inches. Hab. India (Coromandel, Silhet); Java. This species has a similar pattern of markings to R. hypermnestra, but may easily be distinguished from it by the absence in the hind wing, in both sexes, of the two black discal spots, and in the black marginal band extending to the anal angle, the immer border of which is much less irregularly sinuous, and the row of cilial spots also are much smaller; the fore wing in the male has the two transverse lines more curved, and the clusters of spots in the female are more confluent. It has been reared in Java by Dr. Horsfield from larva feeding on a species of Epibatheriwm. RHYTIA HYPERMNESTRA. (Plate XII. fig. 6, larva; Plate XIV. figs. 4, 4a, imago 3 2.) Phalena Noct. hypermnestra, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecexxiii. f. A, B (1782). Rhytia hypermnestra, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 264. Ophideres hypermnestra, Guenée, Noct. ii. p. 116; Walker, Catal. Het. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 1225. Male. Fore wing ochreous-green, numerously covered with slender blackish trans- verse strigz ; crossed by a distinct antemedian and an oblique postmedian brown line ; an indistinct dusky brown suffused reniform mark; a curved grey streak below the apex, and grey strigee above posterior angle; transverse lines with chalybeous-grey inner border. Hind wing orange-yellow, with broad marginal black band, white cilial row of spots and apical angle; and two small black discal spots, the upper one oval, the lower recurved. Thorax, head, palpi, and fore legs in front ochreous-green, palpi 74 MR. F. MOORE ON THE OPHIDERINZ OF THE INDIAN REGION. with a lateral linear grey streak; abdomen and legs above orange-yellow, beneath grey. Female. Fore wing darker green, with a series of creamy-white spots on the disco- cellular area, another series below the cell, a large patch at the posterior angle, and two small slender spots below the apex, all partially crossed by slender brown strige. Expanse 3 to 54 inches. Hab. India (Bombay, Canara, Nilgiris, Darjiling, Khasia); Burmah (Moulmein) ; Andamans ; Ceylon. « Larva semilooper, cylindrical, elongated, slightly humped on the 4th, 5th, 6th, and 11th segments. Legs fourteen, with a rudimentary pair on 6th segment. Colour dusky purplish-brown, blotched with very dark brown, and spotted with minute dots of cobalt- blue; on each side of 5th and 6th segments is a large ocellus, the iris bright yellow in front and vermillion behind, pupil purplish-brown, with a crescent of cobalt-blue, and with a centre which is considerably darker than the rest; besides these the body is extensively marked with black and yellow patches of different shapes. Changes occupy twenty-six days.” (S. V. Ward, M.S. Notes, Canara.) ARGADESA, n. gen. Ophideres (part), Guenée, Walker. Fore wing in male and female with the exterior margin oblique and scalloped throughout its length; palpi shorter, and the third joint slender. Larva similar in form to that of Othreis. ARGADESA MATERNA. (Plate XII. figs. 4,4 a, 6, c,d, larva and pupa; Plate XIV. fig. 3, 3a, Imago, ¢ &.) Phalena Noct. materna, Linnzus, Syst. Nat. ii. p. 840; Drury, Ins. i. p. 24, pl. xiii. f. 4; Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 174. f. B; iii. pl. 267. f. B. Noctua materna, Fabr. Spec. Ins. ii. p. 212; Mant. Ins. ii. p. 187 ; Ent. Syst. i. 2, p. 16. Rhytia materna, Wiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 264. Triphena materna, Westwood, Nat. Libr. xxxvii. Exotic Moths, p. 201, pl. xxv. fig. 2. Ophideres materna, Boisduval, Faun. Ent. Madag. Bourb. et Maur. Lép. p. 100; Guenée, Noct. iu. p- 113; Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 1221. Noctua hybrida, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 593. Male. ¥ore wing greenish-grey, covered with greenish-brown or purple-brown trans- verse confluent strige ; a short curved dark brown antemedian costal line and a distinct oblique postmedian line ; between the lines are three purple-glossed, plumbeous, longi- tudinal streaks, the upper short and near the costa, the next from lower angle of the cell, the third below the cell; reniform mark trilobed, purple-black; a narrow grey streak curving below the apex and spreading irregularly to the posterior angle. Hind we de MR. F. MOORE ON THE OPHIDERINZ OF THE INDIAN REGION. Y wing orange-yellow, with a narrow black marginal band and prominent white cilial spots; a single small black discal spot. Thorax greenish grey, head and palpi above brown, palpi black-tipped ; fore legs brownish above; abdomen and legs orange-yellow. Female with darker and more prominent strigz, the three longitudinal discal streaks much larger, broader, contiguous, purple-glossed, and narrowly divided and bordered with white; hind wing and body as in male. Expanse 23 to 3? inches. Hab. India (Kussowlie, Lucknow, Allahabad, Kutch, Kattywar, Bombay, Canara, Madras, Calcutta, Balasore); Ceylon; Java. This insect has also been taken in the island of Madagascar. A specimen from Abyssinia, collected by Mr. Jesse, and another from Gambia are in the collection of the British Museum. It has also been taken at sea in the north of the Bay of Bengal. *‘ Larva, after last change, 2} inches long; half Geometrous, long, cylindricai, stout, with the penultimate segment much elevated, and the anterior ones strong; ground- colour red-brown, darker at the hinder and foremost segments, more of an olive-brown in the middle; dorsal line well defined and bistre-colour, on either side of which a similar line, bearing on 5th and 6th segments a splendid ‘ocellus,’ the upper part of which is primrose, with the lower half purplish brown, with a lilac pupil; sides and middle of back variegated irregularly with lilac and yellow spots and yellow fascia; on penultimate segment a coral-coloured protuberance, spotted with lilac here and there, with on either side a broad yellow fascia; abdomen lighter than back, with a dark ventral line; legs all red-brown, tipped with black; anal legs very long; head dark coral-colcur ; stigmates violet. “In state of repose it curls the head and 4th and 5th segments right under the body, forming a circle. _ “Turned into pupa 28th Sept., between the leaves. Imago came out 7th October. Period on the wing Sept., Oct.; Lucknow.” (Capt. H. L. De la Chaumette, MS. note, 1860.) Mr. 8. N. Ward, in his MS. notes on the Lepidoptera of Canara, says the “ larva feeds on the Amoordah Beeloo, changing to pupa among the leaves, which are fastened together with coarse yellow threads, the changes occupying fifteen days. Found from September to December.” Larva reared on Menispermum glabrum at Allipore, by Mr. A. Grote. Sir W. Elliot reared it on Cocculus cordifolius ; and in Java Dr. Horsfield reared the larva on both Leschenaultia and Epibatherium. VOL. XI.— PART 11. No. 3—Warch, 1881. N 76 MR. F. MOORE ON THE OPHIDERINA OF THE INDIAN REGION, DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES. PLATE XII. Fig. 1. Othreis fullonica, larva (Allipore, A. Grote), p. 64. Figs las, ¥ pupa (Java, Horsfield), p. 64. Fig. 2,2. Othreis ancilla, larva and pupa (Canara, Ward), p. 67. Fig. 3. Menas salaminia, larva (Allipore, A. Grote), p. 71. Fig. 3a,b. ,, es larva and pupa (Java, Horsfield), p. 71. Fig. 4,4. Argadesa materna, larva (Vizagapatam, Elliot), p. 74. Fig. 4,0,¢,d. - = larva and pupa (Allipore, A. Grote), p. 74. Fig. 5,50. Rhytia cocale, larva and pupa (Java, Horsfield), p. 73. Fig. 6. »» hypermnestra, larva (Canara, Ward), p. 73. PLATE XII. Fig. 1. Othreis fullonica 3; fig. la, 2: p. 64. Fig. 4. Khadira aurantia, p. 69. Fig.2. ,, cajeta 3; fig. 2a, 9: p. 67. Fig. 5. Adris tyrannus ¢, p. 69. Fig. 3. » ancilla 3 fig. 3a, 9: p. 67. PLATE XIV. Fig. 1. Purbia discrepans 3, p.71. Fig. 4. Rhytia hypermnestra ¢; fig. 4a, 2: p. 73. Fig. 2. Manas salaminia, p.71. Fig. 5. 4, cocale 3; fig. 5a, 2: p. 73. Fig. 3. Argadesa materna 3; fig. 3a, 2: p. 74. FC Moore lith 3) £ fe ( (3 7 a is) a= TRANSFORMATIONS OF OPHIDERINA: Mintern Bros. amp F.C.Moore del et hth SPECIES OF OPHIDERINA > ~ ’ ”) ihe J - a * he biker oo "See ae ahh s. fe I re * = “10 * } 1 J * i « ig é 7 oh *4 f 5 / { x ; —z9* . > : " 7 1 [ee VII. On the Structure of the Skull in the Chameleons. By W. K. Parser, F.R.S., F.Z.S. Received March 15th, 1880. [Puates XV.-XIX.] BESIDES specimens in my collection of full-grown Chameleons of the common kind and one of the dwarf kind (C. pumilus), I received, some years since, a new-born young one of the common species from my friend Mr. T. J. Moore, of Liverpool. This gave me an opportunity of comparing an early condition of this strangely formed skull with its permanent form ; and the comparison of the two stages gave me the most unexpected results: I found that the conception I had formed of the high, posterior part of the skull, by comparison of it with the same parts in other Lizards, was as wrong as could well be, and that my interpretation of these coalesced and highly modified parts was worth as much as all guesswo1k is worth, viz. worse than nothing. Having found my “key,” I shall use it carefully in opening the meaning of this, the most singular of all skulls. I shall describe the adult skull first, being confident now of its true meaning; and of it I shall take the outworks first and the inner building afterwards. Then the skull of the young will be described, and its conformity and nonconformity to other and more typical kinds of Lacertilian skulls shown. After that the dwarf kind will yield its less aberrant skull, to show that there is nothing absolutely unchangeable in any type of skull, but that the more striking modi- fications of structure are mobile as it were, and are always ready to oscillate this way and that towards other morphological types and patterns. Nothing is easier than to speak glibly of generalized types and of types that are spe- cialized ; in practice, however, no such facility is possible. Here is a tamily of Lizards whose whole construction is special and aberrant to a marvellous and almost unique degree; and yet these very types are the most archaic, the lowest, and the most generalized, in many respects, of all the known Lacertilia. So much so is this the case, that every zoologist or anatomist describing the Lizards, as a group, and giving their zoological and morphological characters, would have to qualify one half of his description by repeatedly saying, “except in the Chameleons.” I have long ago shown how remarkably this type differs from the other Lizards in its VOL. x1.—PartT 1. No. 4.—March, 1881. (6) 78 PROF. W. K. PARKER ON THE STRUCTURE OF shoulder-girdle and sternum (‘‘Shoulder-girdle and Sternum,” plate xi. figs. 4-6, p. 122); and I have no doubt that every part of its organization, if well worked out, would show some very important modifications. But in the culminating types of any group whatever, some archaic characters are sure to crop up. I find this “ survival” in the Frog among the Anura, and in the Nimble and Green Lizards among the Lacertilia: in the former, which is the best pattern-form for the group, there are two or three characters that are exceptional; and in the latter, the most refined and delicate forms in the Lizard group, the whole cranial roof, from snout to occiput, might have been directly, and not remotely, derived from some most ancient Ganoid fish (see “On the Skull of the Lacertilia,” Phil. Trans. 1879, part ii. plate 42, p- 097). SKULL OF THE ADULT CHAMELEON (Chameleo vulgaris). Seen from above, or below, the outline of this skull is a long oyal; from the side it is seen to have a short, steep face, almost as steep and short as that of a Tortoise, and to be surmounted behind by an exorbitant three-limbed crest; it has huge eye-sockets, and a steep hinder region. In this species, and still more in other larger and more bizarre kinds, the marginal bones of the skull-roof are very large, crested, and adorned with knobs and prickles, as though it were showing a Selachian atavism, and had compounded its investing bones out of the shagreen prickles and the ossified skin of some such Placoid forefather. The roof dips; and the frontal is not seen from the side ; and the whole upper outline, looked at from above (Plate XVI. fig. 5), is like the plan of a double arch, with the coronal suture as a common basal line. But the keystone in front, the single premaxillary (pz), is wedged in between the fore face below and the fore skull above. ‘The hinder key- stone, the interparietal (7.y), binds and finishes the arch that springs from the great auditory wings (Plate XVI. fig. 4). The lower edge of the fore part of the skull spreads out into a much broader structure than the upper; its margins are the maxil- laries (ma) ; the upper outline of the fore part is formed by the pretrontals (pf) (super- ficial or dermal ethmoids). ‘The middle of the upper margin is formed by the post- orbitals (pt.o); and the form is finished behind by a pair of compound bones, the squamoso-parietals (sg. p.). Thus the single adult frontal (f') is completely enclosed, and forms the centre of the somewhat sunken roof, which is finished behind by the base of the huge crested interparietal (7.p). The lower surface shows a broad latticework, very complex, and very compound ; it is composed of subcutaneous plates and of submucous bones (that are ectostoses in lower types), of cartilage, and of cartilage-bones; for in this view we see the basis cranii, the complex palate, and the marginal bones of the face. The side view (fig. 1) shows the steepness of the face, the height of the crest behind, the strength of the flat jaws, THE SKULL IN THE CHAMELEONS. 79 the depth of the mandibular pier, and the size of the eye-sockets, with their mem- brano-cartilaginous partition. The end view (fig. 4) shows an almost vertical structure, semioval in shape, which is the frame of a system of openings or archways. In the centre we see the foramen magnum (.7) on each side ; above, the huge temporal openings ; directly below, the arch- way under the skull and between the steep pterygoids (pg); and outside those bones a steep oblique space, whose outer boundary is the high vertical quadrate or mandibular pier; this outer space, on each side, is again subdivided by the transit of the long descending columella auris. A. The Investing Bones. This remarkable building must now be taken to pieces (ideally), and described part by part. The frontals (f') are completely fused together, and form a broad plate over the fore part of the cranial cavity. ‘The coronal suture is nearly transverse; and in front of it, contrary to rule, in a hollow surrounded by tubercles, we see the round fontanelle (fo). Each side of the bone is cut away in a concave manner four times; and the fore part is a sharp spike wedged in between the nasals. Those bones (m) are small and falciform, with their sharp ends, behind, binding on the last shallow pair of notches on the frontal. In front a sharp spike of bone, the nasal process of the premaxillary (x. pa), wedges in between these broad ends, and almost touches the frontal wedge. The margins are formed above, half by the prefrontals (p.f) and half by the so-called postfrontals (“ postorbitals” pt.o). Each prefrontal is an irregular plate of bone, high- crested and arched ; it encircles the front third of the huge orbit, and runs inwards as an anteorbital plate behind the nasal capsule. Above, it articulates by sutures with two of the shallow notches of the frontal; it is then itself notched in a crescentic manner, leaving an oval membranous space between it and the narrow part of the corresponding nasal ; its narrowed fore part binds, first upon the broad end of the nasal, and then upon the nasal process of the premaxillary. In front (fig. 1) it reaches down to articulate with the maxillary (mx) above the nasal opening (a/.n,¢.); and behind it articulates with the postorbital (pt.o) over the middle of the orbit. The suture at this part is jagged or dentate; and both the bones being narrowed where they meet, a triangular part of the frontal (7) appears in the roof of the orbit. The fenestra between the nasal and prefrontal (n., p.f) is directly over the continuous aliseptal roof; here the fenestra is in the bony investment; in Lacerta that roof is complete, but the cartilaginous capsule is imperfect, there being a nasal fenestra in the proximal part of the aliseptal cartilage on each side (“ Skull of Lacertilia,” part i. Phil. Trans. 1879, pl. xliii. fig. 7, p. 607). The next bone, the postorbital (pt.o), has its fore half binding against the roof (f, i.p), and its hinder half projecting outside and beyond it, 02 80 PROF. W. K. PARKER ON THE STRUCTURE OF and reaching round the great temporal space to articulate with the squamosal (sq). It has a sharp, crested, ornate upper part, which passes, hollow and flat, to the roof; then it descends as a long, subtriangular spike behind the orbit, which spike binds on the front of the upturned malar or jugal bone (7). Where it articulates with the prefrontal, there it shows an orbital part articulating with the frontal over the eyeball. The squa- mosal (sg) is a very sharp bone: but it appears to be larger than it is; for the ascending part, which runs up to the interparietal crest, is half of it due to another bone, and the suture can be faintly seen even in the adult (fig. 1, sg, p). That other bone is a subarcuate thickish rod, all that remains of the parietal. From the point of fusion downwards the squamosal enlarges and forks, one fork passing forwards to articulate, by a long sinuous suture, with the postorbital, and the other behind a round arched space ; under this archway the anterior canal and its ampulla (a. s.c) can be seen. ‘The hind fork descends as a straight process to articulate with the “otic process” of the quadrate (9g, of. p). On the other side of the archway the squamosal sets its fore foot upon the thick top of the jugal (j). The inner face of the hinder fork does not directly bind upon the parotic wings (fig. 4, op, sq), but there is another temporal bone (s.¢) wedged in between those two parts: this is a wedge-shaped bone, sharp above and thick below; it reaches halfway to the parietal above, and nearly down to the qua- drate below. The interparietal (i.p) forms the broad hinder third of the roof, behind the coronal suture, which is slightly concave in front; the wings of this T-shaped bone articulate obliquely with the broadest part of the huge postorbital (pé.o); and then each wing of the bone ends by a gently concave margin which overroofs the occipital arch (s.0) From the tubercular growths that surround the fontanelle (fo) in the hollow of this hind part of the frontal, the interparietal arises (covered there with tubercles) into a huge, flat, falcate, free crest, whose convex margin is above, and the concave margin of which, at its proximal third, rests directly upon a crest that grows upwards from the supraoccipital (figs. 1 and 4, 7.p, s.o). At its highest part, behind, it is thickened and knobbed, and is embraced by the top part of the parietals (py), which expand somewhat to articulate with its double thickening. Below and behind it is a rather thin lamina ; and for some depth the supraoccipital (s.0) is as thin as the plate which rests upon it. The upper view (fig. 3) shows to what an extent the hinder part of the three parietals (i.p,p) have shot up out of the reach of the cranial cavity, relatively lessened to a tithe of its original bulk (see Plate XV.); and now these bones mainly enclose the largely open temporal space right and left ; in the young we see them lying down upon the great fontanelle of the tumid cranium. Here the huge temporal space is bounded by the inter- parietal within, and by the postorbital and combined squamosal and parietal outside. Seen from below or above, the infero-lateral series of bones are like a Gothic arch; the key-stone of this arch is formed by the premaxillary (px), which is a wedge THE SKULL IN THE CHAMELEONS. 81 with a rounded lower end and a sharp thin upper part—the nasal process (n. px). Only the broad end is seen in the lower view; for the maxillaries (mz) close under it, as they close under the paired rudiments in the human embryo! This wedge is thickened again, above (fig. 3), where it binds together the two prefrontals; it then runs sharp and thin between the nasals. The maxillaries (ms) are large bones, high in front, and gently lessened backwards into a sharp jugal process. In front they have a deep round notch, in which the outer nostril and its enclosing cartilages (e.n, al.n) lie. In front each bone is not far from its fellow, and is ornate; behind the nostril the bone rises as a strong rounded process, which props up the prefrontal. Descending thence in a crescentic manner, it leaves a space for the small oblong lacrymal (fig. 1, 7), inside which is seen the large triangular lacrymal canal (/.¢), bounded on its inside by the anteorbital plate of the prefrontal. Only the maxillary (above) bears teeth; and these are confluent with the jaw. From the lacrymal the jugal (7) runs back, no larger than it at first; but bending up behind at more than a right angle, it becomes a broad anf thick bar, finishing the orbit, propping up the fore fork of the squamosal, and is itself clamped in front by the styloid lower crus of the postorbital., The lower surface of the skull (fig. 2) shows the maxillary as having a wide palatine plate up to its junction with the palatine bone (pa); thence it becomes less than half its anterior width. Behind the junction of the maxillaries in front, in the semi- oval space formed by their divergence, we see the single vomer (v); its length is one half greater than its breadth; its sides are concave; and so is its inferior surface: it projects into the notch between the maxillaries; and the palatines articulate with its posterior margin, which is a rounded notch. It isa thick but not very high bone (Plate XVIII. figs. 2-5). _ The ascending processes of the palatine bones (fig. 2, pa) are united together by suture for a greater length than that of the vomer; together these upper arched spurs are not equal to the lower flat region of these bones. The lower part of each palatine grows outwards and forwards, and articulates obliquely with the palatine plate of the maxillary; behind, the inner margin of each bone, at the lower plane, approaches the mid line; and thus a grooved space is formed, into which both the internal nostrils (choane, 7.7) open. These passages are large, oval, with their long axis parallel to the axis of the skull, and their inner boundary the notched tract between the lower and upper part of the palatines. In front of and outside each inner nostril there is a membranous space, bounded on its inside by the vomer, and on its outside by the palatine process of the maxillary. Above this space, and above the vomer, there is in most Lizards, as in the Serpents, a thin curled laminar bone—the ‘‘ septo-maxillary ;” it does not exist in the Chameleon. Where the broad lower part of each palatine articulates with the pterygoid (py), 82 PROF. W. K. PARKER ON THE STRUCTURE OF - behind the co-adapted upper spurs, the base of the cartilaginous orbital septum (p.s, p.e) is seen, with a widening membranous space on each side of it as the pterygoids diverge backwards. These bones (fig. 2, pg) are one half longer than the palatines, and they pass obliquely inside these bones, and then send out a triangular spur close behind the suture. Then they seem to lessen to one half their front width; but this is due to a change in the direction of the expanded part from horizontal to vertical. Their hinder part is the broader by far, and is a large reniform lobe (fig. 1), which is lowest opposite the ascending jugal bone (j), and then rises to be attached by ligament tothe quadrate (q). Instead of passing within that bone, it comes short of it by a definite space. Behind the sinuous inner margin of the flat part, the pterygoid has an oblique facet of cartilage, which lies obliquely over and outside a similar facet on the “ basi- pterygoid” (d.pg.). Attached to the outer spur of the pterygoid, and wedged between it and the jugal process of the maxillary, is a four-cornered oblique plate of bone, one third the size of the palatine; this is the “ transpalatine” (¢. pa). This bone forms, with the pterygoid, the hind boundary of a large oval palatine fenestra, the outer wall of which is formed by the maxillary and the inner by the palatine. The investing bones of the lower jaw (Plate XVI. fig. 1, and Plate XVII. fig. 1) are a dense well-compacted series of splints. The dentary (d) is much the largest of these, and occupies nearly all the outer face of the jaw and carries all the teeth; it is seen, above and below, on the inner side. On the outside, within and behind the dentary, the articulare (a7) is invested with the angulare (ag), a small style; the supra- angulare (s.aq), is a wider plate, which overlaps the jaw and is seen most on the inner side (Plate XVII. fig. 1). On the inner side, in turn overlapping the supra-angulare, we see the large four-cornered coronoid (cr), whose upper angle forms the crest or coronoid part of the jaw ; it bends down upon the supra-angulare behind, the articulare below, and the dentary and splenial in front. The latter bone (Plate XVII. fig. 1, sp) is a thin lath of bone, widest in front, where it reaches the chin, and narrowest behind; it hides the upper edge of Meckel’s cartilage (m*). B. The Endocraniun. The inner part of the skull is composed of membrane, cartilage, and bone; the hind part is largely ossified, but keeps most of the subdividing synchondroses. The fore part is cartilaginous, with subcentral calcifications running in certain lines between the orbits ; the ethmoidal and nasal regions are free even from this deposit (Plate XVII. figs. 1-4). In front of the postcranial roof there is a long pyriform fontanelle; and the tract between the eye and ear is largely membranous. ‘This arises from the arrest of the alisphenoid (a/.s) ; the orbitosphenoidal tracts are very narrow, and become mere lips to the orbital septum, only spreading again in the cribriform region, where the olfactory THE SKULL IN THE CHAMELEONS. 83 nerves (1) pierce the narrow floor of this shallow part of the skull, where it is closing in above the fore end of the orbital septum. The rest is a broad, subquadrate, inflated, double pouch, forming the paired nasal capsules (Plate XVII. figs. 3 & 4). The occipital condyle (0c. ¢) is semicircular, and receives into its substance the exocci- pitals and basioccipital ; the notochordal “dimple” is obsolete ; its upper edge (Plate XVI. fig. 4) is straight, and its lower more than half a circle. This condyle is nearly twice as large as the foramen magnum (f.m) above it—a small gothic archway. ‘The basioccipital (.0) is a large bony wedge, convex behind, at its narrow part, but hollowed in front, where it joins the basisphenoid (Plate XVI. figs. 2-4, b.0) ; its cranial surface is slightly concave. Standing on this bone, right and left, we see the exoccipitals (¢.0): but these are not simple now (Plate XVI. fig, 4, ¢.0, op, & Plate XVII. fig. 4); they have coalesced with the extended opisthotics. Hence they seem not only to give exit to the 9th, 10th, and 12th nerves (1x, x, x11), but also to contain the lower and hinder part of the posterior and horizontal canals, and to form the large solid parotic wings (op). The supraoccipital (s.0) is also compound; for it has gained two additional bones, the epiotics, and therefore encloses the anterior and posterior canals (a. s.c, p. s.¢) at their junction. It forms the upper half of the foramen magnum (fm), rises high up above that passage, and then, suddenly narrowing, forms a crest—that, at its narrow top, on which the interparietal (7.p) rests. This occipital “tegmen” runs as far forward as to the alisphenoid (Plate XVII. figs. 1, 3, 4, a/.s); it is wedge-shaped laterally, and emarginate above (Plate XVII. fig. 1 & 4., s.0). In front (Plate XVII. fig. 4, s.o, ep) this epiotico-supraoccipital ends in five tooth-like projections, the middle of which is the crest, whilst the outer two are part of the original epiotic. On account of the _ curious manner in which the hind roof is, so to speak, tilted forwards, the epiotic rides obliquely over the top of the prootic (Plate XVII. figs. 1, 3, ep, pro). The prootics (Plate XVI. fig. 1, and Plate XVII. figs. 1, 3-6, pro) contain most of the anterior and horizontal canals (a. s. ¢, h. s. c) ; they lie below the epiotic region of the compound roof-bone (ep, s.0); and the two eminences caused by the ampulla of those canals are close behind the foramen ovale (Plate XVII. figs. 5, 4, v). On the inside of the skull (Plate XVII. fig. 1, pr. 0) the prootic is seen in front of the triradiate syn- chondrosis, in the fork of which we see the epiotic (ep), and behind the stem the opisthotic (op). In the upper view (Plate XVII. fig. 4) the anterior and posterior canals (a. s. ¢, p. s. c) are seen projecting from the prootics and opisthotics, and meeting in the epiotic to unite into one tube; the horizontal canal is beneath the anterior, and is therefore out of sight in this aspect (see fig. 6, 4. s.c) In the inner view the prootic is seen to rest, behind, on the basioccipital (J.0), although it mainly lies on the basisphenoid (4.8; see also the section, Plate XVIII. fig. 12, b.s, pr.o). The meatus internus (Plate XVII. fig. 1, vim) 84 PROF. W. K. PARKER ON THE STRUCTURE OF is seen a little distance behind the foramen ovale (v); the 9th and 10th nerves (1x, x) escape between the opisthotic and exoccipital, the chink between these ankylosed bones being large on the inside; the 12th nerve (Plate XVI. fig. 4, x11) pierces the exoccipital. The basisphenoid is a large winged bone; below (Plate XVI. fig. 2, ds), it is seen to be split behind, and to have its hind margin somewhat concave to receive the rounded fore edge of the basioccipital (4.0). It narrows forwards, is hollow both above and below (Plate XVIII. figs. 11 & 12); and in front the part below the pituitary cup (Plate XVII. fig. 1, py, 4.8) is no thicker than the base of the orbital septum, the end of which it ossifies. That cup, the “sella turcica” (py), has a thick bottom ; and its hinder margin is the oblique forwardly-tilted postclinoid wall (p.cl). On each side of this hollow the bone grows out asa large oblique expanding wing—the basipterygoid process (b.pq), the direction of which is forwards, outwards, and downwards (Plate XVI. figs. 2, 4, Plate XVII. fig. 38, and Plate XVIII. figs. 11 & 12, .pg). These wings have a facet on their enlarged free ends; and these articulate with the facets of the pterygoid, the basi- pterygoid processes lying between and below the pterygoid bones. ‘The alisphenoid (Plate XVII. figs. 1, 3, 4, a/.s) arises from the prepituitary part of the basisphenoid : it is a thickish semiosseous band, filling up scarcely a quarter of the alisphenoidal region; the rest is membranous. It is free and pointed above, the point looking forwards in the membranous space. We miss here the latticework of cartilage seen in the smaller and more typical Lizards (see Phil. Trans. 1879, pl. 43), both in the ali- sphenoidal and orbito-sphenoidal region. The Chameleon’s alisphenoid is ossified in its lower half ; and at its root and in its upper falciform part it is calcified more or less, as in other Lacertilia. . A large rounded space of membrane intervenes between the orbito-alisphenoid (Plate XVIL. figs. 1-3, 0.8, al.s). This is not bounded by cartilage, but the roof-bone comes down to this part and rests on these cartilaginous wings. This is where the upper part of the huge postorbital (pt.o) wedges in over the orbit, behind the orbital plate of the frontal (Plate XVI. fig. 1); the latter plate rests on the orbito-sphenoid, and the postorbital on the interparietal, near its junction with the frontal. In old spe- cimens (Plate XVII. fig. 3, p.s, 0.8) the presphenoid becomes osseous; this tract leans against the ossified part of the alisphenoid, and descends at a right angle to that bar; the cartilage is continuous between them. In the angle the large round optic fenestra (11) is seen; and in front of the presphenoid there is an oval fenestra twice the size of the optic passage; this is the interorbital space (7.0. f); it is a long notch in the Lizard (op. cit. pl. 43. fig. 8, ¢.o.n). Endosteal tracts are to be traced, in old specimens, under the optic passage and under and over the interorbital fenestra, up to the point where the middle wall belongs to the ethmoid (p.e). From the basisphenoid to the anteorbital cartilage the basal line is slightly arched or concave ; the upper line is still more concave (Plate XVII. fig. 3). In the upper view of the endocranium (Plate XVII. fig. 4), the orbito-sphenoidal THE SKULL IN THE CHAMELEONS. 85 wings (0.8) are seen to be only one third as wide behind as the alisphenoids (a/.s); they become only half their hinder width, and then expand again as they pass into the alli- ethmoidal lamine (a/.e), where the floor of the skull passes into the roof of the nasal pouches. Near each other, in the middle of this rewidened tract, the small oblique olfactory passages I are seen; and further forwards, under these wings, the orbito-nasal nerves (figs. 3 & 4, v’) enter the nasal labyrinth. Where the middle ethmoid passes into the septum nasi (Plate XVII. fig. 1, p.e, s.n), there is no “ cranio-facial fenestra,” as in Lacerta (op. cit. pl. 43. figs. 1 & 2, c.f. f ) and Trachydosaurus, but, as in the Struthionide among Birds, the orbito-nasal partition is continuous, except in the presphenoidal region. The valley over the ethmoidal wings has no ascending (tegminal) bar of cartilage growing over it either here or in Lacerta; but all Birds show a spike-shaped remnant of the front cranial roof of the “ Ichthyopsida ” mounting over the channel for the olfactory nerves. The endocranial roof, however, is very large behind in the Chameleon, as I have just shown. The nasal labyrinth, as seen from above (Plate XVII. fig. 4), looks like a quadricellular capsule. It has four nearly equalswellings: the hinder pair are circular; and the front pair have a helicoid appearance. The postero-lateral edge, in front of the ali-ethmoidal laminz (al.e) is smuously notched; and in the notch are packed, right and left, the nasal glands (m.g). This is the position of these glands in certain birds where they are moderately developed, as the Rhea and Fowl (Phil. Trans. 1866, pl. 9. fig. 5, mg, and 1869, pl. 86. fig. 9, n. 4). In Snakes and most Lizards, where the vomers are distinct, these glands lie in the vomers as in a dish, and are covered by a lid-like bone—the septo-maxillary (Phil. Trans. 1878, pl. 33, and 1879, pl. 42. »v, n. J, 8.Ma). Here, in the Chameleon, the high (supero-posterior) position of these glands is the correlate (as in the Fowl), of a single vomer, and of suppression of the septo-maxillaries. There is no more than a broad lip-like prenasal cartilage (Plate XVII. figs. 1, 3, & 4, pn), slightly bent downwards in front. Outside, in front, the outer nostrils (é. 2) are nearly encircled by a confluent labial (a/.n) or alinasal cartilage, nearly closed above, and very similar to the cartilaginous “annulus tympanicus” of the F rog. In the anteorbital region the nasal labyrinth is complicated by an ethmo-palatine cartilage (Plate XVII. fig. 3, and Plate XVIII. figs. 6 & 6a, e.pa). Endocranium as seen in transverse sections. Here the various sections throw a welcome light upon the structure of the nasal labyrinth (Plate XVII. fig. 2, and Plate XVIII. figs. 2-Ga). In the side view of the septum nasi the cartilage is seen to be thickened at the ends and middle of the septum; and the part removed to expose this structure (Plate XVII. fig. 2) shows that the pouch on each side is subdivided into two, and that each of these VOL. XI.—PartT 11. No. 5.—WMarch, 1881. P 86 PROF. W. K. PARKER ON THE STRUCTURE OF isa double pouch. The front division opens outwards as the outer nostril, and the hinder into the inner nostril, outside the ascending submesial process of the palatine bone (see also Plate XVI. fig. 2, pa, 7. n). In the transverse sections through and in front of the outer nostril (Plate XVIII. figs. 2-5), we see how the cornua trabecule (c. ¢7) form the dilated floor, and that to these horns are added the growths of the annular alinasal (a/.2). Directly behind the nostrils (fig. 5) the septum nasi (s. 2) is seen to be definitely rounded below, a form which it keeps as it passes backwards as the septum also of the orbits (the perpendicular ethmoid and presphenoid—~p.e, p.s). At the widest part of the nasal pouch, through the middle of the hinder division, we see that the aliseptal cartilage (Plate XVIII. figs. 6 & 6a, a/.sp) becomes both wall and floor (n. w, n. f) as well as roof. The floor is dilated where it presses against the intruded upper palatine process (pa) on each side; and near this part the cartilage grows inwards so as to form a semicircle (half a coil) with the outer part of the floor; this half-coil is the “ inferior turbinal ” (7. #)). Where the wall turns inwards, below, to form the floor, there, on the outside, a large pedate process of cartilage grows downwards and inwards ; this is the ethmo-palatine cartilage (e.pa), which generally becomes confluent with the nasal pouch even in the Urodela; it is very large in the Chameleon. Behind the nasal pouches and the hinder part of the ethmoidal roof the perpendi- cular ethmoid (Plate XVIII. fig. 7, al.e, p.e) is still no deeper than the septum nasi (fig. 6, s.2); butit is much thicker, and the top of it is grooved, and in the groove run the olfactory nerves (1). The next section (fig. 8) shows a similar structure ; but in front of the interorbital fenestra the cartilage, now presphenoid (fig. 9, p.s), is of considerable depth and is becoming thin in the middle. The next section (fig. 10) is through the common optic foramen (11.); and now the cranial cavity is suddenly widened to receive the fore part of the hemispheres. The next two sections (figs. 11 & 12) are through the alisphenoidal region, and where the mid brain lies; the cavity of the skull is here at its widest. ‘The first of them is close in front of, and the next directly behind, the “sella turcica.” In the first (fig. 11) the alisphenoids (a/.s) are cut through where they are seen to rest on the basisphenoid (4.8), which is deeply scooped above for the pituitary body (py), and below shows the beginning of the basipterygoid wings (0.pq). The partly ossified anterior part of the supraoccipital (s.o) is shown in the next section (fig. 12); here the sides are membranous, and through a hole in this large fenestra, below, the trigeminal nerve (v.) is seen emerging. ‘The prootic (pro) passes forward under the foramen ovale, and articulates with the broader part of the basi- sphenoid (d.s), which is subconcave above and winged below (d.pq). In the next section (Plate XVII. fig. 5) the supraoccipital (s.o) is seen as a thickish vertical plate under the interparietal (i.p); the notch between this part and the epiotic (ep) is cut through (see figs. 1, 3, & 4). Here the arch of the anterior canal (a. s.c) THE SKULL IN THE CHAMELEONS. 87 is cut through in the epiotic, and the arch of the horizontal canal (fh. s.c) is cut through in the prootic (pr.o). That bone extends outwards, and flanks the “ paroccipital,” or wing of the combined opisthotic and exoccipital (fig. 4, pr.o, op). The vestibule (vd) is laid open in this section, and the passage into it, viz. the fenestra ovalis (f. 0), close in front of the columella. Below this opening a wedge of bone is seen: this is the antero- inferior part of the opisthotic (op); see also fig. 1. Here the section of the cranial cavity is hourglass-shaped, the auditory capsule bulging inwards; the stem of the tri- radiate synchondrosis, between the three periotic elements, is here cut through down- wards, and the cartilage of the anterior fork, between the epiotic and prootic, is cut across. ‘The 4-edged wedge of bone belonging to the opisthotic (op) rests obliquely upon the edge of the fore part of the basioccipital (4.0), which is at its broadest here: it is gently concave above, and much more scooped below (see also Plate XVI. fig. 4, 6.0). In the next section (Plate XVII. fig. 6), the epiotic and supraoccipital (ep, 8.0) are continuous, and are of great extent (see also figs. 1, 3, 4); the spinous process is thinner, and passes gradually into the roof (s.0), which also passes into the epiotic (ep). This region contains the neck of the anterior canal (a. s.c) where it is passing into that of the posterior canal. The horizontal canal (h. s.c) is seen in section in the prootic (pr.o); and the vestibule (vd) is shown opening out at the fenestra ovalis (f-0). Here the stapedial end of the columella (st) is seen filling up the opening, and the rest of the columella (m.st, e.st) is shown attached to the inside of the quadrate, which is cut through obliquely, showing the pedicle (pd) and the shoulder of this pier (q). The investing bones over this part are not figured. Here a thin wedge of the opisthotic (op) is cut through; this is the part which in higher Lacertilia divides the fenestra ovalis from the fenestra rotunda. At this part the opisthotic is distinct from the exoccipital; this latter bone (e¢.0) is here shown as helping to form the passage for the 9th and 10th nerves (1x, x). The basioccipital (0.0) is here at its narrowest part, close in front of the occipital condyle. The next section (Plate XVII. fig. 7) is through the root of the condyle, the thickest part of the parotic process (op), and the hind part of the quadrate (g), behind the columella. The posterior canal (p.s.c) is here cut through; and here the ridged roof-piece (8.0, ep) is very solid. ‘lhe vestibule (vd) is still seen behind the fenestra ovalis: this is the part of the sac which corresponds to the more distinct rudiment of the cochlea, seen in the higher kinds of Reptilia (including most Lizards). The vesti- bular sac here intervenes between the exoccipital (¢.0) and the opisthotic (op), which has here its most solid and outstanding part, forming most of the “ parotic process.” ‘The basioccipital (J.0) has here widened again somewhat before its end in the substance of the condyle. This section is behind the prootic and the two front canals; the quadrate (q) is cut down from the otic process (of. p) to its lower condyle (g.¢). The cartilage on the inner face of the auditory sac is the hinder fork of the triradiate tract (see fig. 1). P2 88 PROF. W. K. PARKER ON THE STRUCTURE On the Investing Bones displayed in the transversely-vertical sections, By going over the figures of these sections in detail, we shall recapitulate what has been said of this system of bones; the reader will compare these illustrations with those showing the skull in various aspects. Section 1 (Plate XVIII. fig. 1).—This is through the fore part of the skull, and shows how the maxillaries (ma) embrace the premaxillary (pa), especially below ; besides the sharp dentary edges of the former, the upper part of each bone has begun to form the large supracranial valley. Section 2.—Here (fig. 2), in front of the outer nostrils (e. m), the maxillaries (ma) are scooped in forming the passage, and are two-winged; they are crested above, have a ridge below the crest, and are cultrate at their inturned lower edge. ‘The premaxillary (n. pax) is now a small wedge between the upper part, only, of the two bones, above the end of the nasal pouches. Below, an oblique wedge of bone is seen; this is the large left fork of the vomer (v) cut through. Section 5.— Here (fig. 8) the skull was divided through the nostrils (¢. 7); and thus the maxillaries (ma) are seen in two parts on each side. The premaxillary (n. px) has thickened again; and the right, or lesser, fork of the vomer (v) is cut through as well as the larger spur. Section 4.—In this section (fig. 4), which is also through the nostrils (e. 7), the nasals (nm) are cut through at their foremost pointed end; the other parts are closely like what was shown in the last. Section 5.—Here (fig. 5), close behind the nostrils, the vomer is cut through behind its notched part; it is hollow both above and below, and much wider in the latter region. There is here a definite space between the vomer and the inner edge of each maxillary bone (ma); and the nasal and intermaxillary wedges (n, n.px) are larger. Section 6.—In this section (fig. 6) two pairs of new bones are cut through; it was made through the widest part of the hinder pouches. The cranial trough is now very large and deep; for above the maxillaries (ma) a pair of large, solid, obliquely- crested bones have come into view. ‘These are the prefrontals(p.f). The sharp wedges of the nasals and premaxillaries (n, 2. px) only cover the middle part of the nasal roof (al.sp) ; there is here only a fibrous mat (n.f’) over the nasal sacs, right and left. Below, the vomer has given place to the upper processes of the palatines ( pa), which are thick styles: the maxillaries are here thick slabs of bone, sharp above, subcultrate below, and having a sharp process running inwards, the rudiment of a palatine plate. Between the wall and this partial floor the ethmo-palatine (e.pa) is lodged, just as the “ pro- rhinal” is lodged between the lamine of the premaxillary in a Batrachian. Section 7.—This slice (fig. 7) is from behind the nasal pouches, and also behind the nasals and premaxillaries. Here the frontal (/) comes in at the mid line, and it forms the keystone to a low inverted arch, the piers of which are the large, diverging, sinuous prefrontals (p.f); the frontal is here subconyex above and carinate below. OF THE SKULL IN THE CHAMELEONS. 89 Here the palatines (pa) are cut through both in their upper and lower regions, and the space between the right and left lower lamin is the postnasal channel (7. 2). The maxillary (m2) is lowering down towards the lacrymal bone, and is strongly buttressed by the palatines. Section 8.—A little further back (fig. 8) the frontal (f') is twice as wide, and has acquired a tubercular ridge; its sides turn up and carry the prefrontals (p.f) on them; it is still slightly carinate below; the prefrontals are now one third less. The nasal channel (7. 2) is now at its most contracted part, and the palatines (pa) at their steepest and widest middle part. The maxillaries (ma) are of the same shape as in the last section. Section 9.—The prefrontals have now become still narrower, and the frontal broader (fig. 9, p.f, f'); the latter has lost its lower keel; and the crest above is a mass of tubercles. The palatines (pa) are separated both from the orbital septum (presphenoid, p.s) and from the ‘maxillaries (mz). Section 10.—In this section the jugal and jugal processes of the maxillary are not retained, but the roof-bones are shown in situ. This slice is through the common optic passage (fig. 10, 1) and through the hinder part of the frontal (f), where the tubercles crowd between the fenestra and the coronoid suture (see Plate XVI. fig. 3). The thick-crested frontal (f) is very solid at this part; and at its edges it carries a new pair of bones, viz. the postorbitals(pt.o). Asin the last, the valley is shallower and the skull-roof wider. Here the pterygoids (pq) are in section, close in front of the trans- palatines (see Plate XVI. fig. 2, t.pa). Section 11.—This is behind the orbits and through the alisphenoid and basisphenoid (fig. 11, al.s, .s); and here the second single roof-bone, the “interparietal” (¢.p), is cut through, close behind the coronoid suture. Here we see by this and the last sec- tions that the cranial cavity is much foreshortened the last contained the fore end of that space ; and this part of the cavity is covered by a production of the parietals. This middle bone is very solid; its sides are now shelving; and it lies directly on the dura mater. ‘he postorbitals (pt.o) also are shelving, are crested at their outer edge, and then run downwards as a thick facial plate. Section 12.—In this section (fig. 12) the roof-bone (7.p) does not rest on the dura mater, but is separated from it by a considerable space ; its crest is higher ; and its sides are thin, and do not meet the thin hind part of the postorbital ( pt.o), which is cut through close in front of the ascending process of the jugal (Plate XVI. fig. 1, pt.o, J). Section 13.—This section (Plate XVII. fig. 5) is through the large deep temporal spaces and the fore part of the ear-capsule. ‘The roof is partly membranous; where it is covered in above it is not by investing bone but by the bottom of a high wall growing from the endocranial roof, or supraoccipital (s.0); the roof-bone is another crest on the top of that, a long distance from the cranial cavity. This latter part is thickened 90 PROF. W. K. PARKER ON THE STRUCTURE OF above and below and winged at the middle; it is the high interparietal crest (i.p) (see also fig. 1). Bounding the temporal space, right and left, is the crest of the squamosal (sq), which rests on the supratemporal (s.¢), forking over it ; the pedicle of the quadrate (pd) is here cut across. Section 14.—Both crests are now very high (Plate XVII. fig. 6); and the inter- parietal (i.p) is thickest above, and tuberculate both there and in the middle; the outer bones are not figured. Section 15.—Here the section of the crest (Plate XVII. fig. 7, ¢.p) is very similar to the last, and the squamosal (sq) has the form it showed in fig. 5; the supratemporal (s.¢) is here cut through in its hinder part. The Postoral (Visceral) Arches. A preoral arch, the ethmo-palatine, has already been described (see Plate XVII. fig. 3, and Plate XVIIL figs. 6 and 6a, pa); that is a mere rudiment. Between that carti- lage and the quadrate bone there is no endoskeletal structure; for the “ epipterygoid ‘: is suppressed. Behind the mouth two large and one lesser arches are found. ‘The pier of the mandibular arch or quadrate (Plates XVI. and XVIL., 7) is one third the length of the mandibular ramus; its proper pedicle (pd) is free, semielliptical, and unossified at its end; the outer process (of.p) is in a line with the shaft of the bone, and is scooped above, where the two temporal bones (sq, s.¢) rest upon it; that articulation has considerable mobility. This bone has a narrow waist and widened ends; the lower part ends in a condyle (q.¢) like that of the cervical vertebra of a bird; in the axial direction it is convex ; crosswise it is hollow or saddle-shaped. The articular surface of the mandible (Plate XVI. fig. 1, and Plate XVII. fig. 1) is concave lengthwise, and convex across. ‘The proximal part of the lower jaw is ossified as the “articulare,” and then runs to the chin as an undiminished Meckelian cartilage, partly hidden by the splenial (Pl. XVII. fig. 1, ar, mk, sp). The hyoid arch is in four parts on each side, roughly answering to the pharyngo-, epi-, cerato-, and hypohyal of a normal branchial arch, besides a huge glosso- or basihyal, which itself is subdivided (Plates XVI. and XVII.). The topmost element, or mediostapedial (mst), is confluent with the oval stapedial plate (st); it is a very slender rod, which passes downwards and outwards. Where the bone ceases there the extra-stapedial region begins; but any segmentation of the cartilage which may have existed is gone. The extrastapedial (Plate XVI. fig. 7, ¢.st) is a large tongue of cartilage attached to the inner side of the quadrate behind, in its normal ichthyic position; for there is no drum-cavity in this type, and therefore the extrastapedial does not ride over the edge of the quadrate, as in those types which have an ear-drum. ‘There is a fenestra (¢.st./) in the proximal part of the cartilage ; and above this space the thickened inner edge of the THE SKULL IN THE CHAMELEONS. 91 cartilage passes upwards as a short suprastapedial (s.s¢); this is finished above by an enlarging ligament, which is inserted in the inner face of the quadrate, close to the top. The ceratohyals (Plate XVI. fig. 6, ¢.hy) are long, slender, sigmoid cartilages, end in a point above, and are attached by ligament to the skull; they are scarcely as large as the columella. The hypohyals (h.hy) are segmented off from the ceratohyals, are one third as long, one third thicker, and ossified, except at their extremities. These arti- culate by their narrow end with the basal piece at the fore part of its cartilaginous end, which grows backwards as an unsegmented basibranchial (d.Jr). The main rod, or basihyal, is as long as the whole basicranial axis of the same individual—from the end of the snout to the occipital hinge. Its fore end, for one eighth of its length, is unos- sitied and segmented off (4.hy") ; the rest is a very even cylinder of bone, nearly as thick as the “ waist” of the quadrate ; it becomes somewhat slenderer in front. Loosely attached to the basibranchial end of the median piece are two arcuate ossified rods, bulbous at their soft end below, and rounded at their smaller upper end; they are the cerato- branchials (¢.4r) (thyrohyals); they are as long as, but thicker than, the ceratohyals. SKULL OF A NEWLY-HATCHED CHAMELEON (Chameleo vulgaris). (Total length 13 inch, head } inch, head and body ? inch, tail ? inch.) This skull is the counterpart of that of Zootoca vivipara, described in my paper on the skull of the “Lacertilia” (Phil. Trans. 1879, plate 41, pp. 630-634) ; the length of those young lizards was nearly the same as that of the young Chameleon, viz. 14 inch. I shall throughout this part of my description compare these two skulls together. That which strikes the eye at first in the skull of the young Chameleon is its likeness to the skull of a young Mammal; for now the cranial cavity is very large and swelling, and contains a relatively large brain. The Investing Bones of the Young Chameleon’s Skull. I know of no skull whatever in which the roof-bones undergo so great a transforma- tion as in this. The single frontal of the adult is seen to have two rudiments in the young (Plate XV. fig. 3, /); these are, even now, mainly in front of the cranial cavity, which becomes very narrow over the orbito-sphenoidal region. Thus only one third of each bone lies over the actual cavity, which contains the fore end of the hemispheres and the olfactory bulbs; the rest is due to the size, at this time, of the orbital rim ; this is a large lunate tract, convex above and concave below. Each frontal bone (fig. 3, f) is notched in front; the inner spike bounding the notch is longer than the outer, and runs up to the nasals and nasal process of the azygous premaxillary (n,”. px). The outer spike of the frontal runs, for a short distance, between the prefrontal and the nasal roof (a/.sp). The supracranial part of each bone dips to 92 PROF. W. K. PARKER ON THE STRUCTURE OF form its moiety of the roof, which is concave in its fore part; the frontal suture is irregular ; and the hinder edge of the two bones forms a margin to the great fontanelle (fo). Each bone also is hooked postero-laterally, where the postorbital (pt.o) clamps it; and the hook turns inwards some distance over the side of the fontanelle: this part is thick; the inner part is thin and scale-like. The remaining three fourths of the large bulging fontanelle is enclosed by a very narrow bar of bone on each side, each bone having both outer and inner outgrowths; these bars are the parietals (p). Each bar is curved, fitting to the side of the swelling membrano-cranium; in front they are wedged in between the hinder part of the frontals and postorbitals (p.to); behind, they meet each other at a moderate distance beyond the cranial cavity. Outside, each bone at its middle sends outwards and forwards a small spur; the top of the squamosal (sq) fits on to the angle thus formed. The somewhat dense parietal bones are developing a thin ragged tract of bone from their inner edge ; behind, they are united by a growth of this kind—a tongue-shaped tract, which runs forwards along two fifths of the sagittal line. Over the hind brain (Plate XV. figs. 1, 3) this tract is already crested; it is the beginning of the huge inter- parietal of the adult (Plates XVI., XVII., & XVIII, ip). Thus this band of new bone conjugates the primary paired parietals (p) into one tract. Afterwards, when the post- orbitals and squamosals meet over the temporal region, the parietals up to the ex- ternal spike against which the squamosal rests (Plates XV. &. XVI. figs. 1 and 3, p; 8q) are absorbed, and the hinder part, becoming distinct from the huge interparietal above, is ankylosed to the top of the squamosal below; a trace, however, of the suture can be seen in the adult (Plate XVI. fig. 1, p, sq). Thus the single filial interparietal not only stops the growth of the two parental parietals, but, like a lusty “sucker,” draws half their life out of them, and carries them up to a marvellous distance from their original position on the sides of the hind cranium. Notwithstanding the rapidly-growing frontals, parietals, and interparietals, the roof is uncovered over four fifths of its extent, as a large subcircular fontanelle split up in its hinder two fifths. The marginal bones of the hind skull are so placed as to enclose a lower temporal space (/. ¢. s), which is narrow as seen from above (fig. 3), and suboval, widest above, as seen from the side. Still the width of the skull is considerably increased by this outer basketwork of bones, which is finished above by the parietals and interparietal. ‘The postorbital (pt.o) is the broadest of these bones, and not only forms a third of the orbital rim, but also sends backwards one broad process from its upper part to bind the fore end of the parietal, and another larger and sharper snag, which overlaps the jugal (zygomatic) process of the squamosal (sg). Its antero-superior process runs over the orbit, but does not, now, meet the prefrontal (p,f'); a large tract of the frontal intervenes (figs. 1 and 3, pt.o, f, pf). THE SKULL IN THE CHAMELEONS. 93 The junction of the postorbital with the frontal and parietal is by a broad foot-shaped expansion (fig. 3), with a sinuous edge growing into the frontal and grown into by it. The squamosal (sg) forms the hinder and lower boundary of the temporal enclosure ; its hinder snag runs up and binds on the outer snag of the parietal; its jugal process runs forwards inside the lower process of the postorbital; its body runs downwards and forwards, and rests upon the otic process of the quadrate, where there is a proper (flat) joint with a cartilaginous facet. This bone stands over the front and outside of the quadrate head; but inside and somewhat behind there is another and smaller bone (figs. 1, 4, and 6, s.¢): this is the very constant Lacertilian supratemporal, which is jammed in between the opisthotic (parotic) region and the squamosal. The junction of the postorbital and squamosal, below the lower temporal space, is lost in the adult (Plate XVI. fig. 1), these bones meeting higher up; thus the enclosed space is then between these bones (with the small parietal added) on the outside and the great inter- parietal crest on the inside. In front, over the olfactory sacs, we have the two small nasals (fig. 3, 7), separated from each other by the top of the nasal process of the premaxillary (7. px). Outside and behind these are the large ear-shaped prefrontals (p.f), which are both anteorbital and supraorbital in position; their pointed hind part binds against the narrow end of the frontals, whilst their broad fore end protects the nasal wall. The infero-lateral bones have their fore part finished into an arch by the club-shaped body of the premaxillary (px): this (fig. 3) is free above ; but the maxillaries nearly meet below it (fig. 2). The latter bones (ma) rise high behind the alinasal ring to meet the prefrontal, and then drop suddenly beneath the small unguiform lacrymal (/) and the styloid fore part of the jugal (7); the latter bone is falciform, and finishes the orbit below and behind, running up to bind over the long arcuate descending process of the postorbital. The submucous bones of the palate (fig. 2) are in three pairs, with an odd one in front: this is the vomer (v), a lanceolate ossicle, hollow above and below, and broader in the latter region than above; it is wedged in between the fore end of the palatine plates of the maxillaries in front, and behind the ascending submesial spur of the palatines behind. These bones (pa) have a falcate outer region below, with the con- vexity inside ; here each bone rises and is arched, meets its fellow, and sends forwards a sharp ethmo-palatine spur, as in Birds. The pterygoid and transpalatines (pg,t.pa) have much of their adult shape—the former ending by a point under the palatine, but only reaching to one third of that bone, two thirds of its length from the vomer, and not touching it, as in most ‘“ Carinate ” birds and Hatteria. ‘The investing bones of the mandible (fig. 6) are quite similar to those of the adult; this part only increases in size after hatching; the relative proportion of its elements remains much the same throughout life. Vou. X1.—Part ul. No. 6.—March, 1881. Q 94 PROF. W. K. PARKER ON THE STRUCTURE OF The Endocranium of the Young Chameleon. The most striking things in this structure are the large, tumid, membranocranium and the massiveness of the auditory capsules (Plate XV. figs. 1, 3,4,7,& 8). In front, up to the optic passages (1), the chondrocranium is merely an imperfect wall of cartilage, confluent with the twin capsules of the nose. The occipital arch is well developed both above and below ; on its sides it is cramped and narrowed by the ear-capsules ; the condyle (0c. c) is suboval transversely ; the bony centres (¢.0, 6.0) barely reach it as yet. The foramen magnum (f.m) is very large, and fairly at the end of the skull. The bones are well bordered by cartilage, all save a space in front of the basal plate (fig. 2), where the floor is membranous; that bone, the basioccipital (b.0) is a large, thin, U-shaped plate, the horns of which enclose all but the fore margin of the large suboval posterior basicranial fontanelle (p.6.¢.f). A wide tract of cartilage separates this threshhold piece from the side plates—the exoccipitals (e.0) behind, and the opisthoties (op) further forwards. The exoccipitals (fig. 4, e.0) ave narrow above and dilated below. The 9th and 10th nerves (IX, X) pass between them and the opisthotics (op); and the 12th (x11) pierces the bone. There is a considerable tract of cartilage between the exoccipitals and the crown of the arch, the superoccipital (s.o) ; this is to a considerable extent filled in by an exten- sion, backwards, of the epiotic (ep), a shell of bone of the form of a quadrant (fig. 7, ep). ‘The supraoccipital has already sent upwards a squarish crest, rugged above; this ends in a rounded tongue of cartilage (fig. 8), which lies directly beneath the tongue-shaped interparietal tract (fig. 4, 7.) ; afterwards, as I have shown, this will be a high thin crest underpropping the high thin crest of the interparietal (Plates XVI. & XVIL.). The outer view (fig. 7) shows the great triradiate synchondrosis between the three periotic osseous tracts. These are very unequal in size: the prootic (pr.o) is the largest, and is twice the size of the opisthotic (op), which again is twice the size of the epi- otic. ‘The ampulle of the anterior and horizontal canals, and part of their arches, are contained in the prootic. The ampulla of the posterior and the end of the horizontal canals lie in the opisthotic; and the meeting part of the anterior and posterior is in the epiotic (Plate XVI. a.s.¢, h. 8. ¢, p. 8. ¢, pr.0, OP, ep). Below the arch of the horizontal canal, af, the postero-inferor edge of the prootic, there is an oval membranous space, the fenestra ovalis, filled by the stapedial end of the columella (fig. 7, pr.o, f.0, st); the postero-inferior margin of the fenestra ovalis is enclosed by cartilage, which will be ossified by the opisthotic, which constantly forms the hinder edge of this space. The basisphenoid (é.s) is separated from the antero-inferior corner of the prootic by a cartilaginous tract, and also, above, from the horns of the basioccipital (fig. 8, 6.s, 6.0, pr.o). But below (fig. 2) the basi- sphenoid sends back sharp horns of bone, which fasten on the ends of the broad horns THE SKULL IN THE CHAMELEONS. 95 of the U-shaped basioccipital. The hinder margin of the basisphenoid is lunate, not semielliptical, like the fore margin of the basioccipital ; its axial length is only half as great as that of the hinder bone. The basisphenoid would be a triangular wedge (for it ends in an almost pointed process in front); but it gives off at the middle on each side a wing of bone, dilated and cartilaginous externally. These wings are the basi- pterygoid processes (b.pqg), whose direction is downwards, outwards, and forwards. The openings for the trigeminal nerves (Vv) are surrounded by membrane everywhere except a small tract below and behind; for here, in the alisphenoidal region, the mem- branocranium (a/.s.f) extends over the highest part of the head, and down on each side to the base (fig. 7). The alisphenoid (a/.s) is a feeble sigmoid bar in front of this space ; it is continuous with the basal cartilage, between the optic passage and the foramen ovale (u, Vv), and with the orbito-sphenoid (0.s) above the common optic passage. The lower half is ossifying, and is arched backwards; the upper half, which only reaches up to the most tumid part of the membranocranium, is soft, and bends forwards. Between this feeble rudiment of the “ala magna” and the orbito-sphenoidal lamina there is a deepish triangular notch. The chondrocranium in front of the ali- and basisphenoid is quite unossified ; in front of the great common optic passage (11) there is an oblique presphenoidal band (p.s) run- ning downwards and forwards to the trabecular base. In front of this there is a large oblong interorbital fenestra (7.0. f'), not notch, as in Lacerta. The thick trabecular base below and the thin lamina above this fenestra are about equal in depth. From the upper part there proceed a pair of narrow orbito-sphenoidal wings (0.8); these soon become almost obsolete, and then widen in the ethmoidal region, where they are pierced by the olfactory nerves (1) and lie over the orbito-nasals (v!). The perpendicular ethmoid becomes a low middle wall, passing into the septum nasi (figs. 7 & 8), which divides the flat, but tumid, 4-celled nasal labyrinth, with its annular outworks (a/.sp, al.n). From the postero-inferior face of the capsule there is a small semioval cartilage projecting ; this is the ethmo-palatine (e.pa) The Postoral Arches in the Young Chameleon. The whole articular head (otic process) and the pedicle and the base of the quadrate is still soft (fig 1, ot.p, pd, g. c); and part of the free mandible is unossified nearly to the con- dyle, not being covered, as yet, by the articulare (fig. 6, mk,ar). The long glosso- or basihyal rod, with its small terminal segment (fig. 8, ¢.d7, b.iy, b.hy’), is unossified ; also the ceratohyals (c.hy) and hypohyals (/.iy). The thyrohyals, or 1st cerato-branchials (c.br), are well ossified already. The long azygous rod is not quite so long, relatively, as in the adult ; it only reaches, if measured by the basis cranii, from the occipital condyle to the middle of the septum nasi. Q 2 96 PROF. W. K. PARKER ON THE STRUCTURE OF The columella (figs. 4 & 7, co, st) has nothing to distinguish it from a feebly developed ichthyic epihyal or hyo-mandibular, except its fusion proximally with the fenestral oper- culum of the auditory sac (stapes). Its direction is downwards ; and it is bent outwards; but it lies in the proper position of an ichthyic epihyal, a position soon attained in fishes, where the postoral arches are arranged telescopically ; that is, the lesser hinder arches pass within the larger fore arches. The more directly owtward direction of the epihyal, with a forward curve round the quadrate, first shows itself in the Anura, where the tympanum is well developed ; here, in the Chameleon, the closing-up of this cavity is correlated with the retention of an ichthyic position of this element. I shall compare the skull of the young and adult, and both with the typical Lacertian skull, when I have described the next type—one not so non-typical as the common kind. Skull of CuaMHLEO pumiLus, Adult Male. Morphologically, the skull of this species comes in halfway between that of the young and the adult in the last species; indeed, it has supplied exactly the link I wanted between those stages to enable me to interpret the strangely transformed roof-bones in the Common Chameleon. The supercranial valley (Plate XIX. fig. 3) is not so definite in this dwarf species, nor is the interparietal crest so high; moreover that crest is composed of only one, not three, pieces. All the exposed parts of the investing bones are covered with a growth of tubercles both really and relatively much larger than in the Common Chameleon. They are large clear beads, or “ gutte,” of bony substance ; and these run in rows along the ridges and in lines parallel with the ridges,—a structure better to be understood by reference to the skull itself, or the figures of it, than by any description. The modifications seen in this skull as compared with the last are tendencies towards, (or survivals of) what is typical; thus this is an excellent connecting link between the normal Lizards and the abnormal Chameleon. Investing Bones of the Skull of the Dwarf Chameleon. The frontals (Plate XIX. figs. 1 & 3 (f') are completely ankylosed together ; and the fontanelle (fo) is some distance in front of the coronal suture. This double bone is square (roughly), with a wedge-like prolongation in front; thus its anterior margins are oblique and notched ; its posterior margin is emarginate, the parietal wedging in behind. As in the young of the last kind, the frontal has a considerable orbital tract (figs. 1 & 3, f), as the prefrontals and postorbitals (p.f, pt.o) are far apart. The orbital regions of the frontal are raised considerably at their edge; and this is strongly beaded. The “ valley” has a pair of submesial rows of bosses, and an irregular crop along the middle; the sutures all round the bone are strongly but irregularly toothed. THE SKULL IN THE CHAMELEONS. 97 There is only one parietal bone (p, 7.p); this is quite distinct from the squamosals (sq), postero-laterally. The temporal vacuity (figs. 1, 3, & 4,7. ¢.s) is a large oval space, with an oblique emargination in front, formed by the hinder edge of the postorbital (pt.o). Butin the adult skull of the Common kind (Plates XVI. and XVIL.) the temporal space is between the interparietal within and the postorbital, squamosal, and parietal outside. I question whether the parietals in this species ever had a distinct inter- parietal ; at any rate it only had a temporary existence. This relatively large, knobbed slab of bone has an arched lateral outline, and projects backwards half its length beyond the foramen magnum (f.m); it has a lateral pair and a sublateral pair of rows of tubercles, and a median row more compressed and less distinct from each other. Only the fore margin of the parietal rests directly upon the membranocranium (dura mater) ; the main part, even over the skull, sends downwards a median keel, which rests upon the top of the endoskeletal crest (supraoccipital, fig. 5, s.o). In this species the postorbital (pt.o) just touches the foremost outer tubercle of the parietal (fig. 3); from the middle of the latter (fig. 1, p, sy) a descending process bends down upon the fore part of the top of the squamosal : this is where ankylosis has taken place in the adult of the Common kind; and this outer part corresponds with the aborted lateral parietal of that species, which articulates with the great outer parietal crest behind. Here there is no such joint ; it is all one bony tract. The posteranial part of ‘the common parietal bone in this species is hollow and smooth below (figs. 2 & 4, p); the keel is continued some distance behind the supraoccipital. The fore part of the roof is formed of two pairs of bones; and these only partially cover it; they are the nasals and prefrontals (fig. 3, , p.f') The nasals are united by a suture and are narrow behind, where they bind on to the fore spur of the frontal, and broad in front, where they articulate with the ascending part of the maxillaries (ma), not with the nasal process of the premaxillary, which does not ascend so far in this kind. For two thirds of their length they have the supernasal fontanelle (s..f) outside them; this is pyriform, and ends narrow behind, between the end of the frontal and the top of the prefrontal. This latter bone (p,f') is large, and covered above with large crowded bosses; it has a short anterior suture with the nasal, in front of the membranous space, and an oblique crescentic suture with the anterior margin of the frontal. It makes part of the rough ornamentation of the fore face, above the maxillary (fig. 1, p.f, mx), and then, ascending, has both an anteorbital and a superorbital position, forming by its inner face the anterior fourth of the eye-socket. ‘The postorbital (pé.o) is an arcuate bone, margining nearly a fourth of the eye-socket supero-posteriorly, and fixing itself to the contiguous bones by two pairs of snags. The upper two of these form the two rounded teeth of a short suture with the frontal (figs. 1 & 3); the two lower processes are larger, more divaricated, and oblique; the front spur descends, and is fastened inside 98 PROF. W. K. PARKER ON THE STRUCTURE OF the top of the jugal (j); the hinder spur obliquely overlaps the jugal process of the squamosal. The latter bone (sq) finishes the oval temporal space behind and below, and runs upwards to prop the parietal at its outer angle, the angle binding on the front of the squamosal. Below, the squamosal helps the supratemporal (s.¢) to form a swing- ing point to the quadratum (¢). The supratemporal (s.t) is a smaller bone ; is nowhere subcutaneous; so it has no bony warts on it like the exposed bones. It is tightly jammed in between the squamosal and the parotic wing (fig. 4, sq, s.¢, op). The bones of the lower margin are strongly verrucose at their upper margin ; but the skin of the upper lip thickens lower down, and the bone becomes smooth. The pre- maxillary is like a short round-headed nail; in its upper aspect it looks twice the size it does in its lower; in that aspect, however, it is seen to separate the right and left maxillaries from each other. It is not half so long, relatively, as in the Common species (Plate XIX. fig. 3, and Plate XVI. fig. 3, pa): there we find it running up between the maxillaries, prefrontals, and nasals; here it only half separates the maxillaries on their upper face, and these bones keep the prefrontals from the mid line. The maxillaries (ma) are warty both in front of and behind the nasal aperture (e. n, al.n). They are then notched above, for the small “os unguis” (/), and then narrow steadily as they run back under the jugal. That bone (j) articulates with the lacrymal in front, with the maxillary below, and then ascends to bind over the descending process of the postorbital (pt.o). The jugal forms more than a fourth of the orbital rim; it isa solid falciform bone, covered outside with a row of bosses that form the ornament of the orbital rim; and it has another boss at the end of the maxillary. On the whole, the membrane bones of this species are like those of the Common Chameleon; but there is an additional bone, which brings it nearer to the typical Lacertilian : this is the parasphenoid. This bone (fig. 2, pa.s) is a small style, confluent behind with the basisphenoid (d.s) ; it is quite similar to what we find in Lizards generally. The vomer (v) is notched at both ends, and may have arisen from two centres, as in many Birds; but the azygous vomer of the young of the Common species suggests for this also a single centre. The palatines (fig. 2, pw) are very similar to those of the last kind; they have a narrow ascending, and a wide horizontal region. The former lies over the nasal groove; and the latter encloses it, right and left. The pterygoids (py) and transpalatines (¢.pa) are very similar to those of C. vulgaris. The former are still shorter, relatively, and are attached behind to the quadrate by a ligamentous tract. The splints of the mandible (fig. 1) are also quite similar to those of the Common kind ; in the figure the splenial (sp) is indicated in this outer view by dotted lines. THE SKULL IN THE CHAMELEONS. 99 The Endocranium of the Dwarf Chameleon. The endocranium, on the whole, is quite like that of the last kind. The occipital condyle (oc. ¢) is large and projecting; it is suboval, with its long diameter transverse. The basioccipital (0.0) is hollow beneath, projects externally, and is widest in front. The exoccipitals (¢.0) are confluent with the opisthotics (op); but the nerve-passages (IX, x) are their landmarks. So, also, the supraoccipital (s.0) is confluent with the epiotic ; it sends up a much smaller crest to meet the less-modified interparietal region. The foramen magnum (fig. 4, fm) is pyriform ; it is much elongated upwards. The parotic processes (op) are much shorter than in C. vulgaris; the posterior canal (p.s. ¢) is seen to be largely imbedded in the opisthotic ; its upper part, which passes into the tube of the anterior canal (fig. 5, a. s.c¢, p.s.¢), lies in the epiotic (ep). The prootic (fig. 5, pr.o) contains most of the anterior and horizontal canals (A. s. ¢) ; and the side view shows the whole occipito-otic region to be very limited, and shaped like an hourglass. A lanceolate space, nearly as large as the combined occipital and periotic regions, lies in front of them, naked of cartilage and of bone (a/.s.f'). The oblique band of cartilage passing in front of this “ fenestra,” and leaning forwards, is the alisphenoid (a/.s) ; two thirds of its lower half is ossified as a shaft-bone ; below it is continuous with the basi- sphenoid, and in front, at the middle, with the orbito- and presphenoid. The roof- bone (7.p) rests upon its somewhat dilated top. The basisphenoid (figs. 2, 4, & 5, 4.8) is a large two-winged bone, narrowing from before backwards, crescentically emarginate behind, and bifid in front; it has- large, dilated, descending basipterygoid wings (4.pq), and above is scooped for the pituitary body. This bone articulates with the basi- occipital behind, the prootics at its sides, and the small parasphenoid in front. There is a triangular notch between the ali- and orbito-sphenoids, a large common optic passage (11), and an oblique pyriform interorbital fenestra (¢.0.f'), as in the Common kind and in many other of the Lacertiiia. The orbito-sphenoid wings (0.s) are not large; the common orbito-nasal septum (p.s, p.¢) rapidly lessens forwards; there is no definite bony tract in front of the optic passage. The Inferior Arches of the Dwarf Chameleon. These parts are very similar to what I have described in the Common species. ‘The quadrate (q) has a definite otic process and pedicle (ot. p, pd); the articulare (a7) is well ossified ; and the postmandibular arches, like the mandible itself, are a mere miniature of what is to be seen in the Common kind. Comparison of the Sxuut of the CuaMELEon with that of other LacmrtiLia, especially the typical LAceRTA. Leaving out the Chameleon, the types whose skulls are most unlike are Lacerta and 100 PROF. W. K. PARKER ON THE STRUCTURE OF Hatteria; yet that of the latter (see Gtinther, Phil. Trans. 1867, pl. 1) is less aberrant in many things than that of the Chameleon. The continuity of the stapes with the hyoid arch is not a unique character ; that which is unique is the binding of the cheek to the quadrate by a quadrato-jugal, a character which Hatteria has in common with Chelonians, Crocodilians, and Birds. That type, however, has the vomers large and distinct, and an epipterygoid the largest seen in any Reptile. The most instructive skull for comparison with that of the Common Chameleon belongs to a Mexican Iguanian Lizard, viz. Lemanctus longipes. Its size is about the same; and it is exquisitely ornate, aud possesses a very large interparietal crest. Yet in nearly every thing this remarkable skull is normal, except in the development of the crest. As in the Chameleon, the frontals are ankylosed together ; but the fontanelle, although bounded by the frontal, lies on the edge of the parietal. That bone sends outwards and backwards the normal “horns,” that are articulated to the parotics, supratemporals, and squamosals in the normal manner; but it has also a large, flat, vertical crest, formed by the gradual narrowing of the parietal bone from before back- wards; and this crest, keeping very nearly the line of the general gentle rise of the top of the head, extends far backwards beyond the endocranium. But the supraoccipital does not rise to meet it; sothat the height of the head behind is much less than in the Chameleon. In the young of the Common Chameleon and in the adult Dwarf kind, we saw the parietals as one bone: in the former a median forward outgrowth, belonging to the pair of primary parietals, had yoked them together ; in the latter the three elements were seen to be all lost in one large, crested, arched, tuberculate slab of bone. In Lemanctus, undoubtedly, the primary bands that formed the beginning of the parietal bones rapidly developed a common median outgrowth, that shot up into the large lateral crest ; but I question if, at any time, there were three distinct bones. In comparing the skull of the Chameleon with that of Lacerta (see Phil. Trans. 1879, plate 42), I shall leave out of account the supernumerary bones that are seen over the eyes and temples in that typical form, as well as in some others, such as Mocoa (a ‘*Scincoid ”). The Common Chameleon differs from the typical Lizards— a. In the investing bones: 1. Their highly ornate character. 2. The frontals are fused together * and contain the fontanelle. 3. The parietals are broken up into three bones, two parietals and an interparietal ; but the former are abortively developed, articulate with the end of the interparietal crest, and are ankylosed with the squamosals. 4, The prefrontals and postorbitals are articulated with each other over the orbit, thus excluding the frontal from the outer ring. * Lizards are very variable as to this character. THE SKULL IN THE CHAMELEONS. 101] 5. The prefrontals articulate with the nasal process of the premacillary, in front of and below the nasals. 6. The nasals are very feebly developed, and fail to cover their own region, leaving a membranous fenestra between themselves and the prefrontal, right and left. 7. The premazillary is a feeble edentulous wedge of bone, almost excluded from the fore palate. 8. The adult of the Dwarf and the young of the Common Chameleon have a normal temporal space; the postorbital and squamosal unite below, and form the lower boundary, which is enclosed by the parietal above. In Lizards, generally, the parietal forms the upper (inner) boundary of the large temporal space, which is bounded by the postorbital and squamosal below or outside ; in many cases the supratemporal helps the parietal “horn” to enclose this space above; but in Jywana tuberculata the supra- temporal fits inside the horn. In the adult Common Chameleon the paired parietal, being aborted in front and ankylosed to the top of the squamosal behind, helps to form the lower or outer boundary of the temporal space, each inner being entirely formed by the large individuated interparietal. In Lizards, generally, each parietal “ horn,” passing outwards and backwards to the postero-external angle of the skull, forms a post- temporal space between the hind skull (occipito-auditory region) and itself. In “ Cyclodonts” (Zrachydosaurus) the huge, arcuate, parietal horn comes so close, in front, to the dilated postorbital, as almost to obliterate the temporal space; for above there is merely a small tract of membrane, which finishes the temporal roof. Thus there is a great open space behind the horn, and this skull approximates to that of the Green Turtle (Chelone viridis). In the Chameleon the two spaces (temporal and posttemporal) are about equally divided by the parieto-squamosal bar (Plate XVI. figs. 3 & 4), which rises over and spans this great tract, not seeming to divide it into two distinct spaces, as in the Lizards, generally, where the posttemporal space is small and lanceolate. 9. The absence of a parasphenoid in the Common kind is a rare character; I have only missed it, in other Lizards, in Trachydosaurus rugosus. 10. The single vomer is very remarkable ; and this condition is not due to fusion of the centres ; it is azygous in the embryo, as in the Chelonia. 11. The absence of the septo-maxillaries is a correlate of the singleness of the vomer, and of the peculiar position of the nasal glands, above and behind the nasal roof. 12. I consider the intense fusion of the teeth with the jaw-bone, and the absence of pterygoid teeth, to be worth mentioning, as well as the absence of teeth on the pre- maxillary. 13. The peculiar depth and great size of the pterygoid behind, and its shortness, ending in front of the quadrate, and united to it by ligament ; in the Lizards generally the pterygoid is thin and falcate behind, and binds strongly inside the quadrate. VOL. X1.—Part ul. No. 7.—WMarch, 1881. R 102 PROF. W. K. PARKER ON THE STRUCTURE OF b. Endocranial modifications in the Chameleon’s skull : 14. The huge high supraoccipital crest. 15. The absence of the rudiment of a cochlea, and of the fenestra rotunda. 16. A very small and simple alisphenoid, instead of the normal basketwork of car- tilage and bone. 17. The orbito-nasal septum agrees with many in having the membranous space enclosed (as a fenestra), and not open (as a notch), as in Lacerta. 18. There is no cranio-facial fenestra between the perpendicular ethmoid and the septum nasi. 19. The ali-ethmoidal cartilages are notched for the nasal glands; and there is no fenestra, right and left, in the ali-septal roof. 20. There is no free or confluent labial cartilage running between the snout and the upper surface of the vomer, as in Lacerta ; but the ali-nasal annulus is much more evi- dently a confluent (valvular) labial, corresponding to the outer upper labial of the meta- morphosed Frog and Toad. c. Modifications of visceral arches in the Chameleon : 21. There is no epipterygoid—a part which exists in all other Lacertilia known to me, is largest in Hatteria, and is present in all known Chelonia. 22. The pedicle of the quadrate is a very distinct process from the otic process ; it is much broader than in the Chelonia, but, as in them, has the tip unossified. 23. The columella keeps within the quadrate, has not a bifurcated supra-stapedial process, has no infrastapedial, and is not functional; there is no cavum tympani. The hyo-branchial apparatus is very unlike that of the typical Lizard. 24. The hypohyals are quite distinct from the basal bar and from the ceratohyals ; the latter are not dilated below; both hypo- and ceratohyals are (normally) unossified. 25. The basi- or glossohyal is as long as the skull, is highly ossified, and has a small unossified segment at its fore end and a non-segmented basibranchial process behind. 26. The ceratobranchials are well ossified; they have no upper or epibranchial segment, as in Lacerta ; there are no hypobranchial processes, or thyro-hyals, behind and within them proceeding from the basal bar, which is narrow and rounded at the end. Comparison of the CuAMELEON’s SKULL with that of the AMPHIBIA and the CHELONIA. The skull of the Chameleon, in differing so much from that of the other Lacertilia, does not, at the same time, approximate to that of other types below, aside of, or above its own family. The Chameleon’s skull resembles that of those Anura which have a columella but no “cavum tympani,” and also agrees with them in having neither a cochlea nor a fenestra rotunda. It agrees with the Chelonians in having a single vomer and no septo-maxillaries, and in having a crested supraoccipital, and with the Ophidia and Crocodilia in having no epipterygoid. THE SKULL IN THE CHAMELEONS. 1038 With many Birds the Chameleon agrees in the position of the nasal glands, which is a correlate of the azygous vomer, and the suppressed septo-maxillaries: yet many Birds have two vomers originally ; the Chameleon has only one from the first. In mere form, the head of the Chameleon resembles that of many high-skulled Teleostean Fishes ; but the height is obtained by very different methods in the two types of skull. In conclusion, it is self-evident that the Chameleons are a very isolated group of Lizards. Like Snakes, they are low in certain respects, and yet in others are specialized to the utmost. List or ABBREVIATIONS. The Roman figures in the Plates indicate the nerves or nerve-foramina. ag. Angular. ep. Epiotic. al.n. Alinasal. e.pa. Ethmopalatine. al.s. Alisphenoid. e.st. Extrastapedial. al.s. f. al.sp. Aliseptal. f. Frontal. ar. c. Articular condyle. f. m. Foramen magnum. a. s.c. Anterior semicircular canal. fo. Fontanelle. au. Auditory sac. f. 0. Fenestra ovalis. b.hy. Basihyal. h.hy. Hypohyal. b.hy’. Additional basihyal. h. s.¢. Horizontal semicircular canal. b.o. Basioccipital. 7. n. Internal nostril. b.pg. Basipterygoid. 1.0. f. Interorbital fenestra. b.s. Basiphenoid. i.p. Interparietal. C’. Fore brain. i. tb. Inferior turbinal. C*, Mid brain. j. Jugal. C®, Hind brain. 2. Lacrymal. c.br. Ceratobranchial. 1. c. Lacrymal canal. e.hy. Ceratohyal. mk. Meckel’s cartilage. co. Columella. m.st. Mediostapedial. er, Coronoid. ma. Maxillary. c. tr. Cornu trabecule. n. Nasal. d. Dentary. n. f. Nasal floor. e. n. External nostril. n. g. Nasal gland. é.0. Exoccipital. n. px. Nasal process of premaxillary. Alisphenoidal fenestra. e.st. f. Extrastapedial fenestra. 104 PROF. W. K. PARKER ON THE STRUCTURE OF oc. c. Occipital condyle. pe. Premaxillary. op. Opisthotic. py. Pituitary space. o.s. Orbitosphenoid. g. Quadrate. ot. p. Otic process. s.ag. Surangular. p. Parietal. s. n. Septum nasi. pa. Palatine. s.o. Superoccipital. pa.s. Parasphenoid. sp. Splenial. p. b.c. f. Posterior basicranial fontanelle. sq. Squamosal. p. e. Middle ethmoid. s.st. Suprastapedial. pf. Prefrontal. st. Stapes. pg. Pterygoid. s.¢. Supratemporal. pr.o. Prootic. t.pa. Transpalatine. p.s. Presphenoid. v. Vomer. p. s. ¢. Posterior semicircular canal. vb. Vestibule. pt.o. Postorbital. DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES. ~ PLATE XV. Fig. 1. Chamealeo vulgaris: ripe young, 14 inch long, head 7} inch, tail 3. The skull, side view, X 154 diameters. Fig. 2. The same, lower view, x 134 diam. Fig. 3. The same, upper view, x 134 diam. Fig. 4. The same, end view, X 134 diam. Fig. 5. The hyo-branchial arches, upper view, X 134 diam. Fig. 6. The mandible, inner view, x 134 diam. Fig. 7. The endocranium, side view, x 134 diam. Fig. 8. The same, upper view, x 154 diam. PLATE XVI. Fig. 1. Chameleo vulgaris: adult female. The skull, side view, x 3% diam. Fig. 2. The same, lower view, x 33 diam. Fig. 3. The same, upper view, x 3? diam. Fig. 4. The same, end view, x 33 diam. Fig. 5. The same species: large male. The skull and brain in situ, longitudinally vertical section, x 3} diam. Fig. 6. The same. Hyo-branchial arches, upper view, x 32 diam. Fig. 7. The same. Quadrate bone and columella, x 7} diam. Fig. Ore CFO DO eH om oF DD ee 2 3 4, 5 6 . 6 heik . 8 . 9. Third interorbital section (9th section), x 3? diam. el et . 12. Another, through foramina ovalia (12th section), x 3? diam. Vou THE SKULL IN THE CHAMELEONS. 105 PLATE XVII. Chameeleo vulgaris. . Large male: the skull, longitudinally vertical section, right side, x3 diam. . Part of left section of the same skull, x 32 diam. . Endocranium of a female, side view, x 3} diam. . The same, upper view, x 33 diam. . A smaller male: transversely vertical section of decalcified skull through fore part of ear-sac (13th section), x 3? diam. . Another section, through middle of ear-sac (14th section), x 3? diam. . Another section, through hind part of ear-sac (15th section), x 3? diam. PLATE XVIII. Chameleo vulgaris. . Smaller male: decalcified skull (same as in Plate XVII. figs. 5-7), section in front of nose (Ist section), x 3? diam. . The same, through nostrils (2nd section), x 3? diam. . The same, through nostrils further back (3rd section), x 33 diam. The same, through hind part of nostrils (4th section), x 3? diam. . The same, through hind part of nostrils (5th section), x 3} diam. . The same, through middle of nasal sacs (6th section), x 3? diam. A. The same object, with bones removed, x74 diam. . First interorbital section (7th section), x 3? diam. . Second interorbital section (8th section), x 32 diam. 0. Fourth interorbital section (10th section) through optic nerve, x 5? diam. 1. Section made between optic and trigeminal nerves (11th section), x 3} diam. PLATE XIX. Chameleo pumilus. . Adult female: the skull, side view, x6 diam. . The same, lower view, <6 diam. . The same, upper view, X 6 diam. . The same, end view, x 6 diam. . The same, side view of orbital and auditory regions, x 6 diam. . XI. PART UI. No. 8.—WMarch, 1881. s “AY RIM rie JIA SPREE er ee > - ji i vim ‘ yer Ts vy ie rirsify oly ,nadzom Inger a nails diisde aii select opel a Lute omg et YO apitaoe Ky) te wil. £ 4 i} of NY alts. ¢ advent 9 Vy fae, SE eo fe r taallt ghey why Peake peed tprotild finda Lub uleoste ladon levioergieaytaged | iam telleow Ps tonite 8h 4 y(moltoas ud Li coeres To. Tea walle glxs (ooltipm dt!) aatetor Yo plb titans aimed ed ene vadinrthes Bs tt) reih, Bi meit rial) caw to hare baled dauersa olose adios, 4) - = Ss - 1 — “ Hive ATA : ago eneayor) ~— ae ae wer: ett Pee “EX atel'l ob ea onete) {Tula fiivstecs ols :olods toffane®, lam . mith £5. {noliode Joh) oct tu sede wal $85¢ (0dBase Lok) alistoe fanouls vomeg oT £4 wail $0 yt Ainigund Tah) todd ad till aia? deed aa walt i % ieidh FE & (Ublinos bY ulivdeow To deg fad dnawady suex ai? a ; minits Epa andtcen 10) el dok Wy dong Seid ‘sper Seen Rea y nally GH ed taatose 10)) eae icenctito wbghja Eau qia oma, 0:2 “ aide 41% dertoaset anaod aie Hastie amet ool 2B aa sinails Bi ye faut a) ray pte! latidwopagh tal ‘ he dnally EC afeabiews dj) coubes lalidyonssel Sganoe aig ~. web TS %-(aditon dQ) uniiace lasiehrorptne d ‘25 meh {hx one pine algponds (eoilgme HOT) padions Intidvovainr a OL tf Pigqtil soy, Juolione (UL) argue Teolpragiat hve aio tiewind sham oobtaeei lk ae oni Rs Attelsge. y$1) pifewn panier se pine ree = : a =~ m is aT AT 5 me dain veo) hi oe 7 * sO pandehot Caen , ‘4 ald ais ~ 5 ‘ Ri eel ee is . soe Sabi ad ais that ia. = rans. Lool, Soo. VLA] PL ip ante .rt WoatMewman &Co. imp SKULLS OF GHAMELEONS. « 135 ee Ne ee fy. | a. To 17 ! - Sa ete. Ca, oe *- “ aa > ’ ° Mo - <= 5 oe » otp S56 WEP. del ad nat. G.West JP ith. West, Newman & Cotomp SKULLS OF CHAMELEONS ©) 2 = = 4 2, Ay Ibant, Bob. Soe. YONI. FUT? West, Newman & Co imp. WP. del.ad naz.G-Weat JF lith. _ SKULLS - OF CHAMELEONS,~ 3%. Weat,Newman k Co.imp, SKULLS OF CHAMELEONSG,~ 33. ee Tie ae wi. Lo0b Soc lol Al Gb 79 WACP. del .adnat.G.Weet JF lith Wost, Nowmamn & Coimp SKULLS OF CHAMELEONS,*«6. iz ” ae — , To Fellows. To the Public. VOLUME VII. (1869-1872, containing 73 Plates) . . aan eat es ane BRnTCABGO) Osc “i- oT otc ae eee Me oe A etal ge 110 0 Fee (LS70):. Rah le war 110 0 » 3. (1870). pork, oes: 110 0 12, MLCT IR aE ROR REA 2S aR SIR BC RE 2: 116 0 n> SW TICES 9 MEd, can ENE ESS eT Ge 2 40 5, 6. (1871). . Coe ae gRioe e 116 0 ap me (1871). aa AU, Beas a 116 0 8. (1872). nae Nn ae ea fe SOM hg Pty VOLUME VIII. 1872-1874, i aan 82 Bhat a Price) 978) Ors .1211 0 Panui WUre et. Shera a, ee SOLO Bes 014 0 Le Re Rene a ake rikadp th 8 Int se" 220 Pee. (Stoel te hire ee SR opel IR RT ORS 116 0 ty MRT) Eek Pe Rag: ee Se ae Rae wag a NY fhe: eae eel Shes Bis. (Sar as poo: mts Lad es) Shy Me), TRE Ons 140 eet E AOL. / (2) RESEOTERER tap se SRLS as ORE og RT ek 160 DEG AOU, an st ha Aa oh. OOO Ee 120 TN oe aa in pe cea ge LO ee tian, ner (IGA ae og sea Whe eet Eee 220 VOLUME IX. ae containing 99 Pintée) au ericesl 2) Ove 0 16 0 0 Panr 1. (1875, contaming 22;Plates) . . .°. . 35 Jl 6. 2 2 0 » 2. (1875, containmg 12 Plates) . ... . eee leet G6 2-2-0 » 3» (1875, contaming 5 Plates). . . . . . 4, # #018 0 1 4 0 See (Loy 9, contarnme, 14Plates)\h 5° Jos)! Sy POLI 2 2 0 " Bio (Lory contamina: 9) Plates) 05 Chis. 3) 98 ee Shiela sO Awa 6 Yea 0) Ger; contains At Plates)) i) © Sps tes kerk. tg | ON LO 6 014 0 pve (horo,.contaminm) 7 Plates)= 9 sate) la. 8 O 1a. 79 bo », 8. (1876, containing 10 Plates) . . . . . ap oO LSes0 Ae 2 Roe (1876; contamine G/Plates)), 9G: ne.) «| &-- eign ek oO 112-0 », 10. (1877, containing 5 Plates). . . Pipe le 4212, 6 110 0 » 11. (1877, containing 5 Plates and Title ail Indes FO re 9! Tel nO VOLUME X. Parr 1. (1877, with numerous woodcuts). . . . PriceO0 9 O 012 0 » 2. (1877, containing 27 Plates) . . . .. ete De ves 6 110 0 meow Wisc, comenuine. 6, Plates)" aaa... 5. Priel ts Seale) 1 iO. », 4 (1878, contaming 9 Plates) . ..*. . Pe eee i100 » 5. (1878, containing 3 Plates) . ...-. » 09 0 012 0 », 6. (1878, containing 9 Plates) . . .. - Sel BY 16 110 0 » 7. (1878, containing 7 Plates) . . ... 4, 018 0 Panter ei », 8. (1878, containing 8 Plates) . . .. - Teele +O L*.0«..0 » 9. (1878, containing 4 Plates) . . . . . ny 7 Ona: O Ono UO », 10. (1879, containing 6 Plates) . . .. . 37 Ol 120 GaJ6rs0 >» 11. (1879, containing 5 Plates) . . ... SOE Dis 'O: 012 0 », 12. (1879, containing 7 Plates) . . .. . Prien Ola boast 0) Ty S30 ,;, 13. (1879, containing Title and Index) .-. . ae, Ok Sie O 1 4 0 VOLUME XI. Parr 1. (1880, containing 4 Plates) thant OS DOs Rowe 5 OLS 10 », 2. (1880, containing 7 Plates) . . .. . ay OP Gr Ure ar ae The ‘Transactions’ and other publications of the Society may be obtained at the Office (11 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any bookseller. CONTENTS. : VI. On the Genera and Species of the Lepidopterous Subfamily Ophiderine inhabiting the Indian Region. By F. Moorz, F.Z.S., etc. . . . . « . . page 63 VIL.° On the Structure of the Skull in the Chameleons. By W. K. Parxer, F.R.S., THE PUBLICATIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Tux scientific publications of the Zoological Society are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo form, and “ Transactions,” in quarto. According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings” contain not only notices of all busi- ness transacted at the scientific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings and recom- mended to be published by the Committee of Publication. From fifty to seventy coloured plates and engravings are attached to each annual volume of the “ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remarkable species of animals described in them. Amongst such illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given. The “ Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts, on the first of the months of June, August, October, and April, the part published in April completing the volume for the preceding year. They may be obtained with black or coloured illustrations. The “ Transactions’? contain such of the more important communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate them, are better adapted for publication ‘in the quarto form. They are published at irregular intervals; but not less than three parts are usually issued in each year. Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of a Subscription of £1 1s. before the day of the Anniversary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications issued prior to 1861, if they exceed the value of five pounds. ‘Such of those publications as are in stock may be obtained at the Society’s Office (11 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any bookseller, P. L. SCLATER, 1st March, 1881. Secretary TRANSACTIONS OF ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Vou. XI1.—Parr 4. LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY : SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER-SQUARE; ‘D BY MESSRS, LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER, PATERNOSTER-ROW. 4 + April, 1881. Price 10s. 7 Francis, Printers fe 5% . [Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. To Fellows. To the Public’ eA 2. 8.50, VOLUME I. (1838-1835, containing 59 Plates) . . . Price 313 6... 418 O P Ave nL. 7 (LGB) wa iaye instead racecars tee SEW O95 Ee ot HO Ney a OU 2 RO) 3» 2 (1834) eis. s (LOGO), else Wile ies “tc kee) Mat nope WoNSeomieela cancun a Song a ipara eL, EVN LAB ita Siu heN A Raha ate EME LOR rte SRO AO RE eet 114 0 VOLUME II. (1836-1841, containing 71 Plates). . . Price 4 0 O 5 6 6 Panty (SSG) a iieetivel tes! eia.c) Ais agedat iie\ is ep hag oD Sr eats) 112 0 » 2 (1838) BAS; LED) ewieh GMs ach” Rieu Seis ihe Brac 2st dhs COL ALOE NOL eases eancenenr a Lael Og ek Na Wal SO) ers ct) nS Me URL A ck Hors clea pment remus OEY K2 tes ulate wen «COME Pe) » 5. (1841) VOLUME III. (1842-1849, containing 63 Plates) . . Price 3 8 6 . . . 411 O Part 1. (1842) Pe oi Laas) te Srna pe my see Maine Me S| Se anne tote: AMR ot) eli bee 019 6 By PEt LOI) ie: kee SION boy wabeilaerle were amet heat AO vL A 1S 019 6 » 4 (1846) Be ADVE (LEAS esti iopihe tacks el edie A eats te (hy Sadi gy MO ee LO 010 6 Oe OLSAD) jefe rescue) hos cee otra tS MAAS. en he ee Ones ekO 010 $ VOLUME IV. (1851-1862, containing 78 Plates), . . Price 6 2 6 2s ORL Parr il. (1851). . Pp ete gtIay Ce ACH ae Sse aod O fe gC JARO . 012 0 Rea MOB) a5 CEM Nena ast ee umeu man Nore ter SU Ek SO BaD) 2 KO » 8. (1853) By UAH OWL) hecmis More ial oie Shots Re elma es spice tgs OU LS he O 1 4 0 PADMA (LOMO) loicltolncrse wieelma tas me eR ie, Wed Mestomy Sole COC) a Bt a0) 140 Be A LBOO) Nr criminal Nate sel eae att Weve Tig mente. vies y TRIMS DO) 1 4 0 » 7, sec. 1. (1861) ea CRP aaah em nes oe te ro Kan Oe afk) a Row Fat 0} AE ASCO HUET (LOO) hen ve ese in aunt Ua abe eters seus Melisa and) 140 VOLUME V. (1862-1866, containing 67 Plates). . . Price 5 8 6 619 0 Pant l. (1862). . . . 00) 18870 14 0 » 2. (1863). SOLE Ie NO BO » 8.. (1864). Bsletedcae ea 110 0 ig ARNEL SGD) iy shies piranbiewe 16 110 0 Byes HULGOO) hadley ne Poets Calter 3 110 0 VOLUME VI. (1866-1869, containing 91 Plates) . . Price 11 5 O SOA O PATH (USGS) mvs sear ite ere sh) 3 cote anal Rea 2st 0) 1160 » 2 (1867). ee Roto 116 0 » 8. (1867). Pee wey ge!) 116 0 » 4 (1867) . BY coud eye On 116 0 » 5. (1868) . 2g He Ue AL 116 0 » 6, (1868) . ea ha AL 116 0 PUAN Gi elo) DAM Say cen DRE ERM NCA ARAB soi AU Wed Oy 2 8 0 ail KA BO) x ter hee AO ater eet MA ey NAA Ree a A 0) 116 0 Continued on page 3 of Wrapper.) f 10g VIII. On the Male Generative Organs of the Sumatran Rhinoceros (Ceratorhinus suma- trensis). By W. A. Forses, B.A., F.L.S., Scholar of St. John’s College, Cambridge, Prosector to the Society}. Received February 25th, read March 16th, 1880. [Puate XX.] ON two occasions the late Prof. Garrod had opportunities of dissecting the Sumatran two-horned Rhinoceros ; and his notes on their anatomy will be found duly recorded in the Society’s publications?. Both his specimens were females. On March 20, 1879, the Society received on approval a fully adult male of this animal, being, I believe, the first individual of that sex brought alive to Europe. Un- fortunately it died on the 5th of April following, the post-mortem examination showing evidence of dropsy, as well as of tubercle in the lungs and spleen. The skin and skeleton of this specimen are now in the British Museum. Prof. Owen, in his account of the anatomy of Rhinoceros indicus (Trans. Zool. Soc. iv. pp. 31-58), has described and figured the male organs of that species ; and the pre- sent account will fill up the corresponding blank that has as yet existed as regards these parts in Ceratorhinus sumatrensis. As was to be expected, the two genera closely conform with each other in all main points, with some considerable differences in matters of detail. As in R. indicus, there was no scrotum; each testis measured 43 inches long by 2 broad at the widest part. The epididymis was of the same length as the testis. The vasa deferentia were 294 inches long by 4 inch broad; unlike these ducts in the Indian species, they were not dilated terminally. The vesicule seminales resembled in shape those described by Owen: they were 74 inches long, and 1 inch across at the broadest part. ‘The right vesicula had two, the left four, narrow ducts, 13-2 inches long, which joined the vasa deferentia just before these entered the urethra. The verumontanum is short and rounded, 4 inch long and 1 inch bread. The openings of the ejaculatory ducts were very minute; a larger pore, which was the only represen- tative of a vesicula prostatica, lay close above. 1 Prof. Garrod had the drawings which accompany this paper made by Mr. Smit from the animal whilst still fresh, with the object of laying some notes on the subject before the Society. Unfortunately I have been unable to find any such amongst his numerous MS. papers. He also requested me to make notes and measure- ments of the male organs for him with the like object; and from these sources I have drawn up the present paper. The glans penis is now preserved in the College of Surgeons. ? Proc. Zool. Soc. 1873, p. 92, and Trans. Zool. Soc. x. p. 411 (1878). VOL, XI, —Part Iv. No. 1.—Apri/, 1881. T 108 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE MALE GENERATIVE The prostate was of a roughly triangular shape, 2 inches long by 5 inches across, and had the same structure as in R. indicus, the glands opening by numerous pores on each side of the verumontanum in a well-marked sinus prostaticus. Cowper’s glands were large (33 inches by 2) and oval; their ducts opened by pores 12 inch in front of those of the ejaculatory ducts. The urethra measured in all, in the unerected state, about 254 inches, of which 4 inch was “ prostatic,” 3 inches “ membranous,” and the rest “ spongy.” The glans penis (Pl. XX. figs. 1, 2) is a long and tapering cylinder, provided at the end with a second, somewhat mushroom- or trumpet-shaped expansion, nearly in the centre of which is the opening of the urethra. It thus conforms closely with the same organ in &. indicus. But, as will be seen from the drawings, it is provided, in addition, with two large oblong-oval lobes, of the same colour and substance as the rest of the glans, which are free for the greater part of their length, and only attached to the rest of the glans at their bases. These lobes lie on the sides of the dorsum of the penis, and are closely approximated at their bases, as represented in fig. 2. In fig. 1 they are spread out artificially, so as to show better their extent and attached bases. The total length of the glans, to the reflection of the prepuce, was 7 inches, the trumpet- like terminal part being 1 inch long, and 1 inch transversely. The lobes of the glans measured 24 inches long by 1} inch across. In R. indicus, according to Prof. Owen (/.¢. p. 51), “on each side of the base of the glans, and rather towards its under part, there is a longitudinal thick oblong ridge or lobe, 32 inches in length, and 8 lines in basal thickness; the thick rounded free border of each lobe inclines downwards.” Prof. Owen's figure is reproduced in outline, of the original size, in fig. 3, to show the differences thus indicated. By the kindness of Prof. Flower I have been enabled to examine the penis of an Indian Rhinoceros pre- served in the stores of the College of Surgeons, and which is probably the same speci- men as that dissected and described by Prof. Owen, with whose description and figures it closely corresponds. ‘The lobes, however, seem to me to be (as also indicated in his figures) rather on the upper than on the under part of the penis, as they lie, in fact, on each side of the dorsum a little removed from the middle line, as also is the case in Ceratorhinus. They are about 14 inch in height at the centre, diminishing towards each end till they become undistinguishable from the rest of the glans. Ceratorhinus therefore differs from restricted Rhinoceros in the greater size and development of the lobes, which have now ceased to be mere elevations or ridges attached throughout their length to the body of the glans, but have become freely projecting lobes attached only by their bases'. In & indicus, too, the terminal part of the glans is more slender, 1 T may mention that Prof. Flower also found for me in the stores of the College of Surgeons a detached glans penis of a Rhinoceros exactly like that now described. Its history is somewhat uncertain ; but it was probably sent oyer, along with other yiscera of animals, by Sir Stamford Raffles when Governor of Java. There can be no doubt that it belongs to a species of Ceratorhinus. ORGANS OF THE SUMATRAN RHINOCEROS. 109 being longer in proportion to its depth, and its apical expansion narrower across in proportion to its height ({inch to 14), with its margins, moreover, somewhat crinkled. It is, in conclusion, interesting to observe that the distinctness of the two genera Rhinoceros and Ceratorhinus, as shown by other characters—external, cranial, and vis- ceral—is confirmed by these differences in the sexual organs. DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATE. PLATE XX. Fig. 1. Glans penis of Ceratorhinus sumatrensis, of about the natural size, viewed from above, with the lobes artificially extended, to show better their form and attachment. Fig. 2. The same, viewed from the side. Fig. 3. Outline of glans penis of Rhinoceros indicus, after Owen (Trans. Zool. Soc. iv. pl. ix. fig. 6). SISNHYULVNNS SNNIHYOLVHASO dm q.reyusyy ee SS ar “ uy 4S L [ ig IX. On the Anatomy of the Female Organs of the Proboscidea. By M. Watson, M.D., Professor of Anatomy, Owens College, Manchester. Received March 30th, read April 20th, 1880. [Puates XXI., XXII] ON a previous occasion I laid before this Society an account of the anatomical pecu- liarities of the male! and female* organs of the Spotted Hyzna (H. crocuta); and whilst engaged in pointing out the homologous parts of the genital organs in the two sexes I used the following words :—“ It is evident, therefore, that, in the female H. crocuta the vagina being altogether absent, we must conclude that in the male of this species the utriculus represents the uterus alone, and not the uterus and vagina together. The same remark holds good, so far as I can ascertain, of only one other placental mammal— that is, of the Indian Elephant, in the female of which, as Mayer® pointed out, the vagina is altogether absent, and the uterus opens directly into the urino-genital canal.” At that time I had not myself examined the female organs of the Indian Elephant ; and the comparison was made on the strength of Mayer's description of these. Since then, through the kindness of my friend Dr. Alfred H. Young, I have had an oppor- tunity of thoroughly investigating the female organs of a young specimen of the Indian Elephant‘; and inasmuch as my observations differ materially from those of Mayer’, whilst for the most part they agree with those of Hunter®, Miall and Greenwood’ upon the female organs of the Indian, as well as with those of Perrault® and Forbes? on those of the African species, I have thought it well to lay them before the Society. It is, moreover, a matter of some importance that a revised description of these organs should be drawn up, not only because of the difference which exists in the descriptions of the writers above named, but also because upon the exactitude of the description depends the just interpretation of the different parts of the female passages, and, fol- lowing upon this, the determination of correct homologies as between the male and female organs of the same species. As the representations of the female organs of the Proboscidea already published are, for the most part, unsatisfactory, I have had the accompanying drawings of my own dissections made by a competent artist under my direct superintendence, and can therefore vouch for their accuracy. 1 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 416. * Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, p. 369. 5 Nova Acta Acad. Cees. Leo.-Car. vol. xxii. p. 1. * The specimen was a young one, measuring between 4 and 5 feet in height at the shoulder. ° Loe. cit. ® Essays and Observations, vol. ii. p. 175. 7 Studies in Comparative Anatomy, vol. ii. p. 62. * Mémoires pour servir 4 l’Histoire Naturelle des Animaux, tom. iii. partie 3, p. 132. * Proc. Zool. Soc. 1879, p. 431. VOL. X1.—Part tv. No. 2.—April, 1881. U 112 PROF. M. WATSON ON THE ANATOMY OF THE I would here express my indebtedness to Mr. Forbes for permitting me to examine the organs of the African Elephant which he has lately so accurately described in the ‘Proceedings’ of this Society. This examination has enabled me to confirm in all respects Mr. Forbes’s observations, at the same time that it has put me in a position to make a more accurate comparison of the female organs of the two species than would have been possible from the perusal of any description, however perfect, of the organs of one or of both species. I have further to acknowledge with thanks the kindness of Messrs. Miall and Greenwood in affording me an opportunity of comparing their dis- sections of the female organs of the Indian Elephant with those of my own specimen. EXTERNAL ORGANS. Unfortunately, before I examined the specimen the skin had been removed ; and con- sequently the appearances of the external genital fissure could not be noted. The urino-genital canal, however, remained intact; and the position of its anterior extremity showed that, as observed by Perrault in the African, and by Houel!, Stukeley*, Miall and Greenwood in the species now under consideration, the vulva is placed upon the lower aspect of the abdomen, and opens, not backward, as in the majority of mammals, but downwards and forward, the orifice being situated between the thighs. INTERNAL ORGANS. Rectum.—About one foot in length of the posterior extremity of the rectum remained attached to the genital organs. ‘This portion of the gut passes horizontally backward, and terminates at the anus in the usual manner. The peritoneum does not invest this part of the gut, being reflected from the intestine to the uterus below, and to the pelvic wall above, at a point somewhat in front of the part met with in my dissection. The walls of the gut are extremely thick, and consist of four distinct coats. Enumerated from without inwards these are—(a) a very thick layer of connective tissue, (0) an equally strong coat of longitudinally arranged muscular fibres, (¢) a layer of circularly arranged muscular fibres, (d) the mucous membrane. The latter is very dense and tough, and is thrown into well-defined longitudinal rugee. These, for the most part, run parallel to the long axis of the gut; but here and there, especially towards the anal orifice, the larger folds are connected together by shorter, obliquely placed, and anastomosing ruge. Scattered over the surface of the mucous membrane, for the most part at intervals of about one fourth of an inch, is a number of apertures of size sufficient to admit the head of a pin. Although for the most part separated from one another by the distance above mentioned, these apertures are at places more closely aggregated together, so as to form irregular patches. These apertures are the mouths of minute intestinal glands. * Histoire naturelle des deux dléphans, male et femelle, du Muséum de Paris, 1803. ? On the Spleen, to which is added some Anatomical Observations on the Dissection of an Elephant: Lond. 1723, p. 104. FEMALE ORGANS OF THE PROBOSCIDEA. 113 Sphincter ani externus.—The extremity of the rectum is provided with an enormously powerful external sphincter. The exact origin of this muscle I could not determine, as the parts had been removed from the pelvis. From the appearance of the dissection, however, the muscle appears to have been attached, as in most quadrupeds, to the lower surface of the last sacral or first caudal vertebra. It measures 5 inches in breadth on each side of the rectum, and, passing obliquely downward and forward, so as to encircle the gut, is inserted by a pointed extremity into the strong aponeurosis which closes the pelvic outlet, 3 inches below the anus. The insertion of the external sphincter cor- responds exactly to the origin of the bulbo-cavernosus muscle in the male, as well as to that of the homologous muscle (the constrictor vaginz) in the female. URINARY ORGANS. Kidneys and Ureters.—The right kidney was alone examined. It agreed in all re- spects, excepting the number of its lobes, with the description which I have formerly given! of that organ in the male. It was distinctly lobulated on the surface, the lobes being seven in number. ‘The ureters are provided with very thick walls, the thickness being chiefly due to an enormous development of the connective-tissue coat. ‘They pass backward and come into contact with the wall of the bladder 3 inches behind the neck of that viscus. After passing (as in the male) very obliquely through the vesical wall, they open into the bladder 14 inch behind the neck of the organ. ‘Their apertures are valvular in character, and 1 inch apart. Bladder and Urethra.—The bladder lies in contact with the lower surface of the vagina. It is of small size for so large an animal, measuring, when distended, only 6 inches from base to apex. It ought, however, to be observed that the parts, having been for some months immersed in spirit, may to some extent have suffered contraction in size. he apex of the bladder is the broadest part of the organ; and therefore the viscus does not present the well-marked pear-shape so common among the Mammalia. The bladder merges insensibly into the urethra; so that it is difficult, from an external examination, to say where the one ends and the other begins. An examination of the interior of the viscus, however, shows that the urethra, from the most dependent part of the bladder to its opening into the urino-genital canal, measures 2 inches in length. As the urethra passes backward it rests against the lower wall of the vagina. Its entrance into the urino-genital canal is separated from the ora vagine by a semiglobular projection of the mucous membrane, which will be more fully de- scribed along with the canal just mentioned. Both urethra and bladder are provided with a thick coat of muscular fibres of a reddish colour, arranged parallel to the long axes of these viscera, and constituting, so far as the bladder is concerned, a powerful detrusor urine. The peritoneum, which is thick and leathery, covers the whole of the 1 Journal of Anat. and Phys. vol. vii. p. 60. uz 114 PROF. M. WATSON ON THE ANATOMY OF THE upper surface of the bladder as far back as the points of entrance of the ureters, whence it is reflected to the under surface of the corpus uteri. The lateral surfaces of the bladder are also in part invested by peritoneum, whence this membrance passes to the lateral and superior abdominal walls. The whole of the lower surface and base of the bladder are therefore destitute of peritoneum. As in the male! so in the female, the apparent thickness of the vesical walls is due rather to the peritoneum and subperitoneal connective tissue than to that of the muscular coat. GENITAL ORGANS. Ovaries.—Kach ovary is oval in form, and measures 14 inch in length, and 1} inch in greatest breadth, and about 2 inch in thickness. Lach is distinctly lobulated on the surface, that of the right side more so than that of the left. The grooves or fissures which separate the lobules are, however, quite superficial, and do not extend to any great depth into the stroma of the ovary except in the case of that of the right side, in which, close to the superior or attached margin, are two deep fissures, one of which almost completely severs about 4 inch in breadth of the ovarial substance from the rest of the organ, the detached portion being further subdivided into two parts by a second short but deep fissure. ‘There is no trace of either of these deep fissures in the ovary of the left side; and probably we are therefore justified in regarding their pre- sence as an individual peculiarity. Each ovary is suspended over the mouth of a very complete peritoneal pouch by means of two ligaments, one of which is attached to each end of the organ. ‘The internal ligament measures 14 inch in length, and passes from the inner end of the ovary to the extremity of the uterine horn of the same side, whilst the external ovarial ligament extends outward and forward from the outer end of the ovary, and can be traced for a distance of 7 inches in the peritoneum, in the substance of which membrane it at length disappears. This ligament, in all probability, corresponds to the external ovarial ligament of Hyena crocuta; but whether, as in that animal, it was attached to the diaphragm could not be determined, as the viscera had been removed from the cavity of the abdomen. Both ovarial ligaments are in the form of stout fibrous cords. The pouch, at the mouth of which the ovary is placed, is formed of peritoneum continuous with that forming the broad ligament of the uterus. Its opening, in the natural position of the parts, is directed upwards and forwards (toward the spine of the animal); so that the bag hangs vertically below the ovary. The bag itself is of large size, measuring 3 inches from side to side, 3 inches from above downward, and 1} inch from before backward, and closely resembles the corresponding structure of Hyena crocuta. Its posterior free margin is formed by the ovary and ovarial ligaments, its anterior by the free edge of the wall of the sac. As pointed out by Mayer’, Miall and Greenwood *, the ovarial pouch is separated into two compartments by means of a * Journal of Anat. and Phys. vol. vii. p. 64. ? Loc. cit. p. 39. s Loe. cit. p. 63. FEMALE ORGANS OF THE PROBOSCIDEA. 115 horizontal peritoneal septum, the posterior margin of which is attached to and conti- nuous with the posterior wall of the sac, whilst its anterior margin is free. The two compartments are of very unequal size, the upper or dorsal being much smaller than the lower or ventral. ‘The former accommodates the ovary, whilst into the upper and internal angle of the latter (as shown in fig. 2, Pl. XXII.) opens the fimbriated extremity of the Fallopian tube. The separation of the ovary by means of this septum from the Fallopian tube would appear to necessitate certain alterations in the form of the sac at the period of ovulation, so as to permit of the passage of the ova from the upper to the mouth of the oviduct in the lower compartment. The. means by which this is effected are certainly obscure; but it is possible that the numerous bundles of muscular fibres which form an open meshed reticulum in the walls of the ovarial sac may be adapted to the attainment of this object. The morsus diaboli is completely surrounded by a thick belt of well-developed fimbriz, which, however, are of small size. The aperture is of size sufficient to permit the passage of an ordinary knitting-needle. The above description of the ovary and ovarial sac agrees closely with that of Mayer and Miall and Greenwood of these parts in the Indian Elephant. Forbes’ also found a similar arrangement in the African species, but does not refer to any subdivision of the ovarial pouch into two compartments. Observing, however, as he does, that his specimen closely resembled that figured by Mayer in the Indian Elephant, it would appear that these parts do not differ much in the two species of Elephant. The slightly lobulated character of the ovary was also noticed by Forbes in the African Elephant. Fallopian Tube.—This tube measures 3 inches in length, and extends from the morsus diaboli to the extremity of the corresponding uterine horn, with which it is continuous. The morsus diaboli is situated at the upper and internal angle of the lower or larger compartment of the ovarial pouch. From it the Fallopian tube winds upward and inward, lying in relation to the posterior wall of the ovarial sac, as far as the extre- mity of the cornu uteri. In this course the tube describes a well-marked sigmoid curve, as well as two or three subordinate flexures, as represented in fig. 2, Pl. XXII. Lying in the posterior wall of the ovarial pouch, the Fallopian tube is altogether concealed from the front by the ovary itself, and is only exposed to view when the latter is everted from the sac (fig. 2, Pl. XXII.). The morsus diaboli, as already remarked, is funnel-shaped, and readily admits of the passage of a knitting-needle. Beyond this orifice, however, the Fallopian tube gradually contracts, until, at the second limb of the sigmoid curve (marked with an asterisk in fig. 2), it only admits a very delicate bristle; this calibre it retains as far as its junction with the uterine horn, into which it opens abruptly. From this description it will be observed that the Fallopian tube lies only in contact with the posterior wall of the ovarial sac, and does not encircle the anterior and lower walls of that pouch, as in Hyena crocuta, in which animal these parts other- wise present the closest resemblance to those of the Elephant. 1 Loc. cit. p. 432. 116 PROF. M. WATSON ON THE ANATOMY OF THE Exterior of Uterus —The uterus consists of a central body or corpus and of two cornua. Each cornu, from the point of entrance of the Fallopian tube to the junction with its fellow of the opposite side, measures 6 inches in length, and describes a well-marked curve, the convexity of which is directed forward. Each of the uterine horns is flattened from above downward, and measures # inch in breadth at its junction with its fellow. They diverge at once from one another, so as to leave close to their junction an interval of a triangular form, which is filled up by peritoneum. The corpus uteri, lying between the layers of the broad ligament, measures 7 inches in length from the junction of the cornua to its opening into the vagina. It is somewhat flattened from above downward, and has a uniform diameter of 1 inch. The corpus uteri lies altogether in front of the bladder, and is completely invested by peritoneum. It differs in this respect from the vagina, which, lying between the bladder and rectum posterior to the line of re- flection of the peritoneum from the uterus to the neighbouring viscera, is altogether devoid of serous investment. The body of the uterus is thick and muscular. There is no trace in my specimen of the external constriction which, according to Miall and Greenwood, indicates the separation of the uterus from the vagina, this separation being visible on the interior of the organ only. Interior of Uterus (fig. 1, Pl. XXII.)—Upon slitting open the cornua uteri, these are seen to be lined by a uniformly smooth mucous membrane, which presents no trace of the longitudinal rug so commonly met with in other mammals. From the point of junction of the uterine horns a well-defined septum uteri extends backward through the whole length of the corpus uteri, as well as through that of the vagina to the opening of the latter into the urino-genital canal. This septum, therefore, separates the body of the uterus into two perfectly distinct compartments. It is thick and opaque so far as it lies within the cavity of the uterus, but becomes thin and translucent within the vagina. This differ- ence in appearance of the septum at different parts is due to the fact that, within the uterus, the mucous membrane covering the septum as well as the uterine walls is thrown into longitudinal rug, which, few and ill-defined at the junction of the cornua, become more numerous and of larger size further back, but cease entirely at the os uteri. Within the vagina neither the septum nor the vaginal walls present the slightest trace of mucous folds, the membrane being here perfectly smooth and closely adherent to the muscular parietes of the canal. In consequence of the complete development of the septum uteri throughout the whole length of the body of the uterus, this organ communicates with the vagina by means of two distinct apertures or ora uteri—an arrangement which is almost identical with that which occurs in the Leporide. In the Hares, however, the vagina is simple and presents no trace of the mesial septum which in the Indian Elephant (at least in my specimen) separates that tube into two distinct compartments, The separation of the uterus from the vagina, although not defined externally except by the line of reflection of the peritoneum to the neigh- bouring viscera, is indicated in the interior of the organ by two well-defined folds of FEMALE ORGANS OF THE PROBOSCIDEA. aay; mucous membrane, which project into the interior of the uterine compartments, and indicate the position of the ora uteri. The fold in conexion with the compartment of of the right side is much larger than that met with in the left. Each forms a very incomplete valve attached to the outer wall of its own compartment, and projects inwards towards the mesial septum. ‘The uterine surface of each is convex, whilst the vaginal surface is concave. Vagina.—The vagina measures 63 inches in length, and, as already stated, is not separated by any external constriction from the uterus. The junction of the two, how- ever, is sufficiently indicated by the line of reflection of the peritoneum from the uterus to the neighbouring viscera. The vagina is situated between the bladder and rectum, and is altogether destitute of peritoneum. Its walls are thick, and are provided with a thick coat of longitudinally arranged muscular fibres. Upon slitting open the tube it is seen to be of the same calibre as the corpus uteri, and is lined with a smooth mucous membrane, which presents no trace of the ruge met with in the uterus. The vagina is separated from the uterus in front by means of the mucous folds described along with the ora uteri, whilst posteriorly it communicates with the urino-genital canal by means of two apertures, which are separated from one another by the posterior extremity of the septum vagine. The latter is quite complete, and extends from end to end of the vagina, so as to separate the tube into two distinct channels—a right and left. In front the septum vagine is continuous with the septum uteri, whilst posteriorly it intervenes between the two openings of the vagina into the urino-genital canal. If, now, we compare the foregoing description of the uterus with those of other anatomists who have dissected the Indian Elephant, we find that it differs from one and all of these in several respects. John Hunter’ refers to the presence of a common uterus and of two horns, thus plainly indicating the absence of a complete septum uteri, such as occurs in my specimen. Mayer’ also describes a “ gemeinschaftlicher uterus,” two inches in length, as communicating with the “ mit der urethra vereinte vagina” (that is, with the urino-genital canal); and the drawing which accompanies his description clearly shows the presence of a wnilocu/ar corpus uteri formed in the usual manner by - the junction of the two cornua. Miall and Greenwood?’ state that “the cornua uteri unite to form a short tube of about ove inch in length and three quarters of an inch in diameter.” This, which they regard as the common uterus, “leads into a somewhat larger chamber about three inches long, which represents the cervix uteri.” ‘The sepa- ration of the cervix from the remaining nine inches of the tube is indicated eaternally by a slight constriction, and internally by “two considerable and well-marked enlarge- ments which project inwards from the internal wall and almost close the passage.” The latter part of the single tube they look upon as representing the vagina, and de- scribe and figure it as opening into the urino-genital canal by a single orifice, which is “divided into two lateral halves by a thick rounded cord covered by mucous membrane, ' Loe, cit. p. 175. ? Loe. cit. p. 38. Loe. cit. p. 63. 118 PROF. M. WATSON ON THE ANATOMY OF THE which is apparently a hymen.” I have, through the kindness of Prof. Miall, had an opportunity of examining the organs from which his description was drawn up, and can testify to the accuracy of the latter. In Prof. Miall’s specimen, therefore, as in those dissected by Hunter', Mayer’, and Stukeley there was a unilocular corpus uteri. Owen’® likewise refers to the presence of a unilocular corpus uteri in the Indian Elephant. Since writing the above I have received drawings of preparations, numbered 2775 and 2776, of the female organs of the Indian Elephant contained in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons of England, together with the descriptions contained in the Catalogue. The preparations from the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons are probably those from which Hunter and Owen drew up their descriptions, and show the presence of a secondary vagina as distinguished from the uterus, as well as of a uterine septum which does not extend throughout the entire length of the latter. In this specimen, therefore, there is also a unilocular corpus uteri as distinguished from the conjoined portions of the cornua uteri. The diversity of statement with regard to the extension of the utero-vaginal septum in the Indian Elephant leads to one of two conclusions: either the extent to which the septum uteri is developed varies in different specimens of the same species— a view which does not appear probable, but one which is nevertheless borne out by a comparison of the observations of Miall and Greenwood and myself on the Indian, as well as of those of Perrault and Forbes on the African Elephant; or it is possible that the difference may be explained in view of the occurrence or non-occurrence of preg- nancy in the various specimens examined. On the supposition that any particular specimen had borne young, it appears not improbable that a portion of the septum may have been ruptured, and that thus the uterus, which previous to parturition had been possessed of a complete septum and of two ora uteri, may have been so far altered as to present a unilocular corpus and single os uteri. At the same time it ought to be stated that the result of Miall and Greenwood’s dissection is rather opposed to this view, as it appears unlikely, were the disappearance of the utero-vaginal septum due to changes taking place at the time of parturition, that its posterior extremity should re- main in the form of a thick rounded cord (described by Miall and Greenwood as the hymen) when all the rest had disappeared. Further observations are necessary before this point can be regarded as settled, which it can only be by the examination of the female organs of animals at different ages. It appears improbable that a septum vagine should exist in one specimen and not in another, except on the supposition that a utero-vaginal septum is originally present in each individual, and only gradually dis- appears as the animal approaches sexual maturity. Miall and Greenwood‘, the latest writers on the anatomy of the Indian Elephant, find, as already stated, that what 1 have described as the corpus uteri is divisible into two ? Loc. cit. p. 175, * Loc. cit. p. 38. 3 Anatomy of Vertebrates, vol. iii. p, 692. * Loe. cit, p. 63. FEMALE ORGANS OF THE PROBOSCIDEA, 119 parts—an anterior (measuring an inch in length), which they regard as the body of the uterus, and a posterior (measuring 3 inches in length), which they look upon as repre- senting the cervix uteri. These two parts differ from one another in the character of the mucous membrane. No such distinction is recognizable in my dissection, which, moreover, differs from that of Miall and Greenwood in the fact that, whilst in mine a well-developed septum uteri extends from end to end of the organ, in theirs this septum is confined to the anterior extremity of the organ. With regard to the presence of a vagina, their observations coincide with my own, differing, however, in this respect, that the septum vaginz, which extends from end to end of the organ in my specimen, is in theirs reduced to “a thick rounded cord covered by mucous membrane,” which sepa- rates the otherwise single opening of the vagina into the urino-genital canal into two— aright and a left os vaginee—exactly as the posterior extremity of the septum vagine does in my specimen. Miall and Greenwood are of opinion that this cord represents the hymen; but a comparison of their specimen with my own leads me to the conclusion that it ought rather to be regarded as the posterior extremity of the utero-vaginal septum, which had apparently atrophied and disappeared in the rest of its extent. Passing now to the difference of statement with regard to the presence or absence of a secondary vagina, as distinguished from the uterus, in the Indian Elephant, we find, on the one hand, that Stukeley', Hunter, Owen, Miall and Greenwood all affirm its presence, whilst, on the other hand, in the specimen examined by Mayer the coalesced Miillerian ducts formed uterus, and uterus alone, and the secondary vagina was altogether wanting. My own observations, together with an accurate examination of the organs dissected by Messrs. Miall and Greenwood, lead me to the conclusion that, without doubt, a secondary vagina, as distinguished from the uterus, is present in the Indian Elephant. Each of these portions of the combined Miillerian ducts is perfectly distinct, and pre- sents characters peculiar to itself. In the uterus we have the mucous membrane presenting a soft, spongy character, and thrown into longitudinal ruge; whereas in the yagina it is thin and semitransparent in character, closely applied to the vaginal parietes, and presents almost no trace of longitudinal ruge. ‘The uterine walls are thickened by a peritoneal investment, whilst those of the vagina are entirely destitute ‘of such. Lastly, we have the two organs clearly separated from one another by well- marked saucer-like folds of mucous membrane which clearly indicate the position of the os uteri. Whilst, however, my own dissections agree so far with those of Messrs. Miall and Greenwood, they differ from the latter, as well as from those of every other anatomist who has examined these organs, inasmuch as they disclose the presence of a perfect vaginal septum. ‘This septum, which in the specimen examined by Messrs. Miall and Greenwood, as already stated, is reduced to the condition of a thick fibrous ‘In the drawing (plate viii.) appended to Stukeley’s work on the Anatomy of the Elephant, the differ- entiation of the combined Miillerian ducts into uterus and vagina is distinctly shown, although in the text this differentiation is not particularly referred to. VoL. x1.—Part Iv. No. 3.—April, 1881. x 120 PROF. M. WATSON ON THE ANATOMY OF THE cord (regarded by them as the hymen), apparently presented a similar appearance in one of the two specimens dissected by Stukeley’, whilst in those examined by the other anatomists above referred to not a trace of it was present. The differentiation of a secondary vagina in the Indian Elephant is not a little remarkable, inasmuch as physiologically this organ appears to be unnecessary, the functions of the secondary vagina being performed by the urino-genital canal; for, as long ago pointed out by John Hunter, into “ the proper or, rather, uncommon vagina the penis cannot enter.” In respect of this differentiation the female organs of the Elephant differ materially from those of Hyena crocuta, which in other respects they so closely resemble; the combined Miillerian ducts in the last-named animal form uterus, and uterus alone, and the vagina is not differentiated from the uterus. When we compare the female organs of the Indian with those of the African Elephant, we find, taking into consideration the observations of Perrault and of Forbes on those of the latter, that the two species agree in almost every particular. Perrault” describes the cornua uteri of the African Elephant as being in contact for a distance of one foot, their lumina, however, being separated by means of a mesial septum much as in the Indian species. The two cornua, according to him, open separately into a common cavity, which, by reason of the relation which it bears to the uterus above and to the urino-genital canal below, we must regard as the secondary vagina. ‘This organ, in his specimen, measured 18 inches in length, and opened below into the urino-genital canal. According to Forbes (and the observations of this anatomist I can in all points confirm), the cornua uteri lay in contact with one another for only 43 inches, and terminated below in a corpus uteri which measured 2} inches in length. The corpus uteri in turn opened into a secondary vagina, which in his specimen measured only 5? inches in length, and terminated posteriorly in the urino-genital canal, the diameter of the aperture of communication being much smaller than that of either of the canals between which it lies. It would appear, therefore, that in the animal dissected by Perrault the cornua uteri communicated directly by means of two separate orifices with the vagina, without the intervention of a unilocular corpus uteri similar to that described by Forbes. The presence or otherwise of a “corpus uteri,” as distinguished from the two cornua, does not appear to be a matter of much importance so far as the function of these parts” is concerned, inasmuch as we know that in some animals the young are accommodated within and nourished by contact with the walls of the Jody, whilst in others they develop within the horns of the uterus. We may therefore regard the uterus and cornua uteri as different portions of the Miillerian ducts similarly modified in structure, in view of the performance of one and the same function. With respect to the vagina the case is widely different. It, like the uterus, is formed by the junction of the Miillerian ducts ; See plate iii. of Stukeley ‘On the Spleen, to which is added some Anatomical Observations on the Dis- section of an Elephant :’ Lond. 1723. * Loe. cit, p. 133. FEMALE ORGANS OF THE PROBOSCIDEA. 121 but in the majority of mammals (though not in the Elephant) it is structurally adapted to a totally different purpose—namely, to receive the male organ. In both species of Elephant this transverse segmentation of an anterior portion of the Miillerian ducts forming the uterus from a posterior portion forming the vagina takes place; but, as already pointed out, the function of the vagina in the Elephant (if function it has) must be different from that which it performs in other animals, inasmuch as into it the penis never enters, the function of the vagina in this respect being delegated to the elongated urino-genital canal. In neither of the specimens of the African Elephant referred to was there the slightest trace of a vaginal septum such as I have described in the Indian species. Urino-genital Canal_—The urino-genital canal extends from the mouth of the vagina to the vulva, and measures 13 inches in length. The canal is not straight, but describes a well-marked curve, the convexity of which is directed backward, and corresponds to that of the perineum, against which it rests. For the sake of accuracy of description it may conveniently be divided into two parts :—(q) an intrapelvic portion, extending from its commencement to the root of the clitoris ; and (4) an extrapelvic portion, which cor- responds in length to that of the clitoris, beneath which it is situated. The intrapelvic portion measures 5 inches in length and # of an inch in diameter, and is situated within the pelvis. It passes horizontally backward below the rectum. Its walls are three times as thick as those of the uterus, or vagina, the increased thickness being chiefly due to the presence of a layer of circularly arranged muscular fibres, which extends from the ora vagine to the root of the clitoris. On slitting open this portion of the canal its commencement presents the appearance seen in fig. 38, Pl. XXII. In the axis of the cul-de-sac forming the commencement of the urino-genital canal, there is a semiglo- bular cushion of mucous membrane measuring } an inch in diameter, which projects into the lumen of the tube. Above this cushion, and separated by it from the trans- versely elongated urethral aperture, which lies directly de/ow it, are the two ora vagine, which, as in Miall and Greenwood’s specimen, are separated by “a thick rounded cord covered by mucous membrane.” Lach os vagine permits the passage of a knitting-needle; and the septum between them measures } of an inch in thickness. Upon each side of the central cushion is the orifice of a small canal, into which a probe can be passed to the depth of 4 of an inch. These canals, which are situated on each side of the uterus and open close to the point of entrance of the urethra and Miillerian ducts, the history of development plainly shows are the remains of the Wolffian ducts; in other words, they are the canals of Gaertner. The urino-genital canal is lined by a thick mucous membrane, which, in its intrapelvic portion, is uniformly smooth and presents no trace of longitudinal ruge. The eatrapelvic portion of the urino-genital canal extends along the under surface of the clitoris, and opens anteriorly at the vulva. This orifice, according to Perrault}, is, in the African 1 Loc. cit. p. 107, x2 122 PROF. M. WATSON ON THE ANATOMY OF THE Elephant, situated 2 feet in front of the pelvic outlet; and in the Indian } species it appears to occupy a similar position. This portion of the urino-genital canal measures 8 inches in length, and is of the same diameter as the intrapelvic portion. Its walls, moreover, are of the same thickness, but differ in the arrangement of their muscular coat. The muscular fibres of the intrapelvic portion of the canal are arranged in a circular manner, whilst those of the extrapelvic segment are obliquely disposed, and are of interest inasmuch as they present a very striking resemblance on the part of the female to the homologous muscles met with in the male. The muscular fibres of opposite sides arise from the central point of the perineum, which is situated 3 inches below the anus, as well as from the middle line of the floor of the urino-genital canal for 3 inches in front of that point. The fibres of opposite sides diverge, and, passing obliquely upward and forward, so as to encircle the canal, are inserted into the body of the clitoris for a distance of 2} inches in front of the junction of the crura clitoridis. The anterior fibres describe a curved course between their origin and inser- tion, the convexity of the curve being directed backward. 0 1 4 0 3) Bs (1858). See OME SOs 140 Ryan (L809) se resins iOS nOKe. 14 0 » 7, sec. 1. (1861) Sa eRe Chis. eke Pate OL OLD n Ee Wy 8) Rar HERA: (LBG2) te nuees iin erento ar si) haired eth yg LO ey ve 1 4 0 VOLUME V. (1862-1866, contaming 67 Plates). . . Price 5 4 3 . 619 0 Parr 1. (1862). 30 OMS toe, 140 js 12+ (1868) San OMB Oe D0) » 3 (1864). Pee el Pathe eee TMIOO: > 4 (1865). 3 Meade tes NOM 6 110 0 5 410s, (WBGG)'s ates tg Wer A &) 110 0 VOLUME VI. (1866-1869, containing 91 Plates) . . Price 1l 5 O . 15 0 0 PART 1 (1 SGG) ass gncen tage op ae LPP yn hea AGT Une 116 0 tes (L867). pV (Gy) bli dea 116 0 SS He Coy Ne RUN Seager MRS oR a Tce fanart 7A ay 8 id 116 0 Fy 1 OCS GT) Cau (oleate Siti Vir ae Un hy eit eet cen Ts: Rie MNO Lg uD Geo » 5. (1868). 5 shee anette 116 0 » 6. (1868). Sanne 1 Wil ral yn 8) 116 0 » 7. (1868). MSA ea hess 9) 28 0 5p 18) (1869). Bo Ok eke 116 0 Continued on page 3 wep Wrapper.) a X. Descriptions of some new and rare Cephalopoda, (Part 11.) By Professor Ownn, C.B., F.RS., F.ZS., &. Received 2nd March, read 20th April, 1880. [Prates XXIII.—XXXYV.] SINCE the publication of the paper “On some new or rare Cephalopoda,” in the second volume of the ‘Transactions of the Zoological Society’ (1842, p. 103)', I have not omitted any opportunity of acquiring and promoting the acquisition of specimens of that class, and now submit to the Society a selection of such materials as seem worthy of forming a second contribution on the subject. Class CEPHALOPODA, Cuvier ?. Order DIBRANCHIATA, Owen 2. Suborder Octopopa, Leach *. Genus TritTaAxnoPus, Owen °. Species TRITAXEOPUS coRNUTUS, Owen. (Plate XXIII.) The ‘ Poulpes,’ or eight-armed Cephalopods, as a rule, bear their suckers in two rows along each arm. But, however numerous and seemingly “ opposite” in arrangement, they are “alternate;” and this order becomes more obvious as the suckers are fewer in number and further apart on the acetabuliferous surface. There are also species in which the zigzag course becomes so opened out that the suckers appear to be in asingle series, at first along the distal half of the arm, as in Octopus lechenaultii; and finally, with a feeble indication of the zigzag at the basal part, the suckers curve in a linear course to the end of the arm, giving the character on which the generic group E/edone ® is founded. Other genera or subgenera of the Octopoda have been based on marginal extensions of the arm-membranes (Cistopus, Pinnoctopus, &c.); but I have hitherto failed to find a notice of any Octopod characterized by having the brachial acetabula in three recog- nizable series along more or less of each arm. This, however, is the constant character of an Australian species in other respects * Communicated February 23rd, 1836. See ‘ Proceedings’ for that year. 2 “ (éphalopodes,” Tableau élémentaire de ]’Histoire Naturelle des Animaux, 8yo, an 6 (1797), p. 378, * Memoir on the Pearly Nautilus, 4to, 1832, p. 56. * Zoological Miscellany, iii. (1817); “ Pribus Octopoda,” Trans. Zool. Soc. ii. (1841), p. 129, ° zpeis, three; raéts, rank; zovs, foot. ® é\e€brn, Arist.; Eledone, Cuy.; Eledon, Leach, VOL. XI.—PaRT Vv. No. 1.—June, 1881, Z 182 PROF. OWEN ON NEW AND RARE CEPHALOPODA. pretty closely resembling, in average size and in the extent of the basal interbrachial membrane, the common Poulpe (Octopus vulgaris) of our own shores. As, however, the acetabular character seems to be of equal distinctive value to that of the opposite extreme connective of Eledone', I regard the present species as the type of a genus, the character of which has suggested the name above given. The following are dimensions of my specimen of Tritaxeopus :— in. lin, Length of the body. . . . : plas) We geome , of the head to the ‘Gu of ae esky fone of le arms. 2 ,, of the animal to the free margin of the interbrachial web 8 0 Breadth of body at its hinder half. . . .... . ae Tf - of head, across the eyes ZS The arms differ as to length in the order camepuase ae the sesondl section of the “ Poulpes” in D’Orbigny’s monograph *, and graduate in the special manner seen in Octopus vulgaris: viz., the “third” arm counting from the dorsal (1) to the ventral (4) pair, being the longest, the “second” arm is but little longer than the “fourth,” and the “first” is the shortest. The length ofthe “ third” arm in the specimen figured (Pl. XXIII. 3) is 1 foot 11 inches, that of the first (ib. 1) being 1 foot 2 inches. The basal thickness of the fleshy part of the third arm is 1 inch; and this dimension does not diminish in the same degree as does the length in the shorterarms. The extent of the basal webs, a, a, uniting the arms from the base to the middle of the free margin, is 25 inches between the second (2) and third (3) arms, and 1} inch between the first (1) and second (2) arms. ‘The proportional magnitude of the “cephalic crown,” formed by the arms and their webs, to the body, in Tritaxcopus cornutus, is as great as in Octopus vulgaris. The integument of the body is beset with scattered wart-like prominences, chiefly on the dorsal aspect; and, of these, four or five of the largest affect a longitudinal disposition. The tegumentary eyelids are well developed ; and each supports prominences on the upper border, of which the two anterior are so large and pointed as to simulate horns, whence the zomen triviale of the present species. The fleshy stem or basis of the arms is, in transverse section, rather semicircular than trihedral. The flat side supports the suckers. They begin at the brachial basis (ib. fig. 2) in a single series, and, alternating in position after the third or fourth, assume the ordinary biserial arrangement; then the two series diverge after ‘ Dr. Gray, in the ‘ Catalogue of the Mollusca in the Collection of the British Museum,’ Part i. (12mo, 1849) —CrpHALopopa ANnTEPEDIA—defines the genera Octopus, Cistopus, Pinnoctopus, as haying “arms with two rows of cups ” (p. 4), in contradistinction from Hledona and Cirroteuthis, which haye ‘‘ arms with one row of cups.” 2 « B. Bras latéraux les plus longs” (Histoire naturelle générale et particuli¢re des Céphalopodes Acétabu- liféres,’ &e., fol. 1839, p. 17). 4M. d’Orbigny remarks on this character of “la couronne :’—‘ Son volume extraordinaire distingue de suite l Octopus vulgaris des autres espéces ” (op. cit. p. 28). It applies, however, more precisely, to the female of the species; and the subject of Pl. XXIII. fig. 1 of the present memoir is of this sex. PROF. OWEN ON NEW AND RARE CEPHALOPODA. 153 a short course to make way for the third supplementary row, which extends along the mid line of the acetabuliferous area to the attenuated terminal fourth part of the arm, where the biserial arrangement is resumed. A few suckers at the filamentary termi- nation of the arms fall into the single series with which they began to appear at the base. All the suckers are sessile. Each expands into a circular disk, the border of which is soft and thick; and therefrom converge a series of thin folds, opening into a central cavity which expands towards the bottom, whence rises a caruncle like the piston of a syringe. The mechanism of the Poulpe’s sucker is here repeated. The disk being applied to the surface to be seized, the piston is retracted, and the resultant vacuum converts the disk into a sucker’. The number of the suckers of a third arm (3) is 268: there is not more disparity of size between them than in the common Poulpes ’. The mantle, or body-tunic, is continued into that of the head along the basal breadth of the dorsal aspect of the body (Pl. XXIII. fig. 1, ¢); it terminates an- teriorly and ventrally in a thickish free margin. From this wide aperture the “funnel” or respiratory tube projects; its base is not attached or articulated by cup- and-ball lateral cartilages, as in Decapoda; consequently it is more freely movable from side to side, and is commonly seen to project from one or other side, beneath or behind the eye, as at f, fig. 1, Pl. XXIII. It is not provided with a valve. This condition of the funnel, together with the tegumentary protective covering of the eyeball, has relation to the more frequent emergence of the animal from its proper watery element, and its continuance in some recess on shore during low water. The colour of a Tritaxeopus so observed, and undisturbed, isa dullish pink, reflecting from parts of the “crown” a subviolet tint. But when irritated and alarmed it rapidly assumes tints varying from bluish ted to deep violet. The inner surface of the coronal membrane, a, a, is of a lighter tint. The inner circular lip (fig. 2) is whitish. The mandibles have the usual deep-brown horny texture, the ventral one overlapping the narrower and shorter upper one ; both are trenchant, curved, and pointed. The accessory series of suckers in Tritaxeopus may be noted as a step toward the Decapods, more especially the family Sepiadw, in species of which the suckers are crowded into three or more rows on a greater or less extent of the ordinary arms, or on the peduncles or accessory pair®. A reciprocal approach to the Octopodal type is indi- cated by another brachial character, exemplified in the species next to be described. 1 «Lectures on the Anatomy of Invertebrates,’ Syo, 2nd ed., 1855, p. 611, fig. 222. 2 Tn a few species, Octopus fontanianus, VOrb., e. g., three or four suckers on certain arms form a cluster much larger than the ordinary serial pairs. ® In Oranchia, as in Loliginide, the suckers are in two series on the ordinary arms (Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. ii. p- 107, pl. xxi. fig. 4). z2 134 PROF. OWEN ON NEW AND RARE CEPHALOPODA. Suborder DECAPODA, Leach’. Fam. SEPIAD, Owen’. Genus Srpia, Lamarck *. Species Serra paLMATA, Ow. (Plates XXIV. and XXV.) Of the present species the name relates to the great extension of the interbrachial webs (ib. fig. 1, a, a), to which the nearest approach seems to be made by Sepia orbignyana, Férussac *, and Sepia elegans, d’Orb.*, but in so feeble a degree that their presence is not noted in the text (pp. 273, 280), or shown in the plates ‘“‘(Seiches) 5 and 8 ;” the degree in which such webs are developed in these species, however, is given in a subsequent plate, below cited, where an oral view of the head, with arms outstretched, exhibits the slight development of the basal webs in each of the species. The second specific character of Sepia palmata is shown by the fins (ib. 0, 6), which not only commence at the fore part of the body, but extend in advance thereof almost to the degree of the medio-dorsal production of the mantle; the fins are also produced further back than usual, and coalesce (0') beyond the end of the body®. In Sepia lati- manus’ the fins terminate near the pointed end of the body and leave no notch, but do not unite together. To the relative proportion of the body to the head with its “corona,” in which character the Cuttles come nearer than the Squids to the Poulpes, Sepia palmata addsa development of the interbrachial webs equal to that in Octopus vulgaris and the species last described (Pl. XXIII.). But the web is not continued in S. palmata between the arms of the fourth pair. These, however, develop a narrow fold of the integument from the outer and hinder surface (Pl. XXV. fig. 1, a’). The arms decrease in length from the 4th to the Ist, but in a very slight degree from the 4th to the 3rd. The acetabular surface supports four rows of suckers, in the usual alternate relative position. The suckers are small, rather more than hemispheres in shape, supported each by a peduncle attached to one side of their “ pole” and giving them an oblique position. The acetabular cayity is small in proportion to its muscular walls, and is lined next its outlet by a broad corneous hoop, the free border of which is finely denticulate. The interbrachial webs * “Cephalopoda decapoda,” Zoological Miscellany, iii., 1817. Zribus Decapoda, Trans. Zool. Soe. yol. ii. (1841), p. 129. * Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. ii. (1841), p. 129. 8 Syst. des Anim. sans Vertébres, 1801. * Hist. Nat. des Céphalopodes, fol., 1835-1848, p. 273 (Seiches), pl. y. and pl. xxvii. figs. 1, 2. ° Thid. p. 280 (Seiches), pl. viii., and pl. xxvii. fig. 5. * The terminal notch between the side fins is so common in the species of Sepia that d’Orbigny makes of it a generic character :—* Nageoires—commencant a la partie antérieure méme du corps, ou au moins a trés peu de distance ; le bordant latéralement sur toute sa longueur, en laissant entre elles, en arritre, une forte échancrure ” (op. cit., p. 250). 7 Op. cit., Seiches, pl. xii. fig. 1; Quoy et Gaimard, Zool. de PAstrolabe, Atlas, Mollusques, pl. ii. figs. 2-11. PROF. OWEN ON NEW AND RARE CEPHALOPODA. 135 contract to their terminal attachment, which is at about one third of the length of each arm from its free pointed end; at the terminal part a ridge is continued from the subsidence of the web along the outer or peripheral side of the arm (Pl. XXIV. fig. 1, a’, a’). The tentacles, d, d, rather exceed the length of the body when outstretched ; their comparatively slender subcylindrical stems slightly narrow to their abruptly expanded extremities, ¢,f, g. These are chiefly formed by the acetabuliferous disk, the proximal end or margin of which, projects freely from the supporting pedicle. The acetabula are somewhat irregularly disposed, and are unequal in size ; the four or five largest, greatly exceeding in size those of the arms, are at the middle and rather toward the proximal end of the terminal disk (Pl. XXV. e, e) ; they decrease in size towards its circumference to that of the brachial cups. The dorsal surface of the cup-bearing disk is transversely fur- rowed (Pl. XXIV. fig. 1, f) ; the border of the tentacle opposite that which supports the disk is produced into a narrow fold or “ velum” (ib. g). he large cavity or sac into which the tentacles can be withdrawn is situated beneath or on the ventral side of the eye- balls: the wrinkled disposition of its parietes in the empty state is shown at h, h (Pl. XXYV. fig. 1). The aquarium enables the home-naturalist to comprehend the use of this complex mechanism of cephalic prehensile organs. The Cuttle makesa hollow in the submerged sand on which it rests; the tentacles are drawn in, out of sight, the arms are contracted and collected en masse, as in the cut, fig. 1. If afish should glide ora crab crawl within Fig. 1. Fig. 2. sight or smell, the Cuttle is roused, opes wide its eyes, separates and stretches out its arms, and manifests its emotion by change and heightening of its colour ; it then moves craftily to the correct distance, takes aim, uplifts the dorsal pair of arms (!), divaricates the side pairs (2, 3, 4), and, darting out the tentacles, seizes and draws in the prey with a rapidity the eye can scarcely follow (fig. 2)?. 1 T am indebted for this statement, and the drawings from which figs. 1 and 2 are taken, to my late esteemed friend Mr W. A. Lloyd, Conductor of the Aquarium at Westminster, and lately in charge of that at the Crystal Palace, The same phenomena haye been witnessed at the Brighton Aquarium, 136 PROF. OWEN ON NEW AND RARE CEPHALOPODA. The outer lip in Sepia palmata is attached to the velum at the interspaces of the arms. From that between the first pair a fold extends and expands upon the inner border of this circular lip, and develops therefrom a short tentacle, of a bright red colour in the recent Cuttle. A similar fold and process extend from the interspace between the second and third arms, and from the sheath of the tentacle between the third and fourth arms. A pair of similar folds of smaller size and developing shorter pointed processes, are continued upon the onter lip from the interspace between the fourth pair of arms. The fold of the outer lip developing the pink processes may be regarded as a middle lip. The inner circular lip immediately surrounding the mandible has a fringed external border. The above characters are shown in Plate XXYV. fig. 1. The head of Sepia palmata has the usual proportions of the genus, broader than long, but here in breadth not quite equalling that of the pallial aperture; it contracts to a kind of neck behind the eyes. These (P]. XXIV.) are more dorsal in position than in Octopods, are not visible on the ventral surface (Pl. XXV.), on which the Cuttle rests and lurks in wait for its prey. The cephalic integument is continued over the eye-ball, but becomes transparent opposite the iris, the curtain of which (Pl. XXIV. 7) is visible and notable in the present as in other Sepiw. ‘There is a slight fold indicative of a lower lid, &; the upper one bears posteriorly three caruncles regularly disposed. Anteriorly is the small orifice of the lacrymal sac. The dorsal part of the head, between the orbits, shows a depression lodging the anterior production, m, of the mid part of the dorsal border of the pallial aperture: into this production enters the fore part of the “sepium” (Plates XXIV. & XXYV. fig. 2). A corresponding depression on the ventral side of the head, between the tentacular sacs, lodges the funnel (Pl. XXV. fig. 1, x). The fins, o, 0, produced from the entire side-border of the mantle or body-wall, nearer the dorsal than the ventral surface, extend forward in an unusual degree ; and continuing backward, they round the hinder end of the body, meet, coalesce, and extend beyond that part, o’. The superior degree of development of these forward-propelling instruments may be correlated with the superaddition of the backwardly propelling webs, a, a, in the present doubtless very active Cuttle. In connexion with the characteristic hinder pro- duction of the fins may be noted the absence of the “mucro” or pointed terminal apex of the “guard” of the reduced and modified belemnitic shell, which mucro usually projects, in other species of Sepia, from the notch left at the posterior interval of the there separated lateral fins. ; Besides the absence of the mucro, the “sepium” of S. palmata differs from that of S. officinalis and most other Cuttles in tapering more gradually to the hind end, in the greater proportion of the sheath to the phragmocone, and in the lateral margins of the sheath being well definable, and extending beyond the lamellate mass from end to end. The dorsal surface of this mass or “ phragmocone” has a subtrilobate form (Pl. XXIV. PROF. OWEN ON NEW AND RARE CEPHALOPODA. 137 fig. 2, b), the mid lobe more prominent than the side ones 4'; on the ventral surface (Pl. XXV. fig. 2) the hinder two thirds of the mid lobe, 4, are traversed by a median longi- tudinal groove. This is barely indicated in the sepium of S. officinalis, but is continued through the whole length of the same part and surface of the sepium of S. australis, d’Orb.', which has a sharp and slender well-produced “ mucro.” The specific characters of the sepium of S. palmata are well brought out in a comparison of the figures of that part in the plates of the richly illustrated work of the French cephalopodists. The form which comes nearest to the sepium of the present species is that of S. longimanus of Quoy 2. The colour of Sepia palmata, in the quiescent state of the Cuttle, is a dull or dirty subviolet-pinkish. The subject of Plates XXIV. and XXYV. was captured off the shore of Norfolk Island, Australia. The figures are reduced to three fourths of the natural size. Genus SEPIOTEUTHIS, Blainville’®. Species SEPIOTEUTHIS BREVIS, Owen. (Plate XXVI. fig. 1.) The present form of Decapod agrees with Sepia in the extent of attachment of the lateral fins (ib. e, ¢); but the development of the internal shell is restricted to the sheath, or part homologous with the “guard” of the Belemnite, the chamber-walls of the phragmocone not being developed, and no part of the shell being calcified. Of this form I have received a specimen from the Japanese sea, the arms of which had suffered some mutilation; but the proportion of the body to the head, of the breadth of the body to its length, and the narrowness of the lateral fins forbade its reference to any of the previously described or defined species of Sepioteuthis to which, or to their descriptions, I have had access. I submitted the specimen to dissection, found that it was of the male sex; and, as these organs have not, to my knowledge, hitherto been made known in the genus Sepioteuthis, I add a figure of them, én situ, to the few remarks now submitted on the characters of the species. The head is short and broad across the eyes. These have a tegumentary covering, transparent as in Sepia, and leaving the curtained iris (ib. fig. 1, m) visible. Behind the prominence of the eye-ball alow ridge of integument, with a subcrenate border, n, extends in a parallel curve, and, from its relation to the acoustic foramen, has been compared to an external ear *. The cephalic arms are short, provided on their dorsal or peripheral surface with a longitudinal tegumentary fold, a’, and on the opposite surface with two rows of acetabula ' Op. cit. p. 285, pl. (Seiches) 7, fig. 4. * Zoologie de l’Astrolabe, fol., tom. ii. p. 68, Mollusques, pl. 2. figs, 2, 11. ® Malacologie, 8vo, 1823 (syn. Chondrosepia, Leuckart, 1828), * «Oreille externe,” d’Orb. op. cit. p. 297. 138 PROF. OWEN ON NEW AND RARE CEPHALOPODA, in the usual alternate disposition (Pl. XXVI. fig. 1,1,3). The dorsal pair (1) of arms are the shortest and most slender; the third and fourth (ventral) pairs are the longest and thickest. Only the basal part of the stem of the left tentacle, p, remains in the specimen described. On each side of the base of the funnel is a narrow elongate cartilage, g, excavated for the reception of a cartilaginous prominence, 7, of similar form, from the juxtaposed inner surface of the muscular mantle. The infundibular tube is shown slit open along the ventral wall, exposing the terminal valve, s. The masses of the “ musculi retractores infundibuli” are shown at ¢,¢. The anterior or descending aorta, uv, is drawn from the intervening recess of the above muscles. The posterior aorta has been removed near its origin, v. The systemic ventricle is transversely elongate and bent at a right angle, as in Sepia. The vena cava, w, is partly withdrawn from the intermuscular recess; and its two divisions, with their glandular tunics, are shown diverging to the lateral branchial hearts, x, v, each of which has a small fleshy appendage. The margin of the gill lodging the branchial vein is shown aty. The trunkof each vein enters the contiguous end of the transverse ventricle, the right rather more advanced than the left. The branchial lamellz are narrow and numerous. The digestive viscera, agreeing closely with those of Sepia, have been removed to bring more clearly into view the circulatory, respiratory, and generative organs. A part of the liver, with its peritoneal capsule partially reflected, is shown at z. The testis, a, occupies a peritoneal compartment at the hinder end, or fundus, of the abdominal cayity; on removing the serous coat, as in the figure, the fibrous tunic is exposed. To a part of the inner surface of this membrane are attached the seminal tubes, which diverge and branch dichotomously, filling the cavity, and ter- minating blindly. ‘They are bathed in the seminal fluid, which escapes by rupture of the tubules into the fibrous sac, whence it escapes by a foramen leading to a long, slender and tortuous “vas deferens.” ‘This tube opens into a larger one, the size of which is chiefly due to the thickness of its fibrous and glandular parietes, which present narrow transverse plice toward the cavity of the present canal, which has been termed a “vesicula seminalis:” it is shown at c. The anterior end of the “vesicula ” communicates with a second, oblong, blind glandular sac (ib. d): it has been compared to a “prostate gland.” Without sanctioning such homologies with the parts so called > in the mammalian class, it is certain that the seminal fluid or spermatozoa are packed into capsules, contributed by the glandular parts of the above accessory organs, the capsules being therein moulded into the filamentary form, These “ spermatophora” are con- veyed by a short and wide duct to an oblong pouch, f/, sometimes called (after the naturalist and theologian who first drew attention to the moving powers of the fila- ments) “ Needham’s pouch” (bursa Needhami). A short canal conducts the spermato- phores to the base of the penis, h, PROF. OWEN ON NEW AND RARE CEPHALOPODA. 139 Genus SEPIOLA. Species SEPIOLA OWENIANA, d’Orb. I subjoin a description and figure of the male organs of Sepiola oweniana, d'Orb.' (Pl. XXVI. fig. 2) for comparison with those of Sepiola grantiana, @Orb.’, from which the difference of the subject of fig. 2, Pl. XXIV. is so great as to lead me to conclude that the complexities of the organs had failed to be unravelled by the deservedly esteemed French authorities on the present highly organized class of Mollusca. In Sepiola oweniana the testis (ib. fig. 2, «) is pyriform, convex on one side, the opposite surface converging to a low ridge, from which the sperm-duct (vas deferens, 6) is continued. This duct is relatively shorter and has fewer convolutions than in Sepio teuthis. The “vesicula seminalis,” ¢, is relatively longer, more slender, and shows a short fold in its forward course. The prostate, d, is rounded, its secretion is carried into the fore end of the “vesicula” by a relatively longer duct than in Sepioteuthis and Octopus. The duct, ¢, proceeds from the confluence of those of the vesicula and prostate, and, describing a turn round the hinder and smaller portion of the spermatophorous pouch, opens into its fundus. This pouch, f, is relatively larger than in Septioteuthis or than in Octopus*; it is oblong, partially divided into two compartments by the slight constriction along which the vesiculo-prostatic canal curves. The spermatophorous duct, short and wide, g, comes off near to the large anterior end of the pouch, and conveys the moyable “ filaments of Needham” into the base of a conical penis, h. Fam. TEUTHID#, Owen‘. Section a’. Subfam. Lotigopsina, d’Orb.® Genus Lo.icopsis, Lam.’ Species Lonigopsis ocELLATA, Ow. (Plate XXVI. figs. 3-8, & Plate XXVIL.) This species, in the relative magnitude of the head and shortness of the trunk, departs from the generic character derived by d’Orbigny from the few specimens of the singu- larly modified Decapods forming Lamarck’s genus “ Loligopsis” at the date of publica- tion of the great work quoted below®. Nevertheless the essential characters of the 1 Op. cit. p. 229. 2 Tbid. Sepiola, pl. ii. fig. 11. > See Cuvier, Mémoires &c. des Mollusques, 4to, 1817, ‘* Poulpe,” pl. iv. fig. 5, e. * Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. ii. p. 129. 5 Thidem (1836). ° Op. cit. p. 320 (1835-1848), 7 Extrait du Cours d’Hist. Nat., 1812. 8 «Genre Loligopsis, Lamarck. Animal pourvu d’une téte trés petite par rapport 4 Vensemble, et d’un corps trés allongé.—” Op. cit. p. 320: fol., 1839. VOL, XI.—ParT v. No. 2.—June, 1881. 2A 140 PROF. OWEN ON NEW AND RARE CEPHALOPODA. genus are exemplified in the combination of the large naked eyeballs, the large and loose funnel (extending, when not reflected, as at m, Pl. XXVII. fig. 1, to the interspace of the eyeballs), the short but broad and here rounded terminal fins, /, #, and the very long, slender, and seemingly non-retractile tentacles, ¢. The head, of which the prominent eyeballs, 0, 0, form the broadest part, is not con- tracted at its fore part, and is but very slightly so behind. There is no lacrymal depres- sion, nor any rudiment of eyelids. A series of small spots around the margin of the wide orbit scarcely rises above the surface. The iris or capsule of the lens seems to be naturally exposed; the conjunctiva, p, continued from its periphery, is reflected upon the back part of the eye-globe as far as the entry of the nerves from the optic ganglion ; the long diameter of the lens is in the line of its axis. The cephalic arms are subequal, moderately long. Those of the dorsal pair (Pl. XXVII. 1, 1) are each 5 inches in length and 5 lines in basal breadth, those of the ventral pair (ib. 4, 4) are each 5} inches in length and are rather narrower at the base. Each arm presents a quadrate transverse section, being tetrahedral (Pl. XXVI. fig. 4); the inner or central angles (ib. ib. e, ¢) are fringed with a very narrow delicately scalloped mem- brane, to the inner side of which the suckers, f, f, are attached each by a slender pedicle (fig. 5, p). The three pairs1,2,3 of arms are attached to each other at their bases by two small webs, the broader one at the central, the narrower one at the peri- pheral angles; the arms 3 and 4 are connected basally by the peripheral web, g, only, which is broader than in the others, and forms the outer wall of the depression lodging the base or root of the tentacle. The tentacles, ¢, ¢, arise close together from a glisten- ing mass of ligamentous substance at the inner part of the ventral side of the head, a little in advance of the orbits, whence they diverge to issue at the interspaces between the arms 3 and 4, There seems not to be any cavity capable of receiving them entire in a retracted state, as in the ordinary Squids and Cuttles. Their clavate acetabuliferous ends, which may be supposed to have existed from the analogy of other species of Loligopsis (L. veranit, e. g.), in which the tentacles were fortunately entire in the captured specimen, have’ been broken off in the present instance, as in the species Loligopsis cyclura, Lesueur, figured in the first volume of the Society’s ‘Transactions,’ pl. ii. p. 21, as L. guttata, Grant; and in Perothis pellucida, or Perothis escholtzii, Rathke’. The brachial acetabula, attached or, as it were, suspended to the central borders (figs. 3, 4, e, e) of the ordinary arms, are small, not exceeding 13 millim. at their base ; this adheres by a short and pyriform peduncle (fig. 5) to, or close to, the brachial fringes. ‘They are consequently in two series, of which the alternate arrangement is feebly shown. The two rows are as distinct at their basal beginning as in the rest of the course 1 Mém. de I’Acad. Imp. des Sciences de St. Pétersbourg, tom. ii. p. 159, pls. 1 & 2. This species is held by @’Orbigny to be identical with the Leachia (Loligopsis) cyclura of Lesueur. Ivhave added in outline, to one of the broken tentacles in pls. y. & vi., the clavate end as figured in pl. viii., d’Orb. op. cit. PROF. OWEN ON NEW AND RARE CEPHALOPODA. 141 (Pl. XXVI. fig. 3). They slightly enlarge toward the middle of the arm, and thence gra- dually decrease in size to the attenuated end. Each sucker is subspherical (Pl. XXVI. figs. 4, 5, 5!); the aperture of the cavity is circular, with a tumid margin; and the cor- neous lining terminates there by a finely spinous border. The outer lip, or buccal membrane (Pl. XXVI. fig. 3, h), is from 7 to 8 lines in breadth ; the free border is produced into seven angles, corresponding to the places of attachment of as many brachial “ frena” to the outer surface of the lip. Of these the dorsal one, i, is azygous and rises from the web at the basal interspace of the dorsal pair of arms 1,1. The contiguous pair of freena are similarly attached to the basal webs between the first and second pairs of arms. The frena of the third pair are attached to the beginning of the ventro-marginal fringe of the third arm; those of the fourth pair are attached to the beginning of the contiguous marginal fringe of the fourth pair of arms. ‘The labial processes corresponding to the fraena are simply pointed and short, not acetabuliferous. The surface of the outer lip, extending from the scalloped border to the inner lip, is finely villous. A narrow simple border, ¢, is developed from the con- tinuation of the outer to the inner or proper lip. This lip is thicker, more muscular, and shows a crenate (hardly to be called fringed) border. The point of the ventral man- dible is exposed in fig. 3 (Pl. XXVL.). The rostral part of the upper dorsal mandible (ib. fig. 6, a) is short and stout, and sends down from its basal half a broad process, 6, making the vertical diameter of the rostrum equal to the entire length of this mandible. The apophysis, ¢, is subquadrate. The rostrum of the lower ventral mandible (fig. 7, c) is longer and more acute, and has no basal process; its upper border is continued at f upon the apophysial part ; the apophysis, g, is relatively more extensive than in the upper mandible; and the lower angle is produced. The length of the specimen of Loligopsis ocellata here described, from the tip of the longest outstretched arm to the end of the body, is 1 foot; the length of the head with its brachial appendages is 7 inches 9 lines; the length of the body, less the funnel, is 4 inches 3 lines. The transverse diameter of the fore part of the body is 2 inches 3 lines. Halfway toward the hind end the body gradually contracts thereto, and terminates in an obtuse point between the bases of the fins. The fore border of the mantle is produced into a low angle at the middle of the dorsal side (Pl. XXVII. fig. 2, f). The fins (ib. fig. 1, &, &) are subcircular, attached for an extent of 1 inch 1 line to the sides of the hind part of the mantle, rather nearer the dorsal than the ventral surface. The combined breadth of the fins is 2 inches 6 lines; the longitudinal diameter of each is 1 inch 2 lines. The colour of the specimen when first received was crimson shading to violet, with dark spots, brightest on the ventral and lateral surfaces. The spots average | line in diameter, are circular or full-elliptical in shape, with a white centre ; their resemblance 2a2 142 PROF. OWEN ON NEW AND RARE CEPHALOPODA. to so many little eyes suggested the “ nomen specificum.” On the arms they are limited to the outer or peripheral facet, and thereupon are well marked, arranged in an irre- gular triple row along the basal third, and in a double row for the rest of the extent. The ground-colour is fainter on the contiguous brachial facets, but is as well developed upon the central as on the peripheral facets of each arm. ‘The tentacles and fins showed little or no pigment. The funnel is of large proportional size, extending along the ventral side of the head almost beyond the space between the eyes. Its free exserted part is shown, reflected, in Pl. XXVII. fig. 1,m. On each side of its intrapallial base is the cartilaginous socket, 9 lines in length by 3 lines in breadth, for articulating with the corresponding cartila- ginous prominences on the opposed inner surfaces of the mantle. Coexisting with this articular apparatus (‘“ appareil de résistance,” d’Orb.) is the infundibular valve. Both the above structures of the funnel, common, as a rule, in Decapods, are either nonexistent or unnoticed in previously described species of Loligopsis'. The gladius or pen of L. ocellata (Pl. XXVI. fig. 8) is 4 inches 5 lines in length, 9 lines in extreme breadth. The shaft, 7, extends forward about 9 lines in advance of the vane, s, but is continued along the mid line of that part, gradually attenuating, to the subobtuse end, which occupies the interpinnate prominence of the body. ‘The shaft commences in the medio-dorsal production of the fore part of the body. The vane gains its extreme breadth about one fourth of the way to the hind end, toward which it gradually narrows. ‘This likeness of the “ gladius” to the feather, the present species of Loligopsis shows in common with most of the ordinary squids (Loliginidz). In Loligopsis veranii there is a vane-like expansion at both ends of the gladius, with a long intervening slender shaft”. In Loligopsis pavo the fore part of the shaft is longer than the hind part supporting the vane*. A similar shape of gladius occurs in L. cyclwra (L. guttata, Grant) *. The following are from notes taken on dissection of the specimen above described :— The cartilaginous cranium presents on its dorsal aspect a general convexity with a transversely cordiform outline, the point being anterior, the notch posterior. The ventral surface offers two lateral convexities, with a middle longitudinal channel perforated by the two large pallial nerves and, above them, by the large vein. Two muscles of the eye- ball arise from the lateral part of the anterior margin, about a line apart; they con- verge and expand upon the sclerotic. A second muscle arises from the mesial surface near the hind edge of the ventral plate of the cranium, and expands upon the corre- sponding surface of the eyeball. A third muscle passes transversely between the two * Op. cit.: L. pavo, @Orb., p.321; L. cyclura, Vér., p. 322; L. peronii, Lam., p. 323; L. chrysophthalmus, d@’Orb., p. 324. Amongst the infundibular characters of the genus is “Jintérieur simple, sans valvule,” p. 821. Iam unwilling to propose a generic name on the difference above noted in the present specimen. ? Op. cit. “ Loligopsis,” pl. ii. fig. 3. 3 Thid. Loligo, pl. vi. fig. 4. * Ibid. p. 322. PROF. OWEN ON NEW AND RARE CEPHALOPODA. 148 eyeballs, anterior to the ventral border of the cranium. The muscles of the “ corona” come from both dorsal and ventral surfaces of the cranium. The gullet is long, slender, without partial dilatation. The stomach is an oblong cecal pouch, an inch in length. The pylorus, situated near the cardiac orifice, conducts by a very short canal to the second, spirally disposed, pouch, the blind end of which forms only a single turn with an obtuse apex. The intestine makes a single bend for- ward, is short, and at its anal termination is provided with a pair of slender tentacles, each 14 line in length. The liver consists of a single oblong elliptical mass, 2 inches in length, 9 lines in breadth ; its capsule shows a glistening surface. Two hepatic ducts emerge from its hinder end, each about an inch in length, and developing clusters of quasi-pancreatic follicles. Beyond these the ducts open upon a groove continued from the spiral glan- dular pouch into the beginning of the intestine. The ink-bladder is fusiform, narrow, coextensive with and parallel to the straight terminal part of the alimentary canal, with the termination of which it communicates by a short and wide duct. Each branchia consists of 40 pairs of plicate plates; the suspensory folds are coextensive with the gill. Each branchial heart is simple, without appendage. But on the division of the vena cava leading thereto is the usual glandular supposed “renal” organ; its capsule is thick and pulpy ; and it communicates with the abdominal cavity bya widish opening with a coloured margin. ‘The size of each renal sac was 1 inch by 9 lines. The systemic heart is of an elongate lozenge-shape, receiving the branchial veins at nearly opposite transverse angles, near the fore part of the ventricle. This sends off one large posterior aorta and a smaller anterior artery. ‘The peritoneal or lining mem- brane of the mantle is reflected upon the viscera about an inch behind the anterior free border of the mantle, and also from the capsule of the gladius, along which it is attached. The two chief lateral nerves of the muscular mantle are each accompanied by a more slender nerve, which expands into the stellate ganglion from which radiate the nerves to the anterior third part of the mantle. From the hind end of the ganglion a small nerve is continued on, parallel with the unganglionic chord, to the attached bases of the ter- minal fins, which thus derive their nervous supply from both the sensory and motory chords. The sex of the specimen was female; the organs of generation were as in Loligopsis cyclura’. I am indebted to Tradescant Lay, Esq., for the subject of the above description, which was captured in the Chinese sea. * L. guttata, Grant, Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. i. pl. ii. fig. 3, g, figs. 8, 9. 144 PROF, OWEN ON NEW AND RARE CEPHALOPODA. Genus OMMASTREPHES, d’Orbigny °. Species OMMASTREPHES ENSIFER, Ow. (Plate XXVIII.) In the family of Squids (Loliginide), to which the present specimen belongs, the group differentiated by d’Orbigny under the generic name above given includes it by the form of the lateral cartilages on the inner surface of the mantle and of the cavities on the sides of the base of the funnel adapted thereto’, by the absence of eyelids, and by the orifice of the eyeball (Pl. XXVIII. fig. 1, 0), with which is associated the depression in the integument anterior to the eye, termed “ lacrymal sinus,” /. In this group the species Ommastrephes bartramii, Le Sueur*, and O. owalaniensis, d’Orbigny *, come nearest to 0. ensifer in the development of the tegument forming the ventral margin of the acetabuliferous tract of the second (ib. 2 a) and third (ib. 3 a) arms. But such development is much exceeded, especially in the third arm, in 0. ensifer; it is moreoyer associated with a production of the integument of the outer ridge or surface of that arm, in a subangular form (ib. 3 4), which expansion, combined with that of the acetabular velum (a), gives to the third arm the shape of an eastern scymitar, whence the specific name proposed for the present species. Should this be deemed a character of subgeneric value, I would propose the term ‘ Xiphoteu- this” ® for the present and other species that may be found to possess it. The following are dimensions of the individual on which the species is founded :— in. lin. ihength.of botkyriyicigs yam! aaa aie patel saad » of head to interspace of dorsalarms1 . . 3 7 5 MOLARS 71, ey, See Wht eR GPRS AE op oO EATING D adie WEN 4 RAs ee a led) OL ARMS Sp. ph tnaeck aces how cadae ins eisace heb. Ofanins 4A Ala iatals Gl aac ee » Of tentacles (outstretched) . .. . . 21 0 5, of attached base of fin . tecteSee Sabha Orel Breadth of the, pairof fins... payyshesisy eo yeteots See Gh », of body in advance of fins . epee 0) 5 of foreend ‘of body’. < Op. cit. p. 33. * «Descriptive and Illustrated Catalogue of the Physiological Series of Comparative Anatomy in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons in London,’ vol. i. 4to, 1832, p. 15, no. 63; 2nd ed., 8vo, 1852, p. 15, no. 63. ° Thid. vol. ii. 4to, 1833, p. 84, no. 308; 2nd ed., Svo, 1852, p. 84, no. 308. ®° Deser. and Il. Cat. vol. ii. no. 902 a, p. 35; and no, 166 pv, Nat.-Hist.-Series Cat. ut supra, p. 33. VOL. X1.—Part y. No, 3.—June, 1881. 28 148 PROF. OWEN ON NEW AND RARE CEPHALOPODA. The hook-armed Calamaries designated under the generic name Onychoteuthis by Lichtenstein have since been separated and grouped under other genera, of which the two best-marked are distinguished by the disposition of their peculiar weapons. In one group the hooks or claws are restricted to the tentacles ; in the other they are developed upon both arms and tentacles. To the first of these Calamaries the original generic term is now restricted, as the type species (Onychoteuthis banksii*) exemplifies such partial location of the hooks. The term Enoploteuthis is applied, by d’Orbigny, to the group in which the arms as well as the tentacles bear hooks. A fossil species similarly provided has been termed Acanthoteuthis. Other genera have been proposed on minor modifications *, but have not met with acceptance. I propose to offer some anatomical observations derived from a species of the first genus, before describing the preserved parts of the large example of the second genus of these most formidable Dibranchiate Cephalopods. The first observations are results of a partial dissection of a unique specimen of Onychoteuthis (O. raptor, Ow.), nearly allied to the type species. My subject (Pl. X XIX. figs. 1 & 2) is 8 inches 6 lines in length, of which the body gives 5 inches 8 lines, including the infundibulum. ‘The fins are rhomboidal and terminal, 3 inches 2 lines across, and each of a length of 2 inches 8 lines. The arms decrease in length from the ventral to the dorsal pair, but not consecutively, their order, as to length, being 4, 2, 3,1. Each is provided with a double row of small pyriform sessile acetabula. The swollen extremity of each tentacle, ¢, supports a double series of hooks, each projecting from a subelongate fleshy capsule; there are about 15 in each row, the outer ones being the longest: at the base of the uncigerous expansion is a circular group of small acetabula, 7’, the function of which is specially noted in the article CeruaLopopa * of the ‘ Cyclopedia of Anatomy.’ The eyes repeat the character of the Ommastrephic group, as noted in Ommastre- phes ensifer, except that the “lacrymal fossa” is less marked. * Loligo banksii, Leach, ‘ Zoological Miscellany,’ 1817, no. iii. p. 141, and Appendix to Tuckey’s ‘ Narrative of the Congo Expedition,’ no. ii. p. 401. The specific name was given by Dr. Leach, under the impression that the small hook-armed Cuttle caught off the coast of Africa might be the species noted in ‘* Cook’s Voyage” above cited. In the following year (1818) the same species received from Lichtenstein (op. cit. p. 1592, no, 4, Taf. 19) the name Onychoteuthis bergii. Lichenstein’s figure is copied by Férussae and d’Orbigny in their ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Céphalopodes,’ 4to, 1835-1848, “ G. Onychoteuthis, pl. vy.” * Catalogue of the Mollusca in the Collection of the British Museum, Part I. Cephalopoda Antepedia, by John Edward Gray, 12mo, 1849, p. 46 et seq. 4 «¢ When these latter suckers are applied to one another, the tentacles are firmly locked together at that part, and the united strength of both can be applied to drag toward the mouth any resisting object which has been grappled by the terminal hooks. There is no mechanical contrivance which surpasses this structure: art has remotely imitated it in the fabrication of the obstetrical forceps, in which either blade can be used separately, or, by the interlocking of a temporary joint, be made to act in combination.” — Cyel, of Anat. yol.i. 1836, p. 529, fig. 215, PROF. OWEN ON NEW AND RARE CEPHALOPODA. 149 In Onychoteuthis banksii the dorsal surface of the head shows a few short longitudinal ridges not present in 0. raptor, and the arms shorten in the order 4, 3, 2,1. The tentacular hooks are also more numerous than in 0. raptor; and the tentacles them- selves are relatively more slender. A mesial longitudinal section of the mantle and some further dissection exposed the following parts (Pl. XXIX. fig. 2):— The infundibulum has on each side of its base an elongate narrow cartilaginous cavity, a, which articulates with a prominence of corresponding shape, 2, from the inner surface of the opposed side of the mantle. Near the apex of the funnel lay the “ valve,” ¢, of a semicircular shape. At the base of the funnel opens the vent, d; the anal end of tbe rectum supports a pair of filamentary appendages, é, ¢. The duct of the * ink-bag,” 9, terminates just within the anal verge. At the base of the gills, h, h, are the branchial hearts, 7, i, each with a small fleshy appendage, *. A portion of the systemic heart is exposed at m. Portions of the ‘‘musculi retractores infundibuli ” are shown at 7. The specimen was a female, and probably young. The long narrow ovary, 0, not developed as at the sexual period, occupies the narrow pointed fundus of the abdominal cavity. Seemingly single outwardly, its inner capsule forms a mesial septum, indicative of the parial character. From each moiety is continued an oviduct, p, which, after some convolutions, terminates in an enlarged outlet, the thick soft lining membrane of which is disposed in folds radiating from the central aperture, q. The nidamental glands, 7, are a pair of elongate bodies situated between the oviductal outlets, beyond which the nar- rower end of the accessory glands extends forward between the branchial hearts. The digestive organs being removed, are shown in Pl. XXIX. fig. 3. A long, slender esophagus, a, is continued, as in other Decapods, without ingluvial dilatation, to the stomach, 2. This is large, oblong, with thinner parietes than in the cancrivorous Octo- pods, but with the muscular fibres radiating from centres on opposite sides of the bag. The pylorus is a slit with tumid borders, and communicates with a second cavity, ¢, into which open the hepatic ducts, conveying the bile, and also the secretion, probably pancreatic, of the clustered follicles d d, developed upon and from the ducts of the liver. The intestine is continued with a slight bend straight to the tentaculate vent, fi The liver appears to be a single elongated gland with a glistening longitudinally fibrous capsule, g. Onremoving this a delicate inner layer seemed to form a septum, indicative of a bilobate condition. The cecal ends of the constituent lobules are shown in the moiety h, from which the fibrous capsule has been removed. ‘The large elongate ink- bag, subbifid at its base, is shown at 7; its duct is short. The branchial lamelle are marked a, fig. 4; the suspensory ligaments are shown at 4 ; the systemic veins, with their appended follicles, at ¢, ¢ ; the branchial hearts and their appendix, at d, d; the branchial arteries, at e¢,¢; the branchial veins, at ffi the systemic heart, of a rhomboidal or lozenge shape, with its two aorte, ascending and descending, is shown at g. 2B 2 150 PROF. OWEN ON NEW AND RARE CEPHALOPODA. The mandibular, radular, and salivary organs are almost in miniature what is shown in the same apparatus of the large Cephalopod next to be described, and justify the reference of the Hunterian specimen no. 308 to the following genus and species :-— Genus ENOPLOTEUTHIS, d’Orb. 1 Species ENOPLOTEUTHIS Cook, Ow. The beak (Pl. XXX. figs. 1, 2,3) consists, as in all Cephalopods, of an upper (fig. 1) and a lower (fig. 3) mandible ; and, as in all the Dibranchiate kinds, the hardest part does not exceed the density of horn. In each mandible may be distinguished an anterior exposed, or “rostral” part (a bef), and a posterior concealed part (d g), which, as affording attachment to the biting-muscles, may be termed “ apophysial.” This is the part in which the corneous density degenerates into a kind of gristly flexible tissue. As in all Cephalopods, the lower mandible receives the upper when the beak is closed. The rostral part of the upper mandible (fig. 1) sends forward a long, somewhat slender, decurved, sharp-pointed “ uncus,” a, 11 lines (=23 millims.) in length at the lower border, as defined by the “ala.” This part, b, descends vertically with a feebly convex anterior border to apply itself to the inner surface of the corresponding part of the lower mandible (fig. 3, f). The upper border of the “ uncus” is continued backward, in a convex curve, 3 inches from the apex. The hind border, c, of the rostrum has an extent in a straight line of 2} inches; it describes a sigmoid curve concave forward in the upper three fourths, convex below, both curves feeble. ‘The “apophysis,” d, d, is continued 3} inches behind the rostrum. Its upper part begins 9 lines (=20 millims.) below the hind and upper apex of the rostrum; the lower border quits the rostrum much nearer the lower apex of the ala,?. Much of the interior border of the apophysis becomes free very near the hind border of the rostrum, ¢, leaving a long but shallow groove for the tendinous insertion of the supramandibular muscle; but a ridge-like extension continues the under or oral surface of the rostrum backwards, forming a horny roof of the fore part of the mouth, the extent of which is shown in the vertical section given in fig. 1, Pl. XXXI. The apophysial plate expands vertically as it retrogrades to its mid extent, Pl. XXX. fig. 1, d, d, where the vertical diameter is 24 inches; it then contracts, describing a sigmoid curve to the upper apex. The whole length, in a straight line, of the upper mandible is 4% inches. The extent of the hinder cartila- ginous border is from 2 to 3 lines, as indicated by the dotted outline in fig. 1. The lower mandible (ib. fig. 3) has a smaller apophysis and a shorter but deeper and rather less sharply pointed uncus, e (Pl. XXX. figs. 2&3). From the base of the uncus is continued a broad ala, f, overlapping the corresponding part, 6, of the upper ! Histoire Naturelle des Céphalopodes Acctabuliféres, p. 336, PROF. OWEN ON NEW AND RARE CEPHALOPODA. 151 mandible. The apophysis is strengthened on each side by a broad ridge or rising, g, extending longitudinally to the terminal apex. The muscular masses inserted into the mandibular apophyses are of a very dense tissue. The hinder fascicles open, the fore ones close, the beak. The outer and inner plates of the lower uncus recede in a less degree than those of the upper one; both are occupied by the condensed or tendinous modification of the mandibular muscular mass. A thick fleshy inner lip, fig. 2, 2, of a circular or sphincteric shape, immediately sur- rounds or inyests the mandibles: it is reflected from the base of the rostral part of the upper mandible at a greater distance (about double) than from that of the lower mandible (as shown in the section fig. 1, Pl. XX XI). The free anterior border of this lip is coarsely notched or divided into lobes, answering to the finer and more numerous marginal plice present there in most of the smaller forms of Dibranchiates. The outer lip is attached by eight frena radiating from the outer side of the inner lip to the bases of the eight ordinary arms. Each frenum sends off from the middle of its free margin a process which is fimbriate (Pl. XXXI. fig. 1, 7, 7), but does not develop any suckers. The lingual apparatus consists of the tongue proper and the rasp or “radule ;” to which are added a pair of “faucial folds” bearing on their inner surface small but distinctly visible horny denticles. The tongue proper (ib. fig. 1, /) is partially divided into two lobes, into the contracted base of which is inserted a slender “retractor lingue” muscle, f. The “radule,” 4, encasing the third lobe of the lingual apparatus with its horny plate, bears on the upper and fore part thereof seven longitudinal rows of fine recurved spines. The faucial folds, /, 7, are continued from the sides of the base of the radular lobe and from the covering of the lingual salivary glands, m, as far back as the beginning of the esophagus, m. Each fold is 24 inches in length, and 7 lines in breadth at the dentigerous part, behind which they gradually narrow to their cesopha- geal termination. The horny armature is on the inner surface of the broader anterior portions of the folds; the spinules are slightly recurved, and affect, though less regularly than on the radule, a longitudinal disposition. The lingual salivary glands are compressed, parial, in close contact. Their vertical extent is about one third of their length. They are convex and thick posteriorly, m, becoming flattened and contracting as they advance to send off each their duct, which opens into the cleft between the faucial fold and radule (as indicated by the bristles). The cesophagus, », has a thick muscular and longitudinally plicate epithelial tunic ; the diameter of the contracted tube is half an inch’. The systemic ventricle (Prep. no. 963, Hunterian Physiological Series; Pl. XXXII. fig. 6) presents the same rhomboidal figure is in Onychoteuthis raptor (Pl. XXIX. fig. 4,9), with a similar relative position of the valvular terminations of the branchial * A reduced cut of the subject of fig. 1 is given (fig. 225), and a general notice without details, in p. 621 of my ‘ Lectures on the Comparative Anatomy and Physiology of the Invertebrate Animals,’ 8vo, 1855. 152 PROF. OWEN ON NEW AND RARE CEPHALOPODA. veins, and valvular beginnings of the two aorte’. The proportionate size of the ventricle is the same which the mandibles bear to those in Onychoteuthis raptor. There seems no reasonable doubt, therefore, that we have in the subject of figure 6, Pl. XXXII. the chief part of the organs of circulation in Cook’s “great hook-armed Cuttle-fish.” The muscular part of this heart is thickest at its widest part, near the entry of the branchial veins, a, a, and gradually thins off to the fore and hind ends where the aortze, 5, 6’, are sent off. The fasciculi of fibres are disposed in different planes, and decus- sate each other obliquely. The terminal aperture of each branchial vein is provided with a pair of semilunar valves, ¢. The origin of each aorta is guarded by two similar but smaller valves. The right branchial vein terminates on a plane anterior to the left, and slightly affects the regularity of the lozenge-shape of the heart. I have reserved the most obvious and certain:evidences of the genus and present rare and huge species to close such account of Hnoploteuthis cookii as can now be con- tributed to the Cephalopodal chapter of Zoology. Fortunately part of one of the ordinary eight arms (Pl. XXXII. fig. 1) was rescued from the cooking-galley of the ‘ Endeavour,’ and, with the few viscera above described, was put into spirits for the anatomist at home. A section has been taken, probably by Hunter, from the base of the portion transmitted. The circumference of this section (ib. fig. 3) is 44 inches. The transverse section fig. 2 gives the form and diameters of the present truncate end of the portion of arm fig. 1. The arm is somewhat compressed, ovate, narrowest where it supports the uncinate acetabula, a, a. Its sub- stance is mainly muscular. The integument is smooth and thin; there is no trace of ridge, duplicature, or production at either the line of the dorsal or of the acetabular surfaces, such as are seen in the vela of Ommastrephes ensifer. Both sections show the subcentral cavity, b, for lodging the bloodvessels and a nerve; a much smaller cavity, c, near the interspace of the acetabula appeared to lodge a nerve only. The muscular fibres are mainly in two groups; the mass of the external longitudinal ones, d, is, in section, thickest at the acetabuliferous part, and gradually decreases to the opposite and larger end of the section. The transverse or radiating fibres, e, pass from the thin aponeu- rotic line, f, dividing their mass from that of the longitudinal ones, d, to the stronger aponeurotic wall, g, of the subcentral nervo-vascular canal; the fibres of a well-marked fasciculus, g, act more especially upon the acetabuliferous part of the arm, tending to retract it, and to strengthen or support the hooks when these are infixed in a prey and when they are acted upon by the flexor and other muscular fascicles working the move- ments and applications of the entire arm. The central two thirds of the general mus- cular mass is condensed, seemingly by a greater admixture of tendino-fibrous tissue than in the peripheral third: it suggests the idea of a flexible supporting or skeletal part of the arm. 1 This was the ground of my determination of no, 903, in the ‘ Catalogue’ above quoted, p. 84. PROF. OWEN ON NEW AND RARE CEPHALOPODA. 153 The acetabula are uncinated and of similar structure to each other, differing in little else save size, which diminishes as they are situated nearer the free extremity of the arm. Their number in the portion preserved (Pl. XXXII. figs. 1 & 3) is fifty, of which four have been lost, as shown in fig. 1. They are arranged in a double alternate series, in proportional numbers and at nearly proportional distances throughout. This arrange- ment, with the size and shape of the hooks, shows that we have not here the acetabulife- rous extremity of one of the pair of “ tentacles,” as in Onychoteuthis raptor (Pl. XXIX. figs. 1 & 2,¢). Each acetabulum, in Enoploteuthis cookii, consists of a “ pedicle,” a (figs. 4,5), a cup, 6, with a horny circular lining, c, produced into the hook, d. The pedicle is conical, yo of an inch (=3 millims.) in length in the larger acetabula ; its apex is inserted, not into the pole, or middle of the base, of the cup, but nearer that side toward which the hook is bent, which in most cases is toward the base of the arm. The fleshy cup has the form of an irregular, rounded, hollow, truncate cone, of which the base is somewhat concave ; and the cavity, excavated for the lodgment of the annular basis of the hook, leaves an apical aperture for the protrusion of the uncinate portion. The hook is developed, in reference to the sides and the fore end of the supporting arm, from the outer and fore part of the border of the horny hoop. Now, here it may be remembered that the homologous hoop or partial horny lining of the sucking-cup in all Decapods is commonly more or less denticulate at its free border, usually minutely so. In many Squids the spines gradually gain length at the outer part of the hoop’s margin (Loligo plei, Bl., for example'). The development is pro- portionally greater in Loligo brongniartii, Bl”. In Onmastrephes ensifer (Pl. XXVIII. fig. 2) the partial development is restricted to fewer spines, but is greater. In Loligopsis guttata four of the spines at the outer side of the armed border of the hoop in the tentacular suckers are much longer than the rest. In Enoploteuthis cookii the develop- ment is concentrated on one part of the hoop, but is excessive, forming the characteristic claw of the genus. The base of this hook is so extended as to seem to expand into the horny lining of the acetabulum, in the flesh of which it sinks. This lining, soft and whitish at its inserted border, becomes corneous (or chitinous) and thickens as it rises above the brim of the fleshy cup to form the hook. Of the fleshy or muscular mass the fibres (fig. 4a, fig. 5a, 9) exterior to the horny ring are circularly disposed, adapted to compress the base of the hook and protrude it. The central fibres (ib. f) are longitudinal, and converge to be inserted into the hollow base of the hook for its retraction. This action is analogous to that by which the ordinary Cephalopods create the vacuum of the sucking-cup in the act of adhering to and seizing their prey; but in Enoploteuthis the base of the hook extends too far into the substance of the acetabulum to allow of such retraction, while * D’Orbigny, op. cit. Loligo, pl. xxiy. figs. 17, 18. * Thid. Loligo, pl. iv. figs. c & d. 154 PROF. OWEN ON NEW AND RARE CEPHALOPODA. the production of the hook prevents the application of the soft unlined free margin of the cup; the free surface continued into the cavity is subplicate. Figure 4 (Pl. XXXII.) shows a vertical section, in the line of curvature, of the hook and its supporting cup, with a subjacent part of the arm. In the enlarged outline of part of this section (ib. fig. 4,a@) are shown:—a, the pedicle; 6, the acetabulum ; ¢, its cavity lined by the circular base of the hook, d; e, the fleshy cushion which rises into the hook’s basal cavity ; 7, the longitudinal fibres which retract the cushion and hook ; and, g, the circular fibres which protrude the cushion and hook. Figure 5 is of a vertical section of the posterior or convex part of the hook and ace- tabulum, showing the depth to which the hoop or base of the hook extends into the fleshy mass of the acetabulum. In Enoploteuthis the walls of the cup are the thickest, and the cavity is the smallest, in the Cephalopodous class. Of the dried end of the body of Cook’s large Cephalopod in the Hunterian Museum (now no. E. 1066), which in 1830 Linferred to have been part of that captured during the great navigator’s “ First Voyage,” I submit three drawings of the natural size (reduced in Pl. XXXI.), one of which, fig. 4, is rather a diagram of the end amputated, which is at the fore part of the origin of the pair of terminal rhomboidal fins. Notwithstanding the degree of shrinking which this tegumentary and muscular mass has undergone in the process of desiccation, the total length of this portion is 1 foot 5% inches; the extreme breadth between the finsis 63 inches. The fins, of thinner substance than the mantle, have undergone more loss of shape from drying; but, though shrivelled and crumpled, they manifest the rhomboidal form common to the rest of the genus. In Enoploteuthis cookii the fins attain their greatest breadth about one fifth of their length from the fore end of their base, gradually narrowing from the angle so formed to the end, or very near to the end, of the obtusely pointed termination of the body. Their line of attachment extends along the dorsal side of the body (Pl. XXXI. fig. 3)—at first within an inch or two from the lateral contour, but gradually nearing the sides as they descend and contract to their terminal subsidence. Fig. 2 (ib.) shows the ventral surface of the dried specimen; figure 4, the amputated end. I find no described or figured species of Enoploteuthis which presents this form of the terminal fins. The nearest approach to it is made by the Enoploteuthis armata, Quoy'; but the angles at the outer margins of the fins project, as in Onychoteuthis raptor, halfway toward the pointed end of the pair. In Enoploteuthis leptura, Leach*, each fin has a right-angled triangular figure, and they do not extend to the end of the body. In Enop- loteuthis lesueurit, VOrb.°, the base of each rectangular fin commences, as in Sepioteuthis, at the fore end of the body, but terminates some way anterior to the pointed hind end. 1 D’Orb. op. cit. p. 340, Onychoteuthis, pl. ix. figs. 2 & 3. * Op. cit. p. 837, Onychoteuthis, pl. ii. fig 4, pl. xi. figs. 6-14. ° Op. cit. p. 339, Onychoteuthis, pl. xi. figs. 1-5. PROF. OWEN ON NEW AND RARE CEPHALOPODA. 155 I estimate the combined breadth of the terminal fins in Enoploteuthis cookii when recent, taken at the outer angles, to have been not less than 1 foot 4 inches. In the desiccation of the body-skin the transverse arrangement of the superficial muscular fasciculi is indicated; the thinner and more yielding ventral wall is shown by the median longitudinal infolding of that part in the process of drying. Considering that so much of the fleshy part of the great hooked Squid was cooked as to serve the appetites of at least three, and perhaps four, of those at table in the Commander's cabin, I infer that a goodly proportion of the body anterior to the fins went to the culinary galley, and that the basal attachments of the fins did not extend, as in Enoploteuthis lesueurii, to the fore margin of the mantle. On the supposition that the proportion in advance of the fins was that which is shown in Onychoteuthis raptor (Pl. X XIX. fig. 1), one may set down the length of the body of Enoploteuthis cookii at 3 feet. The length of the head to the setting-on of the arms would be, according to the same proportions, about 10 inches; and the length of the longest arm might be 15 inches, of which the terminal half may have been cut off for Hunter’s collection. If the outstretched tentacles were each as long as the body, 3 feet may be added to the combined length of head and body to give an approximate idea or estimate of the total length of the Cephalopod in question, viz. 6 feet 9 inches. I have ventured on a reduced restoration in fig. 1, Pl. XX XIII. In a work on the Natural History of Chili, of which the second edition appeared in 1810, the author, on the authority apparently of the latitude and longitude assigned by Lieut. Cook to the place of capture of his great hook-armed Cuttlefish, includes it in the Chilian fauna; but, as he adds nothing to the quotation from Hawkesworth’s account of the voyage (anted, p. 146), I conclude that he had not received or seen a second specimen of this remarkable species. All that is given relative thereto in Molina’s work is, verbatim, as follows :— “Oltre alla Seppia officinale si ritrovano nel mare Chilese tre altre specie di Seppie assai singolari. La prima é la Seppia unquiculata, la quale é di gran mole, ed ha in luogo di succhiatori le brachia, 0 sianoi due lunghi tentacoli armati da un doppio ordine di artigli o unghie acute simili a quelle del gatto, che si ritirano, come esse, in una sorta di fodero. Questa specie é di un gusto delicato, ma non é molto comune in quel mare, dove fu osservata dal cel. Banck nel primo viaggio del Cap. Cook.”— Saggio sulla Storia Naturale del Chili, di Gio. lenazio Moura, seconda edizione, 4to, Bologna, p. 175 (1810). M. dOrbigny, referring to the above work, merely observes, with regard to the nomen specificum, that the term “ unguiculata” is objectionable, seeing that it is a character common to the genus, in fact the essential character of the section Hnoplo- teuthis. But as to his proposition to substitute the name of the Italian compiler, I think Cephalopodists will agree that in common justice the honoured name of the original describer should be attached thereto. Dr. Leach desired to do honour to the captor of VOL. XI.—Part v. No. 4.—June, 1881. 2¢ 156 PROF. OWEN ON NEW AND RARE CEPHALOPODA. the great Squid when he applied the name “ Banksii” to a small African hook-armed species, which, in 1817, he deemed identical with the larger one of the Pacific Ocean. M. d’Orbigny limits his notice of this truly remarkable Cephalopod to the following passage :—‘ On ne connait de cette espéce qu'une partie d’un bras sessile gigantesque, couvert de crochets sur toute sa longueur. Ce caractére étant celui des Enoploteuthis, je l’'ai placé dans ce genre. Je dois 4 l’obligeance de M. Richard Owen un beau dessin de ce bras déposé au Musée du Collége des Chirurgiens de Londres.’—Op. cit. p. 839 (1848). The drawing was a copy of that (Pl. XXXII. fig. 1) which accompanies the present paper. My esteemed correspondent and fellow-labourer made no use of it for his great work. Cephalopods remarkable for large Size. Genus PLEcTOTEUTHIS!, Owen. Species PLECTOTEUTHIS GRANDIS, Owen. It has been shown (p. 144) that the side of the arm opposite the acetabuliferous tract is longitudinally and mesially ridged, and there more or less produced, in certain Squids (Loliginide) ; but in the British Museum is preserved one of the eight ordinary arms of a Cephalopod which, from the characters of the cups (Pl. XXXYV. fig. 2), is referable to the genus Ommastrephes, @Orb., but which supports them on a relatively broader flattened tract (ib. ib. @), and presents on the opposite or dorsal side (Pl. XXXIV. fig. 2) a similar flattened tract, a, from each margin of which a fold of the integument, b, is produced, of varying breadth. A transverse section of the arm consequently gives a quadrate instead of triangular form, in this respect repeating the character shown in Loligopsis ocellata. The cups or suckers are arranged ina double alternate row along their tract, the margins of which are produced into a well-defined fold or thin seam (Pl. XXXV. fig. 2, c, ¢), but of minor breadth than the dorsal folds. This plicatile condition of the ordinary arms has suggested the generic name. The length of this arm, which has been amputated at or near its base, is not less than 9 feet; the diameter of the amputated base from within outwards is 4 inches; the same from side to side is 3 inches; the total circumference is 1 foot. At this basal part of the arm (Pl. XXXYV. fig. 1) the acetabula have not begun to be developed; it would seem to correspond to the non-acetabular tract extending, in most Loliginide, a short way from the outer lip. Here, in Plectotcuthis, the folds are restricted to the dorsal pair (ib. fig. 1, 6, 6), but they do not exceed an inch in breadth. ‘The opposite surface, a, a, is convex across: this convexity broadens into flatness as the arm extends and begins to develop itscups. The circumference, taken midway between the two ends of the arm, is 9 inches. ‘The breadth of the acetabuliferous tract at 6 inches from the amputated end is 54 inches with the marginal folds outstretched; the interspaces 1 Gr. w\exrds, folded, revOis, Squid. PROF. OWEN ON NEW AND RARE CEPHALOPODA. 157 between a pair of suckers, taken at the basal attachment of their peduncles, is 2 inches, where they are widest apart. The greatest width of the acetabuliferous tract within the marginal folds is 34 inches. The section of the basal part of the arm shows the muscular mass to be divided by a thin aponeurosis (Pl. XX XV. fig. 1, d) into a peripheral (¢) and a central (f) portion. The peripheral muscular mass, e, at the inner side, a, shows a thickness of 6 lines; it is traversed by the main artery of the arm, g. This part of the peripheral mass gradually diminishes on each side to a thickness of 2 lines, and then as gradually increases to 4 lines at ¢e’; when, bending in to the outer side of the arm, it thins off to half a line, the aponeurotic boundary coming there almost into contact with the outer integument. The transverse diameter of the inner muscular mass at the dorsal third is 2 inches 8 lines; at the ventral third it is 2 inches: and here the section shows the nerve, /, in a canal of 5 lines diameter, the nerve being surrounded by loose cellular tissue including venous channels. The cups gradually increase in size:to the sixth or eighth, which has a diameter of three fourths of an inch; and here the acetabuliferous tract and its marginal folds show the dimensions given in fig. 2, Pl XXXV. They begin very gradually to diminish beyond the basal ten or twelve inches of the arm. Of the large cups the peduncle is 7 to 8 millims. in length; its base is 5 millims. in breadth, and gradually contracts to 2 millims. before insertion. This is at the side of the base of the cup, where the cup is least deep; and here there is a depression for receiving the peduncle (Pl. XXXYV. fig. 3). The base of the cup is 20 millims. in diameter; it is slightly convex, shows a fleshy tint, which changes to a white aponeurotic appearance at the periphery; and this character of the exterior of the cup continues to the aperture, which is circular and 10 millims. in diameter. From this aperture slightly projects the margin of the broad chitinous hoop lining the walls of the cavity. The bottom of the cup, 12 millims. in diameter, is soft, muscular, covered by a thin, transparent aponeurosis, and seems, by its size, to have been capable of assuming the shape requisite to act as a kind of piston, and by the vacuum so produced to cause outward pressure to aid in infixing the teeth of the denticulate free border into the surface to which the arm may have been applied. The suckers, as they extend along the arm, diminish in diameter in a greater degree than in depth, and the smaller acetabula make a nearer approach to the spheroid form (Pl. XXXIV. fig. 2); but each hangs by a proportionately long peduncle until they come to near the end of the series, where they show but 1 millim. diameter, passing out of sight at about 2 inches from the pointed termination of the there gradually attenu- ated arm. The basal cups of the same side or series occur at first at intervals of 24 millims. ; and as the longitudinal interval shortens, the transverse one increases to an extreme of 2 inches, then progressively diminishes with the diminishing size of the arm. The integument of the acetabuliferous tract shows a denser surface and paler tint 2c2 158 PROF, OWEN ON NEW AND RARE CEPHALOPODA. than that covering the rest of the arm; the breadth of the marginal fold along the basal 12 inches of the arm (Pl. XXXYV. fig. 2, c) is about 20 millims. The surface of the fold towards the non-acetabuliferous part of the arm shows the same deep colour as that part. The opposite surface of the fold continued from the acetabuliferous tract has the paler tint of that tract. The contrast was doubtless greater in the living Squid, when the pigment was in lively motion along the free surface, In the interspace of two cups of the same side the integument shows two low folds or risings, produced by a pair of muscular bundles detached from the mid-acetabuli- ferous space to the edge of the ectacetabular fold, for the contraction or narrowing of that fold. Each dorso-marginal fold (Pl. XXXIV. fig. 1, 6, 0) shows a breadth of about 2 inches as far as where it extends along the middle third of the length of the arm; thence the breadth gradually decreases; and the folds finally subside about 4 inches from the end of the arm (ib. fig. 2). The total length of the above-described cephalic arm (one of the ordinary eight) is, I may repeat, 9 feet ; its circumference at mid-length, folds inclusive, is 9 inches; the number of acetabula which it supports is not less than two hundred and ninety-two. The known species of the Loliginide vary in the relative length of the arms to the body. In Loligo vulgaris, Lam.', the length of the longest is about one half of the body, measured from the end of the anterior prominence of the dorsal margin to the posterior apex of the mantle. In Ommastrephes duvaucellii, d’Orb.”, the length of the same arm is four fifths that of the body or trunk similarly measured. In Loligo todarus* the length of the same arm is equal to five sixths that of the body, According to the latter standard the length of the body of our Plectoteuthis may be estimated at 10 feet 6 inches, according to the first standard at 18 feet. In both estimates the length of the head, or part intervening between the trunk and origin of the arms, must be added ; it is commonly one third the length of the trunk. If this be taken at 18 feet, the total length of Plectoteuthis grandis may have been 35 feet. The above-described material evidence of the huge dimensions attained by certain species of Cephalopoda has long formed part of the stores in the British Museum ; and there is no note or record of its origin*. I proceed, therefore, next to notice similar large specimens of which the localities are known. Of these a satisfactory and instructive instance is the following:—In the general observations on the fauna of the isles of St. Paul and Amsterdam by the accomplished zoological member of the French expedition of the “‘ Transit of Venus” (9th December, 1874), M. Ch. Vélain states that “at the early part of November in that year a tidal waye stranded on the north shore of the Isle of St. Paul a Teuthid of the group of 1 D’Orbigny, op. cit. Loligo, pl. 22; the arms are somewhat shorter relatively in the Squid figured as L. vulgaris in pl. 8. ? Op. eit. Loligo, pl. 14. ° Op. cit. Loligo, pl. 1. ‘Tt is briefly referred to by Mr. W, Saville Kent, F.L.S., in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society,’ March 1874, p. 179, PROF. OWEN ON NEW AND RARE CEPHALOPODA. 159 Ommastrephes, which measured not less than 22 feet 105 inches in length from the end of the body to that of the tentacles”?. In a subsequent account? M. Vélain notes in this locality two species of Squid (Ommastrephes) which are seen to dart, like arrows, from the surface of the sea, and afford food to the penguins (Hudyptes chrysolopha) ; also a small Poulpe, taken in the sea which occupies the crater, and which is referred to Octopus vulgaris. ‘This is captured by the fishermen of the island for bait; and the same men testified to the apparition nearly every year of a gigantic Cephalopod. Fortunately, on the 2nd of November, 1874, one of these molluscous giants was cast by unusual storm-waves upon the northern beach of the island, and became the subject, as it lay, of the photographer of the expedition, M. Cazin. The photograph is copied in the plate, fig. 8, given on p. 81 of M. Vélain’s “Observations” in the undercited volume of the ‘ Archives de Zoologie,’ and forms the subject of the cut, fig. 3. Of this large Cephalopod the acetabula are said to be provided “ with a corneous hoop, finely denticulated,’ on which character, and their disposition upon the arms, * «Dans les premiers jours de Novembre, un raz de marée 4 jeté sur la chaussce du nord un Calmar du groupe des Ommastrephes, qui ne mesurait pas moins de 7™-15, de l’extrémité du cornet 4 celle des bras tentaculaires.”—* Observations effectuées a Vile de Saint Paul,” Comptes Rendus des Séances de V Académie des Sciences, t. xxx, 1875, p. 998. * «Observations générales sur la Faune des deux iles, suivies d’une description des Mollusques,” Archives de Zoologie Expéximentale et Générale, by H. de Lacaze-Duthiers, Svo, tome xyi., 1877, p. 1, 160 PROF. OWEN ON NEW AND RARE CEPHALOPODA. M. Vélain was led, in his brief notice to the Academy of Sciences, to refer the huge specimen to Steenstrup’s genus Architeuthis. But in the later notice he specifies the singularly truncate character of the arms, which do not narrow to a point as in all other Cephalopods; he refers also to a totally different hinder termination of the “gladius.” This, however, is not shown in the photograph of the entire animal ; nor is the kind of difference specified. But, on the ground below cited}, the author proposes to refer his subject to a distinct genus, “J/ouchezts,’ in honour of the commandant (Mouchez) of the expedition. Of this specimen one of the tentacles, the beak, and pharynx were exhibited to the Academy of Sciences ; and those parts are doubtless preserved in the Museum of Natural History, Jardin des Plantes. If the stunted terminations of the ordinary cephalic arms of Mouchezis be accidental to the individual specimen, the characters of the brachial acetabula, both as to structure and arrangement, conform with those of the arm of the great Squid (Plectoteuthis grandis) above described. Of the existence of folds of skin extending from the margins of the acetabuliferous tract or the opposite parts of the arm of JMouchezis, no mention is made. What is remarkable in the tentacular pair is their great length, almost equalling that, relatively, in Loligopsis veranii?. The prolonged attenuation of the pointed end of the body approaches to that character in Loligo subulata, Lam.*; but it may be remarked that the corresponding end of the gladius in that species is not drawn out to the same degree. Assuming a cephalic arm of Mouchezis to have been one fourth the length of the extended tentacle, which is estimated at 16 feet, such arm would be less than half the length of the great Ommastrephic arm in the British Museum. The total length of Mouchezis, from the tip of the outstretched tentacle to the pointed end of the body, is set down as nearly 23 feet, leaving 8 feet for the length of the body. If, therefore, the tentacles of Plectoteuthis bore like proportions to those of Mouchezis, the total length of that Cephalopod must have greatly surpassed the Teuthid of the Isle of St. Paul‘. 1 « Ses dimensions, ses venteuses circulaires, garnies d’un cercle corné finement denticulé, leur disposition sur les bras, semblait motiver ce rapprochement, mais certains autres caractéres l’en ¢loignent; en particulier la forme singuliérement écourtée des bras, qui paraissent tronqués brusquement au lieu de terminer en une pointe effilée, comme dans tous les Céphalopodes, ainsi que la terminaison inférieure, toute différente, de Yosselet dorsal.”—Op. cit. p. 83. 2 D’Orbigny, op. cit. Loligopsis, pl. 2. fig. 1. 3 Td. ib. Loligo, pl. 17. figs. 1 & 2. 4 The above comparisons imply confidence in the accuracy of the dimension 7°15 m. assigned to Mouchezis, It would be acceptable to Cephalopodists if figures of the natural size of the parts of the mouth preserved, corresponding with those (Pls. XXX. & XXXII.) of Cook’s Hooked Squid, were published. Figures, nat. size, of one of the cephalic arms and of the acetabular expansion of the tentacle of Mouchezis would be equally welcome, PROF. OWEN ON NEW AND RARE CEPHALOPODA. 161 The locality I next proceed to notice in connexion with Cephalopods of unusual size is the North Atlantic. For the first of these instances I am indebted to the Rey. M. Harvey, of St. John’s, Newfoundland, who transmitted two photographs of parts of a specimen with the following notes of its capture :— “A few weeks ago” (December 1873) “two fishermen lying off St John’s observed an object floating in the water which they took to be a portion of a wreck. On reaching it one of the men struck it with the boat-hook, whereupon the supposed piece of wreck became alarmingly lively, ‘rearing a parrot-like beak as big as a six- gallon keg,’ with which it smote the boat. Next it ‘shot out from its head two huge livid arms, and began to twine them about the boat.’ Happily an axe lay handy, and with it the boatman, recovering from the surprise into which this unexpected attack had thrown himself and his mate, cut off both the arms as they lay over the gunwale, whereupon the fish backed off and ejected an immense quantity of inky fluid that darkened the water for a great distance about.” In the above account, published with photograph no, 2 (Pl. XXXIII. fig. 2), the passages quoted are verbatim testimonies of the boatmen, and bespeak, besides their emotions, the known characteristics of a Cephalopod, viz. the parrot-like beak, the protrusile tentacles, and the emission of the defensive ink. Tentacles of 18 feet would easily stretch across or even clasp an ordinary fishing-boat. The beak, “as big as a six-gallon keg,” wielded by an animal “60 feet in length and 5 feet in diameter, with a tail 10 feet across, as observed in the air,” may be relegated to the region of fable, from which the prosaic naturalist is forbidden to adorn his descriptions. The photograph no. 1 is of the head, arms, and tentacles of a Decapod differing from Sepia, and resembling Sepioteuthis, Loligo, Loligopsis, Ommastrephes, and Onychoteuthis, in having the acetabula in two alternate rows on each arm. It differs from Onychoteuthis in having the suckers of the tentacles as well as of the arms not provided with hooks. In this photograph five of the cephalic arms are shown with more or less of the aceta- bular surface exposed ; and there seems to be some difference in their relative length ; but this cannot be precisely determined and applied to the homologues of the arms, 1-4, as, for example, in Ommastrephes ensifer (Pl. XXVIII. fig. 1). There is no indi- cation of vela or of membranous extensions of the arms, as in that species and in Plectoteuthis. The terminal acetabuliferous expansion of the tentacles in photograph no. 2 (Pl. XXXIII. fig. 2) supports along the three middle fifths two alternating series of large suckers; an indeterminate number of irregularly disposed smaller ones are pretty closely scattered over the proximal and terminal fifths of the expansion; a few small suckers are added in a single row along each border of the double row of large ones. The acetabular expansion of the tentacle is gradual, and does not exceed at its broadest part more than two diameters of the supporting stem. The length of the expansion is 162 PROF. OWEN ON NEW AND RARE CEPHALOPODA. eleven times its greatest breadth; the number of the larger suckers is twenty-four, twelve in each row, on each tentacle. The terminal fifth of the expansion gradually attenuates to a point. In the above characters the following species, Ommastrephes sagittatus, d’Orb.}, resembles the great Newfoundland Squid, but differs in the larger relative size and smaller number of the proximal group of the smaller tentacular acetabula. The larger acetabula, moreover, are only eight in each row; and these rows are closer together. There is no trace, in any of the species figured, of the oblique ridges which divide the alternating pairs of the larger tentacular suckers, which ridges, in the Newfoundland Squid, are continued from those that define the shallow depressions from which the large suckers severally project; these seem to be sessile or to have very short peduncles. The above characters, well shown in the photograph, I have not found figured or described in any other species of Ommastrephes. In the letter from the Rey. M. Harvey, of St. John’s, Newfoundland, accompanying the photographs, “the eight shorter arms are” [stated to be] “each 6 feet in length and 10 inches in circumference at the junction with the central mass.” They are also said to “taper to a fine point,” to be “all armed with denticulated suckers,—in all eleven hundred in the ten arms.” The tentacles are stated to be “each 24 feet in length, with suckers at the ends.” “The eyes measured about 4 inches in diameter.” These particulars are also given in the Rey. Mr. Harvey’s letter to the London Stereo- scopic Company, which is published with the photographs; and with respect to the subject of no. 2 he states: —‘ This large arm, cut off by the fishermen in Conception Bay, measures 19 feet in length.” This is, I conclude, the proportion of the 24 feet previously allotted to the tentacle when entire. But in the note attached to photograph no. 2 Mr. Harvey states :—‘ The entire length was thirty-five feet, 10 feet being left attached to the body and 6 feet having been destroyed.” But this would seem to be given from the report of the boatmen. ‘The broadened extremity” (of the tentacle) ‘is armed with one hundred and sixty sucking-disks, about 14 inch in diameter.” In this enumeration the small and large suckers are counted together, and no notice is taken of the well-marked difference of size between the twenty-four suckers in the two alternate rows of twelve each, and the intercalated smaller suckers, together with the proximal and distal groups of still smaller ones, which are shown in both the photo- graphs. It is probable that the diameter or breadth of the sucker relates to one of the larger series. In a paper by Mr. A. Verrill “On the Cephalopods of the North-eastern Coast of America”? a brief notice is given of Mr. Harvey’s Squid, in which a length of 17 feet * Op. cit. p. 844, Loligo, pl, iv. See also the terminal expansion of the tentacles, op. cit. Ommastrephes, pl. i. fig. 1. * Transactions of the Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences vol. y. part 1 (1880). PROF. OWEN ON NEW AND RARE CEPHALOPODA. 163 is assigned to the preserved portion of the tentacle, and a diameter of 11 inch to the largest tentacular acetabulum. Mr. Alexander Murray, Provincial Geologist of New- foundland, agrees, from observation of the preserved specimens, with Mr. Verrill in these admeasurements. Dr. Packard* has assigned the name Architeuthis princeps to Mr. Harvey’s great Newfoundland Teuthid; but no generic characters are noted. Mr. A. Verrill, in the paper above cited, gives an instance of a Squid captured in Coomb’s Cove, Fortune Bay, in the year 1872, and quotes the following admeasure- ments, made by the Hon. T. R. Bennett, of English Harbour, Newfoundland, as being “ perfectly reliable ” :— feet. Length of body (probably cluding the head) . . . . . . 10 Henethvofethetierntaclemmccy Maen nce 88 Gwe CRl se iste, (seas 42 Tength of,one of theordinary arms»... . - « «. « « ; 6 The cups on the tentacles were “surrounded by a serrated edge, like the teeth of a hand-saw.” Of another specimen, taken in Trinity Bay, Newfoundland, September 24th, 1877, the following admeasurements are recorded :— feet. inches. Length of the body to the base of the arms . . . . . 9 5 (incnmierence of thesbodys ci. =), 9) 5 epcane eles): 7 0 5 hy APACE To lA a Se ee eae eige » 4 0 Length of the longest cephalic arm (fourth Ae re ll 0 Circumerence-Olite pases 2) + 8 5 es Ss A 1 5 Diameter of a large sucker Liat ietue toning 1 hevetiromthertentacles tie? TOM MEN 2a OTe) 30 0) Length of terminal expansion of tentacle . . . . . 0 8 Ciremmierance iofistemitman ay 2 Air al eee 2 lesen: 0 5 The above admeasurements are given on the authority of the Rev. M. Harvey. In the ‘Sitzungsberichte der Gesellschaft naturforschenden Freunde zu Berlin, ? Dr. F. Hilgendorf records observations of a huge Teuthid exhibited for money at Yedo, Japan, in 1873. It unfortunately, when seen by the author, lacked both the head and abdominal sac; the arms also were more or less injured; and the tentacles had been amputated at mid-length*. In the arrangement in double series of the horn-lined * American Naturalist, vol. vii. p. 91 (Feb. 1873). * No. 4, 1880. * “Der Eingewcidesack entfernt, der Kopf ebenfalls ausgenommen und dessen Haut aufgeschnitten und von der Kérperhaut getrennt, die Arme mehr oder weniger geschiidigt, die beiden Fangarme in der Mitte abgeschnitten.”—Jbid. p. 65. VOL. XI.—Part v. No. 5.—June, 1881. 2D 164 PROF. OWEN ON NEW AND RARE CEPHALOPODA. suckers the specimen agreed with the Loliginid, in which family Ommastrephes illece- brosa', O. pelagicus*, and O. vanicoriensis® repeat the character of the posterior con- fluent fins (“ mit eimander verwachsene Flossen am Hinterleib ”’). In portions of a similarly large Squid exposed for sale in the Yedo fish-market Dr. Hilgendorf subsequently noticed the thickened end of the two longest arms (“das verdichte Endstiick der beiden liingsten Arme,” /. ¢. p. 67); and, concluding that such arms could not belong to a species of Ommastrephes, he proposes for the great Japanese Squid, to which he assumes them to belong, the generic name Megateuthis. But it may be questioned whether this enlargement of the ventral arms may not exemplify a sexual rather than a generic character’; no other is assigned save that of size. The following admeasurements are given of the original subject :— centim. From the hind end of the mantle to its fore border along the back . . 186 Length of the longest of the eightarms . . ...=+. +4... - 197 The extreme size assigned by Aristotle to one of his Malakia is to a Decapod; and this squares in the main with that of Cook’s Hooked Squid; the brief notice *, as usual, favourably contrasts with the marvellous Cuttles of his uncritical successor Pliny. Any notice of Cuttlefish seen from the deck by seamen of any grade, the admiral inclusive, is unavailable for the prosaic naturalist, when no part of the alleged monster has been obtained, preserved, or described by a competent zoologist. ‘To him the report, for example, transmitted by the Minister of the Marine to the Academy of Sciences, Institute of France, and given in the ‘Comptes Rendus,’ 30th December, 1861, is unavailable by reason of the commander of the war-ship ‘ L’Alecton’ forbidding the means of capture .—‘“ Officiers et matelots me demandaient a faire amener un canot et a aller garrotter de nouveau l’animal et l’amener le long du bord. Is y seraient peut- étre parvenus, mais je craignais que dans cette rencontre corps a corps le monstre ne langat ses longs bras armés de ventouses sur les bords du canot, ne le fit chavirer et n'étouffit peut-étre quelques matelots dans ses fouets redoutables chargés d’effluves électriques” (p. 1264). From the accompanying statement of the scene in the Pacific Ocean, its subject seems certainly to have been a Cephalopod, not a Torpedo. ‘The dimensions of the ‘ Poulpe monstrueux, qui nageait & la surface de l’eau, et mesurait de 5 métres a 6 métres de ' D’Orb. ut supra, Loligo, pl. iii. ? Thid. pl. xviii. 5 Thid. pl. xxi, 4 See Steenstrup in ‘ Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskabs Skrifter,’ Ste Reke, Bind iv., 4to, 1856. 5 ot redOor Kadouperor exuTodn peilous’ ylyvovrat yup Kal TévTe THYEWY 70 péyeOos.”—Arist. Hist. Animal. lib. iv. cap. 1.8. “ But the so-called Squids (Loliginidw) are much the largest (of the Mollia or Cephalopods) ; some eyen attain the length of 5 cubits,” probably equivalent to 7 feet 6 inches English, The Greek ziyus is usually taken at 103 inches, PROF. OWEN ON NEW AND RARE CEPHALOPODA. 165 longueur” (p. 1265), are affected by the same conditions of guess and emotions as are those of the 60 feet ascribed by the Newfoundland fishermen to their assailant. ‘* Les yeux, a fleur de téte, avaient un développement prodigieux et une effrayante fixité. Sa bouche, ou bec de perroquet, pouvait offrir pres dun demi-métre” (ibid.) The character of the eyes squares with a species of Ommastrephes ; a beak of about 2 feet diameter recalls the dimensions assigned to the same part of this Squid by the Newfoundland fishermen. The statement by the estimable naturalist Péron!:—“non loin de Vile de Van Diemen, nous apercumes dans les flots, 4 peu de distance du navire, une énorme espéce de Sépie, vraisemblablement du genre Calmar, de la grosseur d’un tonneau,” adds to our knowledge of the geographical distribution of large Cephalopods, but not to that of their exact dimensions. Steenstrup’s notice* of a large Cephalopod is of more worth, though made on fragments only of a specimen which the fishermen of the coast of Jutland had cut to pieces for bait. The mouth (or part corresponding to the subject of Plate XXX. fig. 2 and Plate XXXI. fig. 1 of the present paper) is somewhat vaguely stated to be “of the size of an infant’s head.” It is referred to a decapodal genus, Architeuthis, as Architeuthis dux. Another large species, seen or taken on the coast of Greenland, is noted by the same estimable naturalist as an Architeuthis monachus; but the generic distinction from Ommastrephes, d’Orb., is not given. The Mediterranean Calamary obtained by Eschricht at Marseilles, and now, or part of it, preserved in the Museum of Copenhagen, is stated to be 1 métre 850 millims. (French) =6 feet 1 inch (English) in total length, tentacles and trunk included—z. e., I conclude, in the position in which Enoploteuthis cookii is restored in Plate XX XIIL fig. 1. Here we have an allied Decapod of about the same length, “vela” being developed from some of the cephalic arms. Prof. Steenstrup has assigned to Eschricht’s large Medi- terranean Squid the name Ommastrephes pteropus. The largest Cephalopod described in the great work of Férussac and d’Orbigny is the Ommastrephes giganteus*. To this species M. d’Orbigny assigns :—“ Longueur totale 1 métre 110 millim.” (3 feet 8 inches), “longueur du corps 440 millim.” (1 foot 42 inches). It is not stated whether the admeasurement of total length included the outstretched tentacles with the head and body. But in any case the size counted as gigantic falls far short of that evinced by the brachial arm of Pectoteuthis grandis and the admeasured parts of the great Squids captured in Fortune Bay and Trinity Bay, Newfoundland. The character of unusual size is not limited to the Decapod division of Cephalopoda ; but the evidence of alleged monstrous Poulpes (Octopoda) is less exact. 1 ¢ Voyage aux Terres Australes,’ tome i. p. 18. 2 Oplysninger, &c., ‘ Forhand]. Skandinay. Naturforsk. Christiania,’ 1857, pp. 182-185. 5 Op. cit. p. 350, Calmars, pl. xx. 2D 2 4 166 PROF. OWEN ON NEW AND RARE CEPHALOPODA. In the account given by the government diver of the colony of Victoria, Australia, in his Report, as cited in the weekly journal entitled ‘The Colonies and India”), it appears that, pursuing his avocation in the estuary of the river Moyne, and having occasion to explore a hole in the bed, “his arm was seized by the tentacles of an Octopus, part of which he brought to shore, after mutilating his assailant with strokes of ‘a smalliron bar.’” ‘This part, probably consisting of the head with more or less of the crown and arms, “ being laid out, measured over 8 feet across.” We may assume this measurement to have been taken from the tip of one out- stretched cephalic arm to that of the opposite arm. Now the length of the longest arm of my Australian 7ritaxeopus (Plate XXIII. fig. 1) is 1 foot 11 inches ; the breadth of the head intervening between the third pair of arms is 2 inches 2 lines; so, from the tip of one of such arms to the opposite one gives 4 feet. If the Victorian diver took his measurements from tip to tip of the corresponding pair of acetabuliferous arms, and we deduct the breadth of the intervening part of the head according to the scale of Tritaxeopus, the length of such outstretched arm of the Moyne-river Octopod may be set down as 3 feet 10 inches; and the extent of the pair, with the intervening head reckoned at 4 inches 4 lines in breadth, would give 8 feet 2 inches, closely agreeing with the diver’s statement. Stretching out the first dorsal pair of arms in a line with the body, the total length of Tritaxeopus cornutus is 1 foot 6 inches; allowing the like proportion to the dorsal arm of the Moyne-river Octopod, its total length may be set down as 3 feet. The ascertained differences in the proportions of arms, head, and body in the known species of Octopods do not, as a rule, support an inference of any notable error in the dimensions above estimated of the Moyne “Monster or Devil-fish,’ respecting which the diver states :—‘ After a while I found the grip begin to relax a little; but he held on until I had almost cut him to pieces; and then he relaxed his hold from the rock, and I pulled him up.” This statement, with that of the circumstances of the first attack, viz. the seizure of the diver’s arm, which he had thrust into a hole, by an arm of the Octopod, exemplifies the same habits of that form of Australian Cephalopod which have been noted in our common European Octopus. There seems then to be no sufficient ground for the heading “ Conflict of a Man with a Gigantic or Monster Cuttlefish,” superposed to the govern- ment diver’s Report, copied from the official statement into the journal above cited. The assailant seems not to have been more than thrice the ordinary average size of the Octopus vulgaris. An Octopus with sucker-bearing arms of from 3 to 4 feet length, may well have afforded the subject of the accomplished Japanese sculptor (cut, fig. 4), whose work is graphically de- " Number for 24th January, 1880. PROF. OWEN ON NEW AND RARE CEPHALOPODA. 167 scribed in the subjoined paragraph of an article in ‘Land and Water’ by my friend Frank Buckland, M.A., F.Z.S.:— “This carving is an inch and a half long, and about as big as a walnut. It repre- sents a lady in a quasi-leaning attitude; and at first sight it is difficult to perceive what she is doing; but after a while the details come out magnificently. The unfortunate lady has been seized by an Octopus while bathing (for the lady wears a bathing-dress). One extended arm of the Octopus is in the act of coiling round the lady’s neck, and she is endeavouring to pull it off with her right hand; another arm of the sea-monster is entwined round the left wrist, while the hand is fiercely tearing at the mouth of the brute. The other arms of the Octopus are twined round, grasping the lady’s body and waist: in fact, her position reminds one very much of Laocoon in the celebrated statue of the snakes seizing him and his two sons. The sucking-disks of the Octopus are carved exactly as they are in nature; and the colour of the body of the creature, together with the formidable aspect of the eye, are wonderfully represented.” This work of art is in the possession of Mr. Bartlett, of the Zoological Gardens. The exciting incidents with which M. Victor Hugo adorns his narrative of ‘The Toilers of the Sea’ relate to the attacks of a large Poulpe. ‘The fishermen of the Channel Islands and opposite coast of France retain the belief in a still huger species, which coils its cable-like arms about the mast of the sailing-vessel and capsizes the craft, the crew of which it devours. De Montfort, in his ‘Histoire Naturelle des Mollusques,’ admitted a figure of the achievement of the monster “ Pieuyre ;” but this, with the “Kraken” and the “Great Sea-Serpent,” still remains a denizen of the dreamy ocean of credulity and romance}. Sufficient, however, of the evidence needed by the naturalist has been obtained to demonstrate that the greatest bulk in the molluscous subkingdom is attained by members of its most highly organized class; in this also is manifested the most extensive range of the character of individual bulk. From the diminutive Cranchia?, size rises, in the dibranchiate Cephalopods, to that of Cook’s hook-armed Squid, to that of the castaway on the Island of St. Paul (fig. 3, p. 157), to the still greater dimensions of the assailant of the Newfoundland fishing- boat, and to that of the huge possessor of the subject of Plates XXXIV. and XXXV. Far back in time, moreover, a similar series of specific dimensions is indicated by remains of extinct members of the lower or tetrabranchiate order of Cephalopods. Their chambered and siphonated shells ranged from diminutive kinds not surpassing ‘ Other references to recorded gigantic Cuttlefishes, with judicious critical remarks, will be found in the instructive work entitled ‘The Octopus; or, the “ Devil-fish ” of Fiction and of Fact,’ 12mo, 1875, by Henry Lee, F.LS., F.G.S., F.Z.S. * Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. ii. pl. xxi. fig. 1. I do not cite Loligo luticeps (fig. 6) or Octopus senipalmatus, because they were taken from an extensive mass of the Saryassum or Gulf-weed, a favourite breeding-place of pelagic Cephalopods, and were probably immature specimens of their species (p. 111). 168 PROF. OWEN ON NEW AND RARE CEPHALOPODA. that of the modern Spirula to a coiled Ammonite (Am. leptophyllus, Bedwell) 4 feet in diameter ; and of the straight camerated kinds (Orthoceratites) Dr. Bigsby has noted a specimen of Huronia vertebralis in the cliffs of Drummond Island 6 feet in length. The constructors and occupants of such shells may have approached in size to the larger naked Cephalopods recorded in the present paper. DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES. PLATE XXIII. Tritaxeopus cornutus, Ow. Fig. 1. Dorsal view, three quarters natural size. Fig. 2. Oral environment, one quarter natural size. PLATE XXIV. Sepia palmata, Ow. Fig. 1. Dorsal view, natural size. Fig. 2. Sepium or “ cuttle-bone,” natural size. PLATE XXYV. Sepia palmata, Ow. Fig. 1. Ventral view, natural size. Fig. 2. Sepium, natural size. PLATE XXVI. Sepioteuthis brevis, Ow. Fig. 1. Ventral view, dissected, natural size. Sepiola oweniana, @Orb. Fig. 2. Male organs of generation, magnified. Fig. Fig. Fig. fo) Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Hm OF DO TD O'R 09 ive) PROF. OWEN ON NEW AND RARE CEPHALOPODA. 169 Loligopsis ocellata, Ow. Oral environment, natural size. . Transverse section of cephalic arm, magnified. . Sucker, showing denticulate hoop, magnified. . Upper mandible, natural size. . Lower mandible, natural size. . Gladius or “ pen,” less than natural size. PLATE XXVII. Loligopsis ocellata, Ow. . Ventral view, natural size. . Dorsal view of head and part of mantle, natural size. PLATE XXVIII. Ommastrephes ensifer, Ow. . Dorsal view, half natural size. . One of the largest suckers and denticulate hoop, natural size. PLATE XXIX, Onychoteuthis raptor, Ow. . Dorsal view. - . Ventral view, dissected. . Digestive organs. . Circulating and respiratory organs. (Natural size.) PLATE XXX. Enoploteuthis cookii, Ow. . Upper mandible. . Both mandibles or beak, with inner lip reflected. . Lower mandible. (Natural size.) 170 Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Bm CF DD eH PROF. OWEN ON NEW AND RARE CEPHALOPODA. PLATE XXX. Enoploteuthis cookii, Ow. . Vertical longitudinal section of mouth, natural size. . Ventral surface of pinnigerous termination of body. . Dorsal surface of pinnigerous termination of body. . Section of pinnigerous termination of body. (Figs. 2-4 much reduced.) PLATE XXXII. Enoploteuthis cookii. . Terminal portion of a cephalic arm, natural size. . Cut end of ditto. . Section of basal part of ditto. . Section of uncigerous acetabulum. . Outline of ditto, magnified. . Section of uncigerous acetabulum. . Outline of ditto, magnified. . Section of systemic ventricle, natural size. PLATE XXXIII. . Restoration of Enoploteuthis cookii. . Tentacle of Architeuthis princeps, less than natural size. PLATE XXXIV. Plectoteuthis grandis. . Dorsal surface of cephalic arm and vela, from a section near the base. . Acetabuliferous surface of termination of the arm. (Natural size.) PLATE XXXV. Plectoteuthis grandis. . Transverse section of non-acetabuliferous base of cephalic arm. . Acetabuliferous surface and vela of basal part of the arm. . Side view of a basal acetabulum. (Natural size.) JEvxleben hth TRITAXEOPUS ( ORNUTUS, . Ya Nat. 5¢ze Hanhart imp wT , ‘ -. -! — e - ~ ” git Sag Y = ae . ' i ; ‘ F " a! J ’ on fe ‘ i = - * ; n . aT ' —i. I, bl i LJ ' oe ~ : an 4 8 =at ‘ * ‘ . 2 o ? ‘ a ry : 7 ‘ ae | , i ~ aS Te aad thart amp Har ith 1 JSmit ’ ¥ - ‘ a s rn ‘ t pe , , ’ * <= POS Zeca ‘ % obec ee anno STS OAT NRT Rarer Hanhart imp J Smitlith SEPIA PALMATA: 3%“ nat size. nye 4 CO Z 709 OF VeantDo0t Jee, Col KP 26 Cee er aT a J.Smit lith Hanhart imp fig1,SEPIOTEUTHIS BREVIS: Figs. 3_8.LOLIGOPSIS OCELLATA ee oe S oe SP eS ro oO | a : Sire See eg 6 e seiner DENS IPE IEA NIM: a) & imp Hanhar H.Se charfdel on Stone by J. Erxleben nad OCELLATA, S ] (ex =) LOLIGOP Vol. X1IE 29 2 CAC Wy SS, PDI. te ¢ oS Hanharl imp J Smit lith. ONYCHOTEUTHIS RAPTOR: naé.suze J. Smit lith ENOPLOTEUTHIS COOKII WAL SUZE Harihart x af te Hanhart imp J. Smit lith OOKII Cc ENOPLOTEUTHIS 24 reduced 0 fig l Nat size ~ % J Smit lith Hanhart imp ENOPLOTEUTHIS COOKII Fig. [_5, Nat Sue. —_. ooh LC «et Aho Hanhsrk imy J. Smutlith EPS:Red@ LE or ARCHITEUTHIS PRINC ENTAC T 2) ' orolion ); Fig. a Pes cr (Zi 7 L Il Fig 1,ENOPLOTEATHIS COOK Wat. size Hanhart imp From nat. on stone by JErxleben. GRANDIS naz size PLECTOTEUTHIS Wat. size Hanhart imp From nat. on stone by J Erxleben = 3 GRANDIS THOT At PLECT To Fellows. To the Public. VOLUME VII. (1869-1872, containing 73 Plates) . . PRES 17 OAL a0 EARN (TOGO) cee ay tae wee Re Gare cB ant otk, Sten ene O 110 0 » 2. (1870). ee, 22.6 110 0 » 3. (1870). BL Spas Gah 110-0 » 4 (1870). rece G 116 0 » 5. (1871). pho 18. Ore 2 40 » 6. (1871). I as Pad ape 116 0 » 7%. (1871). her Or a 116 0 » 8. (1872). Kon BOL meres FG Wh Toe VOLUME VIII. (isye 1874, containing 82 Plates) . a a Erice OMe Su hair. 2 NO Pine'd,. (S720 ei ee ses. eet Ot! Gass 014 0 » 2 (1872). eae tie @ + among joe (L8G) Pe en ae en 0 cee Loe O » 4 (1873). Olam ¢ sas ga » 5. (1873). rl Be ee 1.46 5 6/:(1873) . ne Quai 160 » 7 (1874). Ss QIEnG 120 » 8 (1874). Mai? GS Sve 140 » 9. (1874) . al ae Nia eee Oe peng 73 08d Ar VOLUME IX. ce -1877, containing 99 b pistes . . Price 12 0 O 146 0 0 ae Parr 1. (1875, containing 22 Plates) Si eee 2 2 0 a » 2. (1875, containing 12 Plates) sas perme boa Ger) 2 20 f- » 8 (1875, containing 5 Plates). . . . . sen Oe dion 0 14 0 : » 4 (1875, containing 14 Plates) . . ... =» Ill 6 220 » 5. (1875, containing 9 Plates) . i beers 110 0 », 6. (1876, containing 4 Plates) . en ORO 6 - O14 0 » 7. (1876, containing 7 Plates) . een yee 9 tia 0 » 8. (1876, containmg 10 Plates) . . . . . 3), 0) 182.0 140 “ aye den (187 Oy containing 6 Plates). ©. te tes > ashy 1d a O 112 0 a ,, 10. (1877, containing 5 Plates). . . be ae re ae 110 0 FY » 11. (1877, containing 5 Plates and Title Hh Tndex) Bet Ova Ona. p Fstiag WS! 2) ‘ VOLUME X. (1877-1879, containing 91 Plates). . . Price 10 0 8 , 187 0 io" Parr 1. (1877, with numerous woodcuts). . . . 4 0 9 O 012 0 Bee. ju a> (4877, containing 27, Plates) ~ 2/2) 6 hs. Pe ee 110 0 ae) » 9. (1877, containing 6 Plates) . . . . . aOR LS Oa. 1 4 0 » 4. (1878, containing 9 Plates) . . .. . ati ees Ol 110 0 Ay » 0. (1878, containing 3 Plates) . . 2... i ee ae, Ole 012 0 a », 6. (1878, containing 9 Plates) . . . . . ena bay deh Oe 110 0 4 Pe enor ey Contain, (4 Plabesy al 3 Sil) 0ie Ne yt Oe LS, Oriente 14 0 oP. >, 8. (1878, containing 8 Plates) . . ... Bi OL Le wv Opy. Ons ‘t » 9. (1878, containing 4 Plates) . .... » O90. 012 0 a » 10. (1879, contaming 6 Plates) . . ... ane Te Olas 016 0 ae » 11. (1879, containing 5 Plates) . ..... » O90. 012 0 af », 12. (1879, containing 7 Plates) AP er We” Oust nye-abine Pink 0 if ,, 18. (1879, containing Title and Tri) STi ae ONY Sian Others 1450 i: VOLUME XI. Parr 1. (1880, containing 4 Plates) . . . . . . sO OO 012 0 3 2. (1880, containing 7 Plates). . . . .-. iy) OP 1800 1 4 0 » 98. (1881, containing 8 Plates) . . . . . . Biel Layne} 110 0 » 4. (1881, containing 3 Plates). . . 1... be V On te Gs 010 0 ‘ The ‘Transactions’ and other publications of the Society may be obtained at the Office (11 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.) through a bookseller. CONTENTS. X. Descriptions of some new and rare Cephalopoda. (Part I.) By Professor Owen, CB. F.RS., F.Z.8., &c. (Plates XXIIL-XXXV.) . . . . . . page 131 THE PUBLICATIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Tue scientific publications of the Zoological Society are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo form, and “ Transactions,” in quarto. According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings” contain not only notices of all busi- ness transacted at the scientific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings and recom- mended to be published by the Committee of Publication. From fifty to seventy coloured plates and engravings are attached to each annual volume of the “ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remarkable species of animals described in them. Amongst such illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given. The “ Proceedings ” for each year are issued in four parts, on the first of the months of June, August, October, and April, the part published in April completing the volume for the preceding year. They may be obtained with black or coloured illustrations. The “ Transactions” contain such of the more important communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form. They are published at irregular intervals; but not less than three parts are usually issued in each year. Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of a Subscription of £1 1s. before the day of the Anniversary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications issued prior to 1861, if they exceed the value of five pounds. Such of those publications as are in stock may be obtained at the Society’s Office (11 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any bookseller. P. L. SCLATER, 1st June, 1881. Secretary. TRANSACTIONS (OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Vou. XI.—Parr 6. LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, , SOLD a ‘THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER-SQUARE; ale 1882. Price 16s. [Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. - r) TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. To Fellows. To the Public. , ise, Sud, oC ans, ee VOLUME I. (1833-1835, containing 59 Plates) . . . Price 313 6... 418 0 Paar LoATHGS) 3 FS aye meme eee Subba aA BGs hon Oe » 2. (1834) Poise bis) aoe re. Geb oa bowen re oth On arstee iP ye) 110 de AABSD) ic) aie ele tie Rett SEI ball oe ee etal ents EL ame) Ot 114 0 VOLUME II. (1836-1841, vga 71 Plates). . . Price 4 0 0. 5 6 6 ree epee Pmt Sha, Sa ee Ro Ba i EO) 112 0 » 2 (1838) is 3. (1839) . MA eins eee 2 tos aaaare Hie ee. eight ad OO Seygie our mee Can ED ea BAD) A: yer ee Ph be Wis Bes Sa AD Ae